<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?><!-- generator="podbean/5.5" -->
<rss version="2.0"
     xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
     xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/"
     xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
     xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
     xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"
     xmlns:googleplay="http://www.google.com/schemas/play-podcasts/1.0"
     xmlns:spotify="http://www.spotify.com/ns/rss"
     xmlns:podcast="https://podcastindex.org/namespace/1.0"
    xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/">

<channel>
    <title>This Was Supposed to be Easy Podcast</title>
    <atom:link href="https://feed.podbean.com/supposedtobeeasy/feed.xml" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml"/>
    <link>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com</link>
    <description><![CDATA[<p>Your go-to podcast for connection, joy, and a good dose of laughter. Hosted by 2 friends who’ve seen enough of life to know that it’s never as simple as it sounds (or looks), each conversation celebrates the diverse journeys we travel — the moments of bravery, the strength we didn’t know we had, and the joy we find along the way. Because let’s be honest: life is full of things that were <em>supposed</em> to be easy…but turned out to be harder (and definitely funnier) than we thought. This is Amy &amp; Cheryl ~ and if it were easy, we wouldn’t be here.</p>]]></description>
    <pubDate>Wed, 08 Apr 2026 05:57:00 -0400</pubDate>
    <generator>https://podbean.com/?v=5.5</generator>
    <language>en</language>
        <copyright>Copyright 2025 All rights reserved.</copyright>
    <category>Society &amp; Culture:Relationships</category>
    <ttl>1440</ttl>
    <itunes:type>episodic</itunes:type>
          <itunes:summary>Authentic, heartfelt conversations that honor the diverse journeys that humans traverse and the essential connections with others that color our days, build our strengths, and bring more joy! We’ve had these conversations on at least 1,000 car rides and decided that it’s time for YOU to join us as we uncover tales and thoughts that just might change your world while we navigate those things that we didn’t expect to be so hard! This is our invitation to stay curious, stay connected, and always keep wondering.</itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>supposedtobeeasy</itunes:author>
	<itunes:category text="Society &amp; Culture">
		<itunes:category text="Relationships" />
	</itunes:category>
	<itunes:category text="Education">
		<itunes:category text="Self-Improvement" />
	</itunes:category>
    <itunes:owner>
        <itunes:name>supposedtobeeasy</itunes:name>
            </itunes:owner>
    	<itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
	<itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
    <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/image-logo/20381847/TWSTBE_Cover_1_bs9y5_2048x.jpg" />
    <image>
        <url>https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/image-logo/20381847/TWSTBE_Cover_1_bs9y5_2048x.jpg</url>
        <title>This Was Supposed to be Easy Podcast</title>
        <link>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com</link>
        <width>144</width>
        <height>144</height>
    </image>
    <item>
        <title>S2: Episode 57: Parenting with Joy (Even When It’s Hard)</title>
        <itunes:title>S2: Episode 57: Parenting with Joy (Even When It’s Hard)</itunes:title>
        <link>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s2-episode-57-parenting-with-joy-even-when-it-s-hard/</link>
                    <comments>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s2-episode-57-parenting-with-joy-even-when-it-s-hard/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 08 Apr 2026 05:57:00 -0400</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/1ceabf69-c575-3bf3-af4e-666dc66115d6</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">In this episode, Cheryl and Amy welcome guest Casey Sterle for a conversation that feels both deeply personal and incredibly relatable - parenting, but through the lens of joy.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Casey begins by sharing her story as both a longtime educator and a mother of four, offering a perspective shaped by decades of working with children and raising them across many stages of life. From early childhood through middle school and beyond, she reflects on what it means to parent in real time - often feeling like you’ve figured something out, only to realize each child brings a completely new experience.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">What stands out most in this conversation is Casey’s honest and refreshing perspective: parenting has been more joyful than she was led to believe. While she acknowledges the very real challenges - responsibility, exhaustion, and the weight of raising humans - she shares how laughter has become a central thread in her family life.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Together, they also touch on bigger ideas - how we look for the good in our lives, how joy can coexist with hardship, and how what we carry from our past (even generationally) shapes what we pass forward.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This episode is both a permission slip and a gentle reminder: even in the messiness of parenting, there is so much to laugh about - and that laughter matters.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Key Topics &amp; Takeaways</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Parenting can be more joyful than we expect, even alongside its challenges.</li>
<li>Laughter plays a powerful role in helping families navigate hard moments and build connection.</li>
<li>Each child and each stage of parenting brings something new, there’s no one-size-fits-all approach.</li>
<li>If we actively look for joy, we’re more likely to find it in everyday moments.</li>
<li>Joy and hardship can coexist - parenting is both deeply challenging and deeply meaningful.</li>
<li>Creating space for humor and lightness can support resilience for both parents and children.</li>
<li>What we carry from past generations includes not only hardship, but also resilience, laughter, and joy.</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Memorable Lines</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>“I didn’t know how much I would laugh.”</li>
<li>“You might have figured it out for one… but it’s going to be different for the next.”</li>
<li>“If you look for joy, you’ll find it.”</li>
<li>“The world is a hard place… but we’ve got to keep finding the joy.”</li>
<li>“We laugh all the time - even when we maybe shouldn’t.”</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Challenge for the Week</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This week, try becoming someone who intentionally notices joy in your everyday life - especially in the middle of routines, chaos, or stress.</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Pay attention to one moment each day that makes you laugh (or almost laugh)</li>
<li>Write it down, share it, or simply pause and let it land</li>
<li>If you’re parenting (or working with children), notice what happens when you lean into the humor instead of rushing past it</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">And a gentle question to carry with you:</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">What if joy isn’t something I have to wait for… but something I can practice noticing?</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Note: This episode reflects personal experiences and the opinions of the talent, it’s not therapy or legal advice. For personal situations, consult a qualified professional.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Connect with us</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Website: <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.com/</a> </li>
<li>Our Podcast Home: <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/</a></li>
<li>Subscribe: <a href='https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/this-was-supposed-to-be-easy-podcast/id1805249282'>Apple Podcasts</a> | <a href='https://open.spotify.com/show/6PRI5RoYph7xR5jgs9c269'>Spotify</a> | <a href='https://music.amazon.com/podcasts/27d3b92b-b42d-453e-b2d1-807b0adac834'>Amazon Music/Audible</a> | <a href='https://iheart.com/podcast/271653791'>iHeartRadio</a></li>
<li>Social Media: Instagram <a href='https://www.instagram.com/supposedtobeeasy/'>@supposedtobeeasy</a> / Facebook <a href='https://www.facebook.com/profile.php?id=61571685029705'>@Supposed to be Easy</a></li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">We want to hear from you! Follow and share your key takeaways, ideas, and inspiration!</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">In this episode, Cheryl and Amy welcome guest Casey Sterle for a conversation that feels both deeply personal and incredibly relatable - parenting, but through the lens of joy.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Casey begins by sharing her story as both a longtime educator and a mother of four, offering a perspective shaped by decades of working with children and raising them across many stages of life. From early childhood through middle school and beyond, she reflects on what it means to parent in real time - often feeling like you’ve figured something out, only to realize each child brings a completely new experience.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">What stands out most in this conversation is Casey’s honest and refreshing perspective: parenting has been more joyful than she was led to believe. While she acknowledges the very real challenges - responsibility, exhaustion, and the weight of raising humans - she shares how laughter has become a central thread in her family life.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Together, they also touch on bigger ideas - how we look for the good in our lives, how joy can coexist with hardship, and how what we carry from our past (even generationally) shapes what we pass forward.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This episode is both a permission slip and a gentle reminder: even in the messiness of parenting, there is so much to laugh about - and that laughter matters.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Key Topics &amp; Takeaways</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Parenting can be more joyful than we expect, even alongside its challenges.</li>
<li>Laughter plays a powerful role in helping families navigate hard moments and build connection.</li>
<li>Each child and each stage of parenting brings something new, there’s no one-size-fits-all approach.</li>
<li>If we actively look for joy, we’re more likely to find it in everyday moments.</li>
<li>Joy and hardship can coexist - parenting is both deeply challenging and deeply meaningful.</li>
<li>Creating space for humor and lightness can support resilience for both parents and children.</li>
<li>What we carry from past generations includes not only hardship, but also resilience, laughter, and joy.</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Memorable Lines</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>“I didn’t know how much I would laugh.”</li>
<li>“You might have figured it out for one… but it’s going to be different for the next.”</li>
<li>“If you look for joy, you’ll find it.”</li>
<li>“The world is a hard place… but we’ve got to keep finding the joy.”</li>
<li>“We laugh all the time - even when we maybe shouldn’t.”</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Challenge for the Week</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This week, try becoming someone who intentionally notices joy in your everyday life - especially in the middle of routines, chaos, or stress.</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Pay attention to one moment each day that makes you laugh (or almost laugh)</li>
<li>Write it down, share it, or simply pause and let it land</li>
<li>If you’re parenting (or working with children), notice what happens when you lean into the humor instead of rushing past it</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">And a gentle question to carry with you:</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><em>What if joy isn’t something I have to wait for… but something I can practice noticing?</em></p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Note: This episode reflects personal experiences and the opinions of the talent, it’s not therapy or legal advice. For personal situations, consult a qualified professional.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Connect with us</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Website: <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.com/</a> </li>
<li>Our Podcast Home: <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/</a></li>
<li>Subscribe: <a href='https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/this-was-supposed-to-be-easy-podcast/id1805249282'>Apple Podcasts</a> | <a href='https://open.spotify.com/show/6PRI5RoYph7xR5jgs9c269'>Spotify</a> | <a href='https://music.amazon.com/podcasts/27d3b92b-b42d-453e-b2d1-807b0adac834'>Amazon Music/Audible</a> | <a href='https://iheart.com/podcast/271653791'>iHeartRadio</a></li>
<li>Social Media: Instagram <a href='https://www.instagram.com/supposedtobeeasy/'>@supposedtobeeasy</a> / Facebook <a href='https://www.facebook.com/profile.php?id=61571685029705'>@Supposed to be Easy</a></li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">We want to hear from you! Follow and share your key takeaways, ideas, and inspiration!</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/kmghueq3x5igysq4/TWSTBE-S2E57-Joy_and_Laughter_in_Parenting_with_Casey.mp3" length="68605216" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[In this episode, Cheryl and Amy welcome guest Casey Sterle for a conversation that feels both deeply personal and incredibly relatable - parenting, but through the lens of joy.
Casey begins by sharing her story as both a longtime educator and a mother of four, offering a perspective shaped by decades of working with children and raising them across many stages of life. From early childhood through middle school and beyond, she reflects on what it means to parent in real time - often feeling like you’ve figured something out, only to realize each child brings a completely new experience.
What stands out most in this conversation is Casey’s honest and refreshing perspective: parenting has been more joyful than she was led to believe. While she acknowledges the very real challenges - responsibility, exhaustion, and the weight of raising humans - she shares how laughter has become a central thread in her family life.
Together, they also touch on bigger ideas - how we look for the good in our lives, how joy can coexist with hardship, and how what we carry from our past (even generationally) shapes what we pass forward.
This episode is both a permission slip and a gentle reminder: even in the messiness of parenting, there is so much to laugh about - and that laughter matters.
Key Topics &amp; Takeaways

Parenting can be more joyful than we expect, even alongside its challenges.
Laughter plays a powerful role in helping families navigate hard moments and build connection.
Each child and each stage of parenting brings something new, there’s no one-size-fits-all approach.
If we actively look for joy, we’re more likely to find it in everyday moments.
Joy and hardship can coexist - parenting is both deeply challenging and deeply meaningful.
Creating space for humor and lightness can support resilience for both parents and children.
What we carry from past generations includes not only hardship, but also resilience, laughter, and joy.

Memorable Lines

“I didn’t know how much I would laugh.”
“You might have figured it out for one… but it’s going to be different for the next.”
“If you look for joy, you’ll find it.”
“The world is a hard place… but we’ve got to keep finding the joy.”
“We laugh all the time - even when we maybe shouldn’t.”

 
Challenge for the Week
This week, try becoming someone who intentionally notices joy in your everyday life - especially in the middle of routines, chaos, or stress.

Pay attention to one moment each day that makes you laugh (or almost laugh)
Write it down, share it, or simply pause and let it land
If you’re parenting (or working with children), notice what happens when you lean into the humor instead of rushing past it

And a gentle question to carry with you:
What if joy isn’t something I have to wait for… but something I can practice noticing?
Note: This episode reflects personal experiences and the opinions of the talent, it’s not therapy or legal advice. For personal situations, consult a qualified professional.
Connect with us

Website: https://supposedtobeeasy.com/ 
Our Podcast Home: https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/
Subscribe: Apple Podcasts | Spotify | Amazon Music/Audible | iHeartRadio
Social Media: Instagram @supposedtobeeasy / Facebook @Supposed to be Easy

We want to hear from you! Follow and share your key takeaways, ideas, and inspiration!]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>supposedtobeeasy</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>3430</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>57</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>S2 Episode 56: We Thought Using Time Was Supposed to be Easy!</title>
        <itunes:title>S2 Episode 56: We Thought Using Time Was Supposed to be Easy!</itunes:title>
        <link>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s2-episode-56-we-thought-using-time-was-supposed-to-be-easy/</link>
                    <comments>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s2-episode-56-we-thought-using-time-was-supposed-to-be-easy/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 01 Apr 2026 07:40:01 -0400</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/c97ace12-0cd4-39c2-8f38-b19951f3265b</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>What happens when a fiction book opens the door to a very real conversation about time, memory, connection, and the lives we’re living right now?</p>
<p>In this episode, Amy and Cheryl start by talking about The Seven Year Slip and quickly find themselves reflecting on something much bigger: how strangely time can feel, especially in the years since the pandemic. They explore how easily we lose track of where our time actually goes, how our perception of time shifts as we get older, and why quality time matters more than we sometimes realize.</p>
<p>From parenting milestones and doctoral coursework to scrolling, distraction, and flow, this conversation is a thoughtful reminder that while we can’t manage time itself, we can pay closer attention to how we use it.</p>
<p>Key Topics and Takeaways</p>
<ul>
<li>How The Seven Year Slip sparked a deeper conversation about time and personal growth</li>
<li>Why the years since COVID can feel blurred, distorted, or hard to place</li>
<li>The difference between the person you were seven years ago and the person you are today</li>
<li>How children’s milestones can make the passing of time feel especially visible</li>
<li>The idea that we cannot actually manage time, but we can manage our use of time and our energy</li>
<li>Why tracking time can reveal surprising gaps between what we think we do and what we actually do</li>
<li>How distraction, phones, and multitasking can quietly steal connection</li>
<li>The role of quality time in relationships and why it matters so much</li>
<li>How flow can make time disappear in the best possible way</li>
<li>Why this might be the right moment to think more intentionally about who you want to become and how you want to spend your life getting there</li>
</ul>
<p>Memorable Lines</p>
<ul>
<li>Amy Bond: “It just had me thinking a lot about time as kind of a construct.”</li>
<li>Cheryl Priest: “You can’t manage time because time is constant.”</li>
<li>Cheryl Priest: “What you can manage is your use of time.”</li>
<li>Cheryl Priest: “I was not using the time in the way that I wanted to use the time, and I got caught.”</li>
</ul>
<p>Challenge for the Week</p>
<p>Try a simple time-awareness experiment.</p>
<p>At the start of the week, write down how you think you spend your time. Include work, errands, family time, scrolling, rest, hobbies, and anything else that fills your days.</p>
<p>Then, for one full week, track how you actually spend your time in real time or at the end of each day.</p>
<p>As you compare the two, ask yourself:</p>
<ul>
<li>Where is my time really going?</li>
<li>Where do I feel most energized?</li>
<li>Where do I feel disconnected?</li>
<li>Am I spending quality time on what matters most to me?</li>
<li>What is one small shift I want to make next week?</li>
</ul>
<p>Additional Resources or Links</p>
<ul>
<li>The Seven Year Slip by Ashley Poston</li>
<li>The idea of flow and how deep focus changes our experience of time</li>
<li>Reflection tools like weekly planners or time-tracking printables to better understand your rhythms and habits</li>
</ul>
<p>Ways to Connect</p>
<p>Connect with us</p>
<ul>
<li>Website: <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.com/</a> </li>
<li>Our Podcast Home: <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/</a></li>
<li>Subscribe: <a href='https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/this-was-supposed-to-be-easy-podcast/id1805249282'>Apple Podcasts</a> | <a href='https://open.spotify.com/show/6PRI5RoYph7xR5jgs9c269'>Spotify</a> | <a href='https://music.amazon.com/podcasts/27d3b92b-b42d-453e-b2d1-807b0adac834'>Amazon Music/Audible</a> | <a href='https://iheart.com/podcast/271653791'>iHeartRadio</a></li>
<li>Social Media: Instagram <a href='https://www.instagram.com/supposedtobeeasy/'>@supposedtobeeasy</a> / Facebook <a href='https://www.facebook.com/profile.php?id=61571685029705'>@Supposed to be Easy</a></li>
</ul>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>What happens when a fiction book opens the door to a very real conversation about time, memory, connection, and the lives we’re living right now?</p>
<p>In this episode, Amy and Cheryl start by talking about <em>The Seven Year Slip</em> and quickly find themselves reflecting on something much bigger: how strangely time can feel, especially in the years since the pandemic. They explore how easily we lose track of where our time actually goes, how our perception of time shifts as we get older, and why quality time matters more than we sometimes realize.</p>
<p>From parenting milestones and doctoral coursework to scrolling, distraction, and flow, this conversation is a thoughtful reminder that while we can’t manage time itself, we can pay closer attention to how we use it.</p>
<p>Key Topics and Takeaways</p>
<ul>
<li>How <em>The Seven Year Slip</em> sparked a deeper conversation about time and personal growth</li>
<li>Why the years since COVID can feel blurred, distorted, or hard to place</li>
<li>The difference between the person you were seven years ago and the person you are today</li>
<li>How children’s milestones can make the passing of time feel especially visible</li>
<li>The idea that we cannot actually manage time, but we can manage our use of time and our energy</li>
<li>Why tracking time can reveal surprising gaps between what we think we do and what we actually do</li>
<li>How distraction, phones, and multitasking can quietly steal connection</li>
<li>The role of quality time in relationships and why it matters so much</li>
<li>How flow can make time disappear in the best possible way</li>
<li>Why this might be the right moment to think more intentionally about who you want to become and how you want to spend your life getting there</li>
</ul>
<p>Memorable Lines</p>
<ul>
<li>Amy Bond: “It just had me thinking a lot about time as kind of a construct.”</li>
<li>Cheryl Priest: “You can’t manage time because time is constant.”</li>
<li>Cheryl Priest: “What you can manage is your use of time.”</li>
<li>Cheryl Priest: “I was not using the time in the way that I wanted to use the time, and I got caught.”</li>
</ul>
<p>Challenge for the Week</p>
<p>Try a simple time-awareness experiment.</p>
<p>At the start of the week, write down how you <em>think</em> you spend your time. Include work, errands, family time, scrolling, rest, hobbies, and anything else that fills your days.</p>
<p>Then, for one full week, track how you <em>actually</em> spend your time in real time or at the end of each day.</p>
<p>As you compare the two, ask yourself:</p>
<ul>
<li>Where is my time really going?</li>
<li>Where do I feel most energized?</li>
<li>Where do I feel disconnected?</li>
<li>Am I spending quality time on what matters most to me?</li>
<li>What is one small shift I want to make next week?</li>
</ul>
<p>Additional Resources or Links</p>
<ul>
<li><em>The Seven Year Slip</em> by Ashley Poston</li>
<li>The idea of flow and how deep focus changes our experience of time</li>
<li>Reflection tools like weekly planners or time-tracking printables to better understand your rhythms and habits</li>
</ul>
<p>Ways to Connect</p>
<p>Connect with us</p>
<ul>
<li>Website: <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.com/</a> </li>
<li>Our Podcast Home: <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/</a></li>
<li>Subscribe: <a href='https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/this-was-supposed-to-be-easy-podcast/id1805249282'>Apple Podcasts</a> | <a href='https://open.spotify.com/show/6PRI5RoYph7xR5jgs9c269'>Spotify</a> | <a href='https://music.amazon.com/podcasts/27d3b92b-b42d-453e-b2d1-807b0adac834'>Amazon Music/Audible</a> | <a href='https://iheart.com/podcast/271653791'>iHeartRadio</a></li>
<li>Social Media: Instagram <a href='https://www.instagram.com/supposedtobeeasy/'>@supposedtobeeasy</a> / Facebook <a href='https://www.facebook.com/profile.php?id=61571685029705'>@Supposed to be Easy</a></li>
</ul>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/2cdwh7itk3rui3am/TWSTBE_-_S2E56_-_Our_Perceptions_and_Use_of_Time_-_First_Draft9agaf.mp3" length="37505056" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[What happens when a fiction book opens the door to a very real conversation about time, memory, connection, and the lives we’re living right now?
In this episode, Amy and Cheryl start by talking about The Seven Year Slip and quickly find themselves reflecting on something much bigger: how strangely time can feel, especially in the years since the pandemic. They explore how easily we lose track of where our time actually goes, how our perception of time shifts as we get older, and why quality time matters more than we sometimes realize.
From parenting milestones and doctoral coursework to scrolling, distraction, and flow, this conversation is a thoughtful reminder that while we can’t manage time itself, we can pay closer attention to how we use it.
Key Topics and Takeaways

How The Seven Year Slip sparked a deeper conversation about time and personal growth
Why the years since COVID can feel blurred, distorted, or hard to place
The difference between the person you were seven years ago and the person you are today
How children’s milestones can make the passing of time feel especially visible
The idea that we cannot actually manage time, but we can manage our use of time and our energy
Why tracking time can reveal surprising gaps between what we think we do and what we actually do
How distraction, phones, and multitasking can quietly steal connection
The role of quality time in relationships and why it matters so much
How flow can make time disappear in the best possible way
Why this might be the right moment to think more intentionally about who you want to become and how you want to spend your life getting there

Memorable Lines

Amy Bond: “It just had me thinking a lot about time as kind of a construct.”
Cheryl Priest: “You can’t manage time because time is constant.”
Cheryl Priest: “What you can manage is your use of time.”
Cheryl Priest: “I was not using the time in the way that I wanted to use the time, and I got caught.”

Challenge for the Week
Try a simple time-awareness experiment.
At the start of the week, write down how you think you spend your time. Include work, errands, family time, scrolling, rest, hobbies, and anything else that fills your days.
Then, for one full week, track how you actually spend your time in real time or at the end of each day.
As you compare the two, ask yourself:

Where is my time really going?
Where do I feel most energized?
Where do I feel disconnected?
Am I spending quality time on what matters most to me?
What is one small shift I want to make next week?

Additional Resources or Links

The Seven Year Slip by Ashley Poston
The idea of flow and how deep focus changes our experience of time
Reflection tools like weekly planners or time-tracking printables to better understand your rhythms and habits

Ways to Connect
Connect with us

Website: https://supposedtobeeasy.com/ 
Our Podcast Home: https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/
Subscribe: Apple Podcasts | Spotify | Amazon Music/Audible | iHeartRadio
Social Media: Instagram @supposedtobeeasy / Facebook @Supposed to be Easy
]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>supposedtobeeasy</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1875</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>56</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>S2 Episode 55: We Thought Celebrating Our Wins Was Supposed to Be Easy!</title>
        <itunes:title>S2 Episode 55: We Thought Celebrating Our Wins Was Supposed to Be Easy!</itunes:title>
        <link>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s2-episode-55-we-thought-celebrating-our-wins-was-supposed-to-be-easy/</link>
                    <comments>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s2-episode-55-we-thought-celebrating-our-wins-was-supposed-to-be-easy/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 25 Mar 2026 05:57:00 -0400</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/1af6960d-cefb-30b3-b87a-82d1196da553</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">When was the last time you truly paused to celebrate something you did?</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Not brushed past it. Not minimized it. Not immediately moved on to the next thing—but actually let it land.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">In this episode, Cheryl and Amy explore something that felt surprisingly hard to answer in real time: why we struggle to celebrate our own accomplishments. Through personal stories—from milestone birthday trips to promotions, to simply finishing a semester—they uncover how often we skip over meaningful moments without acknowledgment.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">The conversation gently unpacks the deeper reasons behind this pattern: the pressure of timelines, the fear of appearing boastful, the habit of deflecting praise, and the tendency to keep moving the goalpost instead of pausing to recognize progress.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Together, they reframe celebration as something much more accessible and necessary—not just reserved for life’s biggest milestones, but available in everyday wins, effort, and follow-through. They explore how celebration can fuel motivation, reinforce identity, and bring more joy into daily life.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This episode is an invitation to slow down, notice what you’ve done, and practice something that may feel unfamiliar—but deeply important: celebrating yourself.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Key Topics &amp; Takeaways</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Many of us struggle to name our own recent celebrations—we move quickly to what’s next instead.</li>
<li>Celebration often feels tied to an unspoken timeline, and if we miss it, we assume the moment has passed.</li>
<li>There can be a fear that celebrating ourselves will come across as bragging or being “too much.”</li>
<li>We frequently deflect praise, minimizing our accomplishments instead of receiving them.</li>
<li>Moving the goalpost keeps us from acknowledging progress—we wait for the “big” moment, then skip past it.</li>
<li>Celebration doesn’t have to be big—small wins, effort, and progress deserve recognition too.</li>
<li>Celebrating along the way can fuel motivation, reinforce identity, and support follow-through.</li>
<li>Accepting and modeling celebration helps others feel permission to share and celebrate their own wins.</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Memorable Lines</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>“When was the last time you actually let it land?”</li>
<li>“We move right on to the very next thing.”</li>
<li>“Does missing the moment mean it doesn’t count?”</li>
<li>“Every step you take is worthy.”</li>
<li>“We move the goalpost and forget to pause.”</li>
<li>“Celebrate yourself like you would celebrate a friend.”</li>
<li>“Celebration can be fuel.”</li>
<li>“Let me just sit with this for a second.”</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Challenge for the Week</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Think about something you didn’t fully celebrate—a moment, a milestone, or even a small step forward.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Now revisit it.</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Say it out loud: “I did this.”</li>
<li>Share it with someone you trust</li>
<li>Or create a simple ritual—light a candle, take a pause, write it down</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Your celebration doesn’t need to be big or public. It just needs to be intentional.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">And if you’re willing, ask yourself:
What would change if I became someone who regularly celebrates my own wins?</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">When was the last time you truly paused to celebrate something you did?</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Not brushed past it. Not minimized it. Not immediately moved on to the next thing—but actually let it land.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">In this episode, Cheryl and Amy explore something that felt surprisingly hard to answer in real time: why we struggle to celebrate our own accomplishments. Through personal stories—from milestone birthday trips to promotions, to simply finishing a semester—they uncover how often we skip over meaningful moments without acknowledgment.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">The conversation gently unpacks the deeper reasons behind this pattern: the pressure of timelines, the fear of appearing boastful, the habit of deflecting praise, and the tendency to keep moving the goalpost instead of pausing to recognize progress.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Together, they reframe celebration as something much more accessible and necessary—not just reserved for life’s biggest milestones, but available in everyday wins, effort, and follow-through. They explore how celebration can fuel motivation, reinforce identity, and bring more joy into daily life.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This episode is an invitation to slow down, notice what you’ve done, and practice something that may feel unfamiliar—but deeply important: celebrating yourself.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Key Topics &amp; Takeaways</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Many of us struggle to name our own recent celebrations—we move quickly to what’s next instead.</li>
<li>Celebration often feels tied to an unspoken timeline, and if we miss it, we assume the moment has passed.</li>
<li>There can be a fear that celebrating ourselves will come across as bragging or being “too much.”</li>
<li>We frequently deflect praise, minimizing our accomplishments instead of receiving them.</li>
<li>Moving the goalpost keeps us from acknowledging progress—we wait for the “big” moment, then skip past it.</li>
<li>Celebration doesn’t have to be big—small wins, effort, and progress deserve recognition too.</li>
<li>Celebrating along the way can fuel motivation, reinforce identity, and support follow-through.</li>
<li>Accepting and modeling celebration helps others feel permission to share and celebrate their own wins.</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Memorable Lines</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>“When was the last time you actually let it land?”</li>
<li>“We move right on to the very next thing.”</li>
<li>“Does missing the moment mean it doesn’t count?”</li>
<li>“Every step you take is worthy.”</li>
<li>“We move the goalpost and forget to pause.”</li>
<li>“Celebrate yourself like you would celebrate a friend.”</li>
<li>“Celebration can be fuel.”</li>
<li>“Let me just sit with this for a second.”</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Challenge for the Week</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Think about something you didn’t fully celebrate—a moment, a milestone, or even a small step forward.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Now revisit it.</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Say it out loud: <em>“I did this.”</em></li>
<li>Share it with someone you trust</li>
<li>Or create a simple ritual—light a candle, take a pause, write it down</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Your celebration doesn’t need to be big or public. It just needs to be intentional.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">And if you’re willing, ask yourself:<br>
<em>What would change if I became someone who regularly celebrates my own wins?</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/hpvfnz3iv3b76zwv/TWSTBE-S2E55-Celebrating_Wins.mp3" length="33929536" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[When was the last time you truly paused to celebrate something you did?
Not brushed past it. Not minimized it. Not immediately moved on to the next thing—but actually let it land.
In this episode, Cheryl and Amy explore something that felt surprisingly hard to answer in real time: why we struggle to celebrate our own accomplishments. Through personal stories—from milestone birthday trips to promotions, to simply finishing a semester—they uncover how often we skip over meaningful moments without acknowledgment.
The conversation gently unpacks the deeper reasons behind this pattern: the pressure of timelines, the fear of appearing boastful, the habit of deflecting praise, and the tendency to keep moving the goalpost instead of pausing to recognize progress.
Together, they reframe celebration as something much more accessible and necessary—not just reserved for life’s biggest milestones, but available in everyday wins, effort, and follow-through. They explore how celebration can fuel motivation, reinforce identity, and bring more joy into daily life.
This episode is an invitation to slow down, notice what you’ve done, and practice something that may feel unfamiliar—but deeply important: celebrating yourself.
 
Key Topics &amp; Takeaways

Many of us struggle to name our own recent celebrations—we move quickly to what’s next instead.
Celebration often feels tied to an unspoken timeline, and if we miss it, we assume the moment has passed.
There can be a fear that celebrating ourselves will come across as bragging or being “too much.”
We frequently deflect praise, minimizing our accomplishments instead of receiving them.
Moving the goalpost keeps us from acknowledging progress—we wait for the “big” moment, then skip past it.
Celebration doesn’t have to be big—small wins, effort, and progress deserve recognition too.
Celebrating along the way can fuel motivation, reinforce identity, and support follow-through.
Accepting and modeling celebration helps others feel permission to share and celebrate their own wins.

 
Memorable Lines

“When was the last time you actually let it land?”
“We move right on to the very next thing.”
“Does missing the moment mean it doesn’t count?”
“Every step you take is worthy.”
“We move the goalpost and forget to pause.”
“Celebrate yourself like you would celebrate a friend.”
“Celebration can be fuel.”
“Let me just sit with this for a second.”

Challenge for the Week
Think about something you didn’t fully celebrate—a moment, a milestone, or even a small step forward.
Now revisit it.

Say it out loud: “I did this.”
Share it with someone you trust
Or create a simple ritual—light a candle, take a pause, write it down

Your celebration doesn’t need to be big or public. It just needs to be intentional.
And if you’re willing, ask yourself:What would change if I became someone who regularly celebrates my own wins?]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>supposedtobeeasy</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1696</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>55</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>S2 Episode 54: Planning Meaningful Travel – Lessons from Reggio Emilia</title>
        <itunes:title>S2 Episode 54: Planning Meaningful Travel – Lessons from Reggio Emilia</itunes:title>
        <link>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s2-episode-54-planning-meaningful-travel-%e2%80%93-lessons-from-reggio-emilia/</link>
                    <comments>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s2-episode-54-planning-meaningful-travel-%e2%80%93-lessons-from-reggio-emilia/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 18 Mar 2026 05:57:00 -0400</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/a39e713a-2c0b-3aea-91c5-6fb0a73e2886</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">In this episode, Amy turns the microphone toward Cheryl to reflect on her most recent study abroad trip to Reggio Emilia, Italy—a place known around the world for its innovative approach to early childhood education. But this conversation goes far beyond travel stories. Instead, Amy invites Cheryl to unpack what it really means to design and lead a meaningful travel experience for others.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Cheryl shares what it’s like to guide a group of university students through a place she has now visited more than a dozen times. From organizing school visits and cultural experiences to managing the emotional dynamics of a group traveling together in a foreign country, she describes the invisible work behind the scenes of a successful study trip. Planning travel for others, she explains, means balancing structure and flexibility, making thoughtful logistical decisions, and considering the needs and personalities of the entire group.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">One of the most unique aspects of Cheryl’s approach is her intentional focus on community building before the trip even begins. By using character strengths conversations and reflective practices, she helps participants understand one another and develop empathy before navigating the challenges of international travel together.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Amy and Cheryl also reflect on how meaningful travel often comes from the moments that aren’t scheduled—walking through a park, discovering a favorite café, or watching children explore nature in ways that spark new professional insights. For Cheryl, leaving space in the itinerary isn’t a planning mistake—it’s a deliberate design choice that allows people to experience a place more deeply.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Throughout the conversation, Cheryl shares what she has learned after many years of leading trips: expect the unexpected, plan the essentials carefully, and leave room for curiosity, connection, and discovery.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Key Takeaways</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Planning travel for a group requires thinking about many perspectives, personalities, and needs, not just logistics.</li>
<li>Strong preparation behind the scenes actually makes it easier to be flexible when things inevitably change.</li>
<li>Building a sense of community and grace within the group can prevent small irritations from becoming larger conflicts.</li>
<li>Reflection practices—such as journaling about gratitude and strengths—can deepen learning and connection during a trip.</li>
<li>A well-designed travel experience includes intentional open space, not just scheduled activities.</li>
<li>Unexpected moments—like getting lost, discovering a new place, or taking a spontaneous walk—often become the most memorable parts of travel.</li>
<li>Asking participants what they want from the trip can make the experience more meaningful for everyone involved.</li>
<li>Planning the “skeleton pieces” (housing, transportation, key experiences) provides stability while leaving room for exploration.</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Challenge</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">If you’re planning a trip for friends, family, colleagues, or students, try approaching it with curiosity rather than control.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Before finalizing your plans, ask the people traveling with you:</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>What’s one experience you hope to have on this trip?</li>
<li>What kind of pace helps you enjoy travel the most?</li>
<li>What would make this trip memorable for you?</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Then design your itinerary around a few key “anchor experiences” and intentionally leave open time for wandering, discovering, and reflecting.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Sometimes the most meaningful travel memories don’t happen on the schedule—they happen in the spaces between the plans.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Note: This episode reflects personal experiences only and is not therapy or legal advice. For personal situations, consult a qualified professional.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Connect with us</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Website: <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.com/</a> </li>
<li>Our Podcast Home: <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/</a></li>
<li>Subscribe: <a href='https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/this-was-supposed-to-be-easy-podcast/id1805249282'>Apple Podcasts</a> | <a href='https://open.spotify.com/show/6PRI5RoYph7xR5jgs9c269'>Spotify</a> | <a href='https://music.amazon.com/podcasts/27d3b92b-b42d-453e-b2d1-807b0adac834'>Amazon Music/Audible</a> | <a href='https://iheart.com/podcast/271653791'>iHeartRadio</a></li>
<li>Social Media: Instagram <a href='https://www.instagram.com/supposedtobeeasy/'>@supposedtobeeasy</a> / Facebook <a href='https://www.facebook.com/profile.php?id=61571685029705'>@Supposed to be Easy</a></li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">We want to hear from you! Follow and share your key takeaways, ideas, and inspiration!</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">In this episode, Amy turns the microphone toward Cheryl to reflect on her most recent study abroad trip to Reggio Emilia, Italy—a place known around the world for its innovative approach to early childhood education. But this conversation goes far beyond travel stories. Instead, Amy invites Cheryl to unpack what it really means to design and lead a meaningful travel experience for others.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Cheryl shares what it’s like to guide a group of university students through a place she has now visited more than a dozen times. From organizing school visits and cultural experiences to managing the emotional dynamics of a group traveling together in a foreign country, she describes the invisible work behind the scenes of a successful study trip. Planning travel for others, she explains, means balancing structure and flexibility, making thoughtful logistical decisions, and considering the needs and personalities of the entire group.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">One of the most unique aspects of Cheryl’s approach is her intentional focus on community building before the trip even begins. By using character strengths conversations and reflective practices, she helps participants understand one another and develop empathy before navigating the challenges of international travel together.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Amy and Cheryl also reflect on how meaningful travel often comes from the moments that aren’t scheduled—walking through a park, discovering a favorite café, or watching children explore nature in ways that spark new professional insights. For Cheryl, leaving space in the itinerary isn’t a planning mistake—it’s a deliberate design choice that allows people to experience a place more deeply.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Throughout the conversation, Cheryl shares what she has learned after many years of leading trips: expect the unexpected, plan the essentials carefully, and leave room for curiosity, connection, and discovery.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Key Takeaways</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Planning travel for a group requires thinking about many perspectives, personalities, and needs, not just logistics.</li>
<li>Strong preparation behind the scenes actually makes it easier to be flexible when things inevitably change.</li>
<li>Building a sense of community and grace within the group can prevent small irritations from becoming larger conflicts.</li>
<li>Reflection practices—such as journaling about gratitude and strengths—can deepen learning and connection during a trip.</li>
<li>A well-designed travel experience includes intentional open space, not just scheduled activities.</li>
<li>Unexpected moments—like getting lost, discovering a new place, or taking a spontaneous walk—often become the most memorable parts of travel.</li>
<li>Asking participants what they want from the trip can make the experience more meaningful for everyone involved.</li>
<li>Planning the “skeleton pieces” (housing, transportation, key experiences) provides stability while leaving room for exploration.</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Challenge</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">If you’re planning a trip for friends, family, colleagues, or students, try approaching it with curiosity rather than control.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Before finalizing your plans, ask the people traveling with you:</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>What’s one experience you hope to have on this trip?</li>
<li>What kind of pace helps you enjoy travel the most?</li>
<li>What would make this trip memorable for you?</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Then design your itinerary around a few key “anchor experiences” and intentionally leave open time for wandering, discovering, and reflecting.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Sometimes the most meaningful travel memories don’t happen on the schedule—they happen in the spaces between the plans.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Note: This episode reflects personal experiences only and is not therapy or legal advice. For personal situations, consult a qualified professional.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Connect with us</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Website: <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.com/</a> </li>
<li>Our Podcast Home: <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/</a></li>
<li>Subscribe: <a href='https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/this-was-supposed-to-be-easy-podcast/id1805249282'>Apple Podcasts</a> | <a href='https://open.spotify.com/show/6PRI5RoYph7xR5jgs9c269'>Spotify</a> | <a href='https://music.amazon.com/podcasts/27d3b92b-b42d-453e-b2d1-807b0adac834'>Amazon Music/Audible</a> | <a href='https://iheart.com/podcast/271653791'>iHeartRadio</a></li>
<li>Social Media: Instagram <a href='https://www.instagram.com/supposedtobeeasy/'>@supposedtobeeasy</a> / Facebook <a href='https://www.facebook.com/profile.php?id=61571685029705'>@Supposed to be Easy</a></li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">We want to hear from you! Follow and share your key takeaways, ideas, and inspiration!</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/wrb2twh5pmwmwgea/TWSTBE-S2E54-Planning_Meaningful_Travel.mp3" length="46657216" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[In this episode, Amy turns the microphone toward Cheryl to reflect on her most recent study abroad trip to Reggio Emilia, Italy—a place known around the world for its innovative approach to early childhood education. But this conversation goes far beyond travel stories. Instead, Amy invites Cheryl to unpack what it really means to design and lead a meaningful travel experience for others.
Cheryl shares what it’s like to guide a group of university students through a place she has now visited more than a dozen times. From organizing school visits and cultural experiences to managing the emotional dynamics of a group traveling together in a foreign country, she describes the invisible work behind the scenes of a successful study trip. Planning travel for others, she explains, means balancing structure and flexibility, making thoughtful logistical decisions, and considering the needs and personalities of the entire group.
One of the most unique aspects of Cheryl’s approach is her intentional focus on community building before the trip even begins. By using character strengths conversations and reflective practices, she helps participants understand one another and develop empathy before navigating the challenges of international travel together.
Amy and Cheryl also reflect on how meaningful travel often comes from the moments that aren’t scheduled—walking through a park, discovering a favorite café, or watching children explore nature in ways that spark new professional insights. For Cheryl, leaving space in the itinerary isn’t a planning mistake—it’s a deliberate design choice that allows people to experience a place more deeply.
Throughout the conversation, Cheryl shares what she has learned after many years of leading trips: expect the unexpected, plan the essentials carefully, and leave room for curiosity, connection, and discovery.
Key Takeaways

Planning travel for a group requires thinking about many perspectives, personalities, and needs, not just logistics.
Strong preparation behind the scenes actually makes it easier to be flexible when things inevitably change.
Building a sense of community and grace within the group can prevent small irritations from becoming larger conflicts.
Reflection practices—such as journaling about gratitude and strengths—can deepen learning and connection during a trip.
A well-designed travel experience includes intentional open space, not just scheduled activities.
Unexpected moments—like getting lost, discovering a new place, or taking a spontaneous walk—often become the most memorable parts of travel.
Asking participants what they want from the trip can make the experience more meaningful for everyone involved.
Planning the “skeleton pieces” (housing, transportation, key experiences) provides stability while leaving room for exploration.

Challenge
If you’re planning a trip for friends, family, colleagues, or students, try approaching it with curiosity rather than control.
Before finalizing your plans, ask the people traveling with you:

What’s one experience you hope to have on this trip?
What kind of pace helps you enjoy travel the most?
What would make this trip memorable for you?

Then design your itinerary around a few key “anchor experiences” and intentionally leave open time for wandering, discovering, and reflecting.
Sometimes the most meaningful travel memories don’t happen on the schedule—they happen in the spaces between the plans.
Note: This episode reflects personal experiences only and is not therapy or legal advice. For personal situations, consult a qualified professional.
Connect with us

Website: https://supposedtobeeasy.com/ 
Our Podcast Home: https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/
Subscribe: Apple Podcasts | Spotify | Amazon Music/Audible | iHeartRadio
Social Media: Instagram @supposedtobeeasy / Facebook @Supposed to be Easy

We want to hear from you! Follow and share your key takeaways, ideas, and inspiration!]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>supposedtobeeasy</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2332</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>54</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>S2 Episode 53: We Thought Scheduling a Night in with Friends Would Be Easy</title>
        <itunes:title>S2 Episode 53: We Thought Scheduling a Night in with Friends Would Be Easy</itunes:title>
        <link>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s2-episode-53-we-thought-scheduling-a-night-in-with-friends-would-be-easy/</link>
                    <comments>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s2-episode-53-we-thought-scheduling-a-night-in-with-friends-would-be-easy/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 11 Mar 2026 05:57:00 -0400</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/4e1bac1a-1838-3af8-8d75-58cb6f74ed88</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">Sometimes the hardest part of friendship isn’t love or intention, it’s simply finding the time.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">In this week’s episode, Amy and Cheryl reflect on a recent gathering with their long-time book club friends. What started as a simple plan to reconnect turned into a deeper conversation about how difficult it can be to get everyone together as life becomes busier and schedules become more complicated.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">They talk about the planning, the rescheduling, the moments of compromise, and the joy that comes from finally saying, “Let’s just make it happen.” Along the way, they explore the value of maintaining traditions, creating space for connection, and recognizing that sometimes the most meaningful moments come from simply being together.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This episode is a reminder that friendships, like many good things in life, often require intention, flexibility, and a willingness to show up.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Key Topics and Takeaways</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Why is gathering with friends becoming more complicated as life gets busier</li>
<li>The reality of scheduling around eight adults with full lives</li>
<li>The importance of protecting time for friendship and connection</li>
<li>How traditions (like holiday gift exchanges) evolve over time</li>
<li>Why the experience of being together often matters more than the details of the event itself</li>
<li>The reminder that meaningful friendships require intention, not just good intentions</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">A Challenge for the Week</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Think about the people in your life who matter to you but who you haven’t seen in a while.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Instead of waiting for the perfect time, consider choosing a date and simply saying:</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">“Let’s just make it happen.”</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Connection doesn’t require perfection, just intention.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">  </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Ways to Connect</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Connect with us</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Website: <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.com/</a> </li>
<li>Our Podcast Home: <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/</a></li>
<li>Subscribe: <a href='https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/this-was-supposed-to-be-easy-podcast/id1805249282'>Apple Podcasts</a> | <a href='https://open.spotify.com/show/6PRI5RoYph7xR5jgs9c269'>Spotify</a> | <a href='https://music.amazon.com/podcasts/27d3b92b-b42d-453e-b2d1-807b0adac834'>Amazon Music/Audible</a> | <a href='https://iheart.com/podcast/271653791'>iHeartRadio</a></li>
<li>Social Media: Instagram <a href='https://www.instagram.com/supposedtobeeasy/'>@supposedtobeeasy</a> / Facebook <a href='https://www.facebook.com/profile.php?id=61571685029705'>@Supposed to be Easy</a></li>
</ul>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">Sometimes the hardest part of friendship isn’t love or intention, it’s simply finding the time.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">In this week’s episode, Amy and Cheryl reflect on a recent gathering with their long-time book club friends. What started as a simple plan to reconnect turned into a deeper conversation about how difficult it can be to get everyone together as life becomes busier and schedules become more complicated.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">They talk about the planning, the rescheduling, the moments of compromise, and the joy that comes from finally saying, <em>“Let’s just make it happen.”</em> Along the way, they explore the value of maintaining traditions, creating space for connection, and recognizing that sometimes the most meaningful moments come from simply being together.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This episode is a reminder that friendships, like many good things in life, often require intention, flexibility, and a willingness to show up.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Key Topics and Takeaways</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Why is gathering with friends becoming more complicated as life gets busier</li>
<li>The reality of scheduling around eight adults with full lives</li>
<li>The importance of protecting time for friendship and connection</li>
<li>How traditions (like holiday gift exchanges) evolve over time</li>
<li>Why the experience of being together often matters more than the details of the event itself</li>
<li>The reminder that meaningful friendships require intention, not just good intentions</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">A Challenge for the Week</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Think about the people in your life who matter to you but who you haven’t seen in a while.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Instead of waiting for the <em>perfect</em> time, consider choosing a date and simply saying:</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">“Let’s just make it happen.”</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Connection doesn’t require perfection, just intention.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">  </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Ways to Connect</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Connect with us</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Website: <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.com/</a> </li>
<li>Our Podcast Home: <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/</a></li>
<li>Subscribe: <a href='https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/this-was-supposed-to-be-easy-podcast/id1805249282'>Apple Podcasts</a> | <a href='https://open.spotify.com/show/6PRI5RoYph7xR5jgs9c269'>Spotify</a> | <a href='https://music.amazon.com/podcasts/27d3b92b-b42d-453e-b2d1-807b0adac834'>Amazon Music/Audible</a> | <a href='https://iheart.com/podcast/271653791'>iHeartRadio</a></li>
<li>Social Media: Instagram <a href='https://www.instagram.com/supposedtobeeasy/'>@supposedtobeeasy</a> / Facebook <a href='https://www.facebook.com/profile.php?id=61571685029705'>@Supposed to be Easy</a></li>
</ul>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/fwhk7fknizebrqej/TWSTBE-S2E53-Committing_to_the_Girlfriend_Gathering.mp3" length="30800896" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Sometimes the hardest part of friendship isn’t love or intention, it’s simply finding the time.
In this week’s episode, Amy and Cheryl reflect on a recent gathering with their long-time book club friends. What started as a simple plan to reconnect turned into a deeper conversation about how difficult it can be to get everyone together as life becomes busier and schedules become more complicated.
They talk about the planning, the rescheduling, the moments of compromise, and the joy that comes from finally saying, “Let’s just make it happen.” Along the way, they explore the value of maintaining traditions, creating space for connection, and recognizing that sometimes the most meaningful moments come from simply being together.
This episode is a reminder that friendships, like many good things in life, often require intention, flexibility, and a willingness to show up.
Key Topics and Takeaways

Why is gathering with friends becoming more complicated as life gets busier
The reality of scheduling around eight adults with full lives
The importance of protecting time for friendship and connection
How traditions (like holiday gift exchanges) evolve over time
Why the experience of being together often matters more than the details of the event itself
The reminder that meaningful friendships require intention, not just good intentions

 
A Challenge for the Week
Think about the people in your life who matter to you but who you haven’t seen in a while.
Instead of waiting for the perfect time, consider choosing a date and simply saying:
“Let’s just make it happen.”
Connection doesn’t require perfection, just intention.
  
Ways to Connect
Connect with us

Website: https://supposedtobeeasy.com/ 
Our Podcast Home: https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/
Subscribe: Apple Podcasts | Spotify | Amazon Music/Audible | iHeartRadio
Social Media: Instagram @supposedtobeeasy / Facebook @Supposed to be Easy
]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>supposedtobeeasy</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1539</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>53</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>S2 Episode 52: We Thought Listening to Someone Say No Was Supposed to Be Easy</title>
        <itunes:title>S2 Episode 52: We Thought Listening to Someone Say No Was Supposed to Be Easy</itunes:title>
        <link>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s2-episode-52-we-thought-it-would-be-easy-listening-to-no/</link>
                    <comments>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s2-episode-52-we-thought-it-would-be-easy-listening-to-no/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 04 Mar 2026 05:57:00 -0500</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/dcf7fffd-2b9f-3921-a30c-2052847e724d</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">Saying “no” sounds simple in theory, but in real life, it can be anything but easy.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">In this episode, Amy and Cheryl explore what happens when we set a boundary and the other person doesn’t listen. Why do some people treat “no” like it’s negotiable? When does persistence cross the line into pressure? And how do we stay grounded in our boundaries without damaging relationships?</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Through personal stories, parenting moments, and a little humor (including a throwback to the D.A.R.E. program of the 1980s), Amy and Cheryl unpack the complicated dynamics behind hearing, and honoring, the word “no.”</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Together they explore the gray areas: the difference between conversation and persuasion, when explanations help, and how we can respectfully repeat our boundaries when others keep pushing.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Key Topics and Takeaways</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Why people sometimes ignore or push past a “no.”</li>
<li>The emotional reasons we might struggle to accept someone else’s boundary—or enforce our own.</li>
<li>The role of ego, disappointment, and wanting to help in pushing past someone’s limits.</li>
<li>How relationships can create patterns where “no” starts to feel negotiable.</li>
<li>The difference between dialogue and pressure in conversations.</li>
<li>How explaining your reasoning can sometimes create clarity, even when the answer stays the same.</li>
<li>The importance of recognizing when persistence becomes boundary-crossing.</li>
<li>The “broken record technique” of calmly repeating your no when someone keeps pushing.</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Memorable Lines</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">“There’s been a lot of times lately where, even when we’ve said no… people haven’t listened.” — Cheryl Priest</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">“More often than not, when I probably pushed through somebody’s boundary of no, it was because I really didn’t want to be disappointed.” — Amy Bond</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">“They might always see no as negotiable.” — Cheryl Priest</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">“No is a complete sentence… but there’s also sometimes an opportunity for conversation.” — Amy Bond</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">“You think you want me because I’m the easy ask, but you really don’t want me to do this.” — Amy Bond</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">“Sometimes people don’t hear your no, they hear that it’s negotiable.” — Cheryl Priest</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">“It was the broken record technique. Just keep saying no.” — Amy Bond</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Challenge for the Week</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Pay attention this week to moments when you say no, or when someone says no to you.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Ask yourself:</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Am I respecting the boundary that was set?</li>
<li>Do I assume “no” is negotiable in certain relationships?</li>
<li>Is there space for healthy conversation without pressure?</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Practice the broken record technique if needed: calmly repeat your boundary without apology or escalation.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Sometimes the most respectful thing we can do for ourselves, and others is simply allow “no” to stand.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Connect with us</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Website: <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.com/</a> </li>
<li>Our Podcast Home: <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/</a></li>
<li>Subscribe: <a href='https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/this-was-supposed-to-be-easy-podcast/id1805249282'>Apple Podcasts</a> | <a href='https://open.spotify.com/show/6PRI5RoYph7xR5jgs9c269'>Spotify</a> | <a href='https://music.amazon.com/podcasts/27d3b92b-b42d-453e-b2d1-807b0adac834'>Amazon Music/Audible</a> | <a href='https://iheart.com/podcast/271653791'>iHeartRadio</a></li>
<li>Social Media: Instagram <a href='https://www.instagram.com/supposedtobeeasy/'>@supposedtobeeasy</a> / Facebook <a href='https://www.facebook.com/profile.php?id=61571685029705'>@Supposed to be Easy</a></li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">We want to hear from you! Follow and share your key takeaways, ideas, and inspiration!</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Thanks for listening to This Was Supposed to Be Easy with Amy and Cheryl.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">Saying “no” sounds simple in theory, but in real life, it can be anything but easy.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">In this episode, Amy and Cheryl explore what happens when we set a boundary and the other person doesn’t listen. Why do some people treat “no” like it’s negotiable? When does persistence cross the line into pressure? And how do we stay grounded in our boundaries without damaging relationships?</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Through personal stories, parenting moments, and a little humor (including a throwback to the D.A.R.E. program of the 1980s), Amy and Cheryl unpack the complicated dynamics behind hearing, and honoring, the word “no.”</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Together they explore the gray areas: the difference between conversation and persuasion, when explanations help, and how we can respectfully repeat our boundaries when others keep pushing.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Key Topics and Takeaways</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Why people sometimes ignore or push past a “no.”</li>
<li>The emotional reasons we might struggle to accept someone else’s boundary—or enforce our own.</li>
<li>The role of ego, disappointment, and wanting to help in pushing past someone’s limits.</li>
<li>How relationships can create patterns where “no” starts to feel negotiable.</li>
<li>The difference between dialogue and pressure in conversations.</li>
<li>How explaining your reasoning can sometimes create clarity, even when the answer stays the same.</li>
<li>The importance of recognizing when persistence becomes boundary-crossing.</li>
<li>The “broken record technique” of calmly repeating your no when someone keeps pushing.</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Memorable Lines</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">“There’s been a lot of times lately where, even when we’ve said no… people haven’t listened.” — Cheryl Priest</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">“More often than not, when I probably pushed through somebody’s boundary of no, it was because I really didn’t want to be disappointed.” — Amy Bond</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">“They might always see no as negotiable.” — Cheryl Priest</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">“No is a complete sentence… but there’s also sometimes an opportunity for conversation.” — Amy Bond</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">“You think you want me because I’m the easy ask, but you really don’t want me to do this.” — Amy Bond</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">“Sometimes people don’t hear your no, they hear that it’s negotiable.” — Cheryl Priest</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">“It was the broken record technique. Just keep saying no.” — Amy Bond</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Challenge for the Week</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Pay attention this week to moments when you say no, or when someone says no to you.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Ask yourself:</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Am I respecting the boundary that was set?</li>
<li>Do I assume “no” is negotiable in certain relationships?</li>
<li>Is there space for healthy conversation without pressure?</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Practice the broken record technique if needed: calmly repeat your boundary without apology or escalation.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Sometimes the most respectful thing we can do for ourselves, and others is simply allow “no” to stand.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><em>Connect with us</em></p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li><em>Website: </em><a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.com/'><em>https://supposedtobeeasy.com/</em></a><em> </em></li>
<li><em>Our Podcast Home: </em><a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/'><em>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/</em></a></li>
<li><em>Subscribe: </em><a href='https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/this-was-supposed-to-be-easy-podcast/id1805249282'><em>Apple Podcasts</em></a><em> | </em><a href='https://open.spotify.com/show/6PRI5RoYph7xR5jgs9c269'><em>Spotify</em></a><em> | </em><a href='https://music.amazon.com/podcasts/27d3b92b-b42d-453e-b2d1-807b0adac834'><em>Amazon Music/Audible</em></a><em> | </em><a href='https://iheart.com/podcast/271653791'><em>iHeartRadio</em></a></li>
<li><em>Social Media: Instagram </em><a href='https://www.instagram.com/supposedtobeeasy/'><em>@supposedtobeeasy</em></a><em> / Facebook </em><a href='https://www.facebook.com/profile.php?id=61571685029705'><em>@Supposed to be Easy</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><em>We want to hear from you! Follow and share your key takeaways, ideas, and inspiration!</em></p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><em>Thanks for listening to</em> This Was Supposed to Be Easy with Amy and Cheryl.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/k78yxga6dnxyvkxn/TWSTBE-S2E52-Listening_to_No.mp3" length="46272256" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Saying “no” sounds simple in theory, but in real life, it can be anything but easy.
In this episode, Amy and Cheryl explore what happens when we set a boundary and the other person doesn’t listen. Why do some people treat “no” like it’s negotiable? When does persistence cross the line into pressure? And how do we stay grounded in our boundaries without damaging relationships?
Through personal stories, parenting moments, and a little humor (including a throwback to the D.A.R.E. program of the 1980s), Amy and Cheryl unpack the complicated dynamics behind hearing, and honoring, the word “no.”
Together they explore the gray areas: the difference between conversation and persuasion, when explanations help, and how we can respectfully repeat our boundaries when others keep pushing.
 
Key Topics and Takeaways

Why people sometimes ignore or push past a “no.”
The emotional reasons we might struggle to accept someone else’s boundary—or enforce our own.
The role of ego, disappointment, and wanting to help in pushing past someone’s limits.
How relationships can create patterns where “no” starts to feel negotiable.
The difference between dialogue and pressure in conversations.
How explaining your reasoning can sometimes create clarity, even when the answer stays the same.
The importance of recognizing when persistence becomes boundary-crossing.
The “broken record technique” of calmly repeating your no when someone keeps pushing.

 
Memorable Lines
“There’s been a lot of times lately where, even when we’ve said no… people haven’t listened.” — Cheryl Priest
“More often than not, when I probably pushed through somebody’s boundary of no, it was because I really didn’t want to be disappointed.” — Amy Bond
“They might always see no as negotiable.” — Cheryl Priest
“No is a complete sentence… but there’s also sometimes an opportunity for conversation.” — Amy Bond
“You think you want me because I’m the easy ask, but you really don’t want me to do this.” — Amy Bond
“Sometimes people don’t hear your no, they hear that it’s negotiable.” — Cheryl Priest
“It was the broken record technique. Just keep saying no.” — Amy Bond
 
Challenge for the Week
Pay attention this week to moments when you say no, or when someone says no to you.
Ask yourself:

Am I respecting the boundary that was set?
Do I assume “no” is negotiable in certain relationships?
Is there space for healthy conversation without pressure?

Practice the broken record technique if needed: calmly repeat your boundary without apology or escalation.
Sometimes the most respectful thing we can do for ourselves, and others is simply allow “no” to stand.
 
Connect with us

Website: https://supposedtobeeasy.com/ 
Our Podcast Home: https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/
Subscribe: Apple Podcasts | Spotify | Amazon Music/Audible | iHeartRadio
Social Media: Instagram @supposedtobeeasy / Facebook @Supposed to be Easy

We want to hear from you! Follow and share your key takeaways, ideas, and inspiration!
Thanks for listening to This Was Supposed to Be Easy with Amy and Cheryl.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>supposedtobeeasy</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2313</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>52</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>S2: Episode 51: When You Need to Say No (Even When You Don’t Want To)</title>
        <itunes:title>S2: Episode 51: When You Need to Say No (Even When You Don’t Want To)</itunes:title>
        <link>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s2-episode-51-when-you-need-to-say-no-even-when-you-don-t-want-to/</link>
                    <comments>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s2-episode-51-when-you-need-to-say-no-even-when-you-don-t-want-to/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 25 Feb 2026 05:57:00 -0500</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/94589ba2-e877-3161-8624-04c5f1881a06</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">What happens when you want to say yes… but your body, your calendar, and your capacity are quietly begging for no?</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">In this episode, we explore the complicated practice of saying “no” — especially when the invitation is meaningful, the people matter, and part of us truly wants to say yes.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">What happens when our desire and our capacity don’t match? When we can technically make it work… but at a cost?</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Through honest stories (including one very long stretch of highway driving), we unpack the emotional weight of overcommitting, the guilt that can follow a boundary, and the quiet strength it takes to choose sustainability over approval. This conversation is about self-trust, integrity, and learning to honor our limits before burnout makes the decision for us.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Key Topics &amp; Takeaways</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>The difference between “I can” and “I have the capacity.”</li>
<li>Why saying no often feels like letting someone down.</li>
<li>The hidden cost of overcommitment.</li>
<li>Capacity is not a reflection of character.</li>
<li>Listening to exhaustion as information, not weakness.</li>
<li>Why sustainable living requires honest boundaries.</li>
<li>Every “yes” carries a cost — sometimes that cost is you.</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Memorable Lines</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>“Just because I can make it work doesn’t mean it’s wise.”</li>
<li>“Capacity is not character.”</li>
<li>“Exhaustion is information.”</li>
<li>“Every yes costs something.”</li>
<li>“Sometimes the bravest choice is staying home.”</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Challenge for the Week</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Before you automatically say yes to the next request, pause and ask yourself:</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Do I want to do this — or do I feel I should?</li>
<li>What will this yes cost me?</li>
<li>If I say no, what am I protecting?</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Practice one intentional pause this week. Even if you still choose yes, let it be a conscious one.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">What happens when you want to say yes… but your body, your calendar, and your capacity are quietly begging for no?</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">In this episode, we explore the complicated practice of saying “no” — especially when the invitation is meaningful, the people matter, and part of us truly wants to say yes.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">What happens when our desire and our capacity don’t match? When we can technically make it work… but at a cost?</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Through honest stories (including one very long stretch of highway driving), we unpack the emotional weight of overcommitting, the guilt that can follow a boundary, and the quiet strength it takes to choose sustainability over approval. This conversation is about self-trust, integrity, and learning to honor our limits before burnout makes the decision for us.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Key Topics &amp; Takeaways</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>The difference between <em>“I can”</em> and <em>“I have the capacity.”</em></li>
<li>Why saying no often feels like letting someone down.</li>
<li>The hidden cost of overcommitment.</li>
<li>Capacity is not a reflection of character.</li>
<li>Listening to exhaustion as information, not weakness.</li>
<li>Why sustainable living requires honest boundaries.</li>
<li>Every “yes” carries a cost — sometimes that cost is you.</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Memorable Lines</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>“Just because I can make it work doesn’t mean it’s wise.”</li>
<li>“Capacity is not character.”</li>
<li>“Exhaustion is information.”</li>
<li>“Every yes costs something.”</li>
<li>“Sometimes the bravest choice is staying home.”</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Challenge for the Week</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Before you automatically say yes to the next request, pause and ask yourself:</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Do I <em>want</em> to do this — or do I feel I <em>should</em>?</li>
<li>What will this yes cost me?</li>
<li>If I say no, what am I protecting?</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Practice one intentional pause this week. Even if you still choose yes, let it be a conscious one.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/4wvk62x4qjie3tac/TWSTBE-S2E51-Saying_No.mp3" length="46593376" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[What happens when you want to say yes… but your body, your calendar, and your capacity are quietly begging for no?
 
In this episode, we explore the complicated practice of saying “no” — especially when the invitation is meaningful, the people matter, and part of us truly wants to say yes.
What happens when our desire and our capacity don’t match? When we can technically make it work… but at a cost?
Through honest stories (including one very long stretch of highway driving), we unpack the emotional weight of overcommitting, the guilt that can follow a boundary, and the quiet strength it takes to choose sustainability over approval. This conversation is about self-trust, integrity, and learning to honor our limits before burnout makes the decision for us.
Key Topics &amp; Takeaways

The difference between “I can” and “I have the capacity.”
Why saying no often feels like letting someone down.
The hidden cost of overcommitment.
Capacity is not a reflection of character.
Listening to exhaustion as information, not weakness.
Why sustainable living requires honest boundaries.
Every “yes” carries a cost — sometimes that cost is you.

Memorable Lines

“Just because I can make it work doesn’t mean it’s wise.”
“Capacity is not character.”
“Exhaustion is information.”
“Every yes costs something.”
“Sometimes the bravest choice is staying home.”

Challenge for the Week
Before you automatically say yes to the next request, pause and ask yourself:

Do I want to do this — or do I feel I should?
What will this yes cost me?
If I say no, what am I protecting?

Practice one intentional pause this week. Even if you still choose yes, let it be a conscious one.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>supposedtobeeasy</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2329</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>51</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>E2 Episode 50: We Thought Creating 50 Episodes of a Podcast Was Supposed to Be Easy</title>
        <itunes:title>E2 Episode 50: We Thought Creating 50 Episodes of a Podcast Was Supposed to Be Easy</itunes:title>
        <link>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/e2-episode-50-we-thought-creating-50-episodes-of-a-podcast-was-supposed-to-be-easy/</link>
                    <comments>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/e2-episode-50-we-thought-creating-50-episodes-of-a-podcast-was-supposed-to-be-easy/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 18 Feb 2026 05:57:00 -0500</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/0c4214da-d903-3001-a443-9317bfb097ce</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">Episode 50 feels a little like a birthday, not brand new, not frantic, but grounded in everything we’ve lived and learned along the way. In this milestone episode of This Was Supposed to Be Easy, Amy and Cheryl pause to reflect on what 50 conversations have taught them about connection, joy, growth, confidence, listening, and honoring the seasons of our lives.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">What started as an idea that felt “supposed to be easy” has turned into something deeper: a space for honest conversation, imperfect learning, and meaningful connection. In this episode, we name the themes that kept surfacing again and again, and share what happens when you’re willing to press record, even when you don’t have the whole path figured out.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Key Topics &amp; Takeaways</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Connection is built through intention, not ease</li>
<li>Joy is something you practice, not something you wait for</li>
<li>Growth often begins with letting go</li>
<li>Confidence is built in motion, not certainty</li>
<li>Being heard is sometimes more powerful than being fixed</li>
<li>Seasons matter, rest, pauses, and timing all have value</li>
<li>You don’t need the whole plan to start, just the willingness to begin</li>
<li>Consistency builds trust, even when things aren’t perfect</li>
<li>Creating something public is vulnerable, and worth it</li>
<li>Impact isn’t always loud, but it is real</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Memorable Lines</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>“Connection is built through intention, not ease.” -  Amy</li>
<li>“Letting go can be just as loving as holding on.” -  Cheryl</li>
<li>“Confidence is built in motion, not certainty.” -  Amy</li>
<li>“Being heard is sometimes more powerful than being fixed.” -  Amy</li>
<li>“The meaningful things rarely are easy, but they’re worth showing up for anyway.” -Cheryl</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">A Challenge for the Week</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Take a few quiet minutes and ask yourself:</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>What season am I in right now?</li>
<li>What might I need to let go of, or lean into,  to honor it?</li>
<li>Where could I take one small step forward, even without certainty?</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">No fixing. No rushing. Just noticing.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Additional Notes</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This episode is a thank-you,  to each other, and to you. Whether you’ve been here since Episode 1 or just found us recently, we’re so glad you’re part of this community. Here’s to the next 50 conversations.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Ways to Connect</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Connect with us</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Website: <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.com/</a> </li>
<li>Our Podcast Home: <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/</a></li>
<li>Subscribe: <a href='https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/this-was-supposed-to-be-easy-podcast/id1805249282'>Apple Podcasts</a> | <a href='https://open.spotify.com/show/6PRI5RoYph7xR5jgs9c269'>Spotify</a> | <a href='https://music.amazon.com/podcasts/27d3b92b-b42d-453e-b2d1-807b0adac834'>Amazon Music/Audible</a> | <a href='https://iheart.com/podcast/271653791'>iHeartRadio</a></li>
<li>Social Media: Instagram <a href='https://www.instagram.com/supposedtobeeasy/'>@supposedtobeeasy</a> / Facebook <a href='https://www.facebook.com/profile.php?id=61571685029705'>@Supposed to be Easy</a></li>
</ul>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">Episode 50 feels a little like a birthday, not brand new, not frantic, but grounded in everything we’ve lived and learned along the way. In this milestone episode of This Was Supposed to Be Easy, Amy and Cheryl pause to reflect on what 50 conversations have taught them about connection, joy, growth, confidence, listening, and honoring the seasons of our lives.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">What started as an idea that felt “supposed to be easy” has turned into something deeper: a space for honest conversation, imperfect learning, and meaningful connection. In this episode, we name the themes that kept surfacing again and again, and share what happens when you’re willing to press record, even when you don’t have the whole path figured out.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Key Topics &amp; Takeaways</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Connection is built through intention, not ease</li>
<li>Joy is something you practice, not something you wait for</li>
<li>Growth often begins with letting go</li>
<li>Confidence is built in motion, not certainty</li>
<li>Being heard is sometimes more powerful than being fixed</li>
<li>Seasons matter, rest, pauses, and timing all have value</li>
<li>You don’t need the whole plan to start, just the willingness to begin</li>
<li>Consistency builds trust, even when things aren’t perfect</li>
<li>Creating something public is vulnerable, and worth it</li>
<li>Impact isn’t always loud, but it <em>is</em> real</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Memorable Lines</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>“Connection is built through intention, not ease.” -  Amy</li>
<li>“Letting go can be just as loving as holding on.” -  Cheryl</li>
<li>“Confidence is built in motion, not certainty.” -  Amy</li>
<li>“Being heard is sometimes more powerful than being fixed.” -  Amy</li>
<li>“The meaningful things rarely are easy, but they’re worth showing up for anyway.” -Cheryl</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">A Challenge for the Week</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Take a few quiet minutes and ask yourself:</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>What season am I in right now?</li>
<li>What might I need to let go of, or lean into,  to honor it?</li>
<li>Where could I take one small step forward, even without certainty?</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">No fixing. No rushing. Just noticing.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Additional Notes</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This episode is a thank-you,  to each other, and to you. Whether you’ve been here since Episode 1 or just found us recently, we’re so glad you’re part of this community. Here’s to the next 50 conversations.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Ways to Connect</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Connect with us</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Website: <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.com/</a> </li>
<li>Our Podcast Home: <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/</a></li>
<li>Subscribe: <a href='https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/this-was-supposed-to-be-easy-podcast/id1805249282'>Apple Podcasts</a> | <a href='https://open.spotify.com/show/6PRI5RoYph7xR5jgs9c269'>Spotify</a> | <a href='https://music.amazon.com/podcasts/27d3b92b-b42d-453e-b2d1-807b0adac834'>Amazon Music/Audible</a> | <a href='https://iheart.com/podcast/271653791'>iHeartRadio</a></li>
<li>Social Media: Instagram <a href='https://www.instagram.com/supposedtobeeasy/'>@supposedtobeeasy</a> / Facebook <a href='https://www.facebook.com/profile.php?id=61571685029705'>@Supposed to be Easy</a></li>
</ul>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/8kbjm5ht2cdsfe3f/TWSTBE-S2E50-What_Weve_Learned_in_50_Episodes.mp3" length="56926816" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Episode 50 feels a little like a birthday, not brand new, not frantic, but grounded in everything we’ve lived and learned along the way. In this milestone episode of This Was Supposed to Be Easy, Amy and Cheryl pause to reflect on what 50 conversations have taught them about connection, joy, growth, confidence, listening, and honoring the seasons of our lives.
What started as an idea that felt “supposed to be easy” has turned into something deeper: a space for honest conversation, imperfect learning, and meaningful connection. In this episode, we name the themes that kept surfacing again and again, and share what happens when you’re willing to press record, even when you don’t have the whole path figured out.
Key Topics &amp; Takeaways

Connection is built through intention, not ease
Joy is something you practice, not something you wait for
Growth often begins with letting go
Confidence is built in motion, not certainty
Being heard is sometimes more powerful than being fixed
Seasons matter, rest, pauses, and timing all have value
You don’t need the whole plan to start, just the willingness to begin
Consistency builds trust, even when things aren’t perfect
Creating something public is vulnerable, and worth it
Impact isn’t always loud, but it is real

 
Memorable Lines

“Connection is built through intention, not ease.” -  Amy
“Letting go can be just as loving as holding on.” -  Cheryl
“Confidence is built in motion, not certainty.” -  Amy
“Being heard is sometimes more powerful than being fixed.” -  Amy
“The meaningful things rarely are easy, but they’re worth showing up for anyway.” -Cheryl

A Challenge for the Week
Take a few quiet minutes and ask yourself:

What season am I in right now?
What might I need to let go of, or lean into,  to honor it?
Where could I take one small step forward, even without certainty?

No fixing. No rushing. Just noticing.
 
Additional Notes
This episode is a thank-you,  to each other, and to you. Whether you’ve been here since Episode 1 or just found us recently, we’re so glad you’re part of this community. Here’s to the next 50 conversations.
 
Ways to Connect
Connect with us

Website: https://supposedtobeeasy.com/ 
Our Podcast Home: https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/
Subscribe: Apple Podcasts | Spotify | Amazon Music/Audible | iHeartRadio
Social Media: Instagram @supposedtobeeasy / Facebook @Supposed to be Easy
]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>supposedtobeeasy</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2846</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>50</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>S2 Episode 49: We Thought Building Hope Was Supposed to Be Easy</title>
        <itunes:title>S2 Episode 49: We Thought Building Hope Was Supposed to Be Easy</itunes:title>
        <link>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s2-episode-49-we-thought-building-hope-was-supposed-to-be-easy/</link>
                    <comments>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s2-episode-49-we-thought-building-hope-was-supposed-to-be-easy/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 11 Feb 2026 05:57:00 -0500</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/73da7bd4-1e97-3269-aa3a-72ee7594a96d</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">In a world that feels loud with bad news, Cheryl and Amy slow down to talk about something both tender and surprisingly practical: hope. Inspired by a conversation between Mayim Bialik and Simon Sinek on optimism vs. pessimism, they explore what hope really is (and what it isn’t). Together, they name how easy it is to spiral into helplessness—and how hope can be a mindset plus action, not denial or “marshmallow fluff.” From “good news” algorithms, to boundaries that protect mental health, to Cheryl’s seed-ordering ritual as a tiny act of future-facing faith, this episode offers grounded ways to build hope—especially when it doesn’t come naturally. The conversation closes with Emily Dickinson’s “Hope is the Thing with Feathers,” an invitation to carry hope together.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Key Topics and Takeaways</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Hope vs. Optimism (and why it’s not toxic positivity): Hope doesn’t ignore hard things—it acknowledges reality and believes change is possible.</li>
<li>Hope is buildable: You’re not either “born hopeful” or not. Hope can be practiced and strengthened over time through small, intentional shifts.</li>
<li>Mindset + action: Hope isn’t passive wishing. It includes agency (“I have influence”) and pathways (finding a route forward)—a nod to Snyder’s Hope Theory and VIA Character Strengths.</li>
<li>How to “train your attention” toward hope: Curating what you consume (news, social media, “good news” accounts) and noticing kindness in everyday moments can restore perspective.</li>
<li>Boundaries are part of hope: Being hopeful doesn’t mean giving everyone access to you. Protecting your mental health can be a hopeful act.</li>
<li>Hope and grief can coexist: Amy names the difference between hoping and wishing—how “wishing things were different” can activate grief, and how hope can live alongside grieving what was or what could have been.</li>
<li>Micro-practices that cultivate hope:<ul>
<li>“Two good things” noticing (acts of kindness, small goodness)</li>
<li>Hope journaling (future-oriented reflection + next steps)</li>
<li>Turning hope into a SMART goal (one small step counts)</li>
<li>Having multiple pathways ready (Plan A, B, C)</li>
<li>Leaning on hopeful people—hope grows when shared</li>
</ul>
</li>

</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Memorable Lines</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>“True optimism, true hope, is actually grounded in action.”</li>
<li>“Hope is mindset plus action together.”</li>
<li>“It’s not blinders… it helps to see the good things that are also happening.”</li>
<li>“One of the ways for me to remain hopeful is to be aware of what I need to be hopeful… and it doesn’t mean everyone gets access to me.”</li>
<li>“I wish you peace… I hope you find comfort… I hope you meet your goals in a way that doesn’t cause harm to other people.”</li>
<li>“I’m going to grieve the loss of what was… and hope for the best.”</li>
<li>“There’s so much hope inside the seed.”</li>
<li>“Hope grows when it’s shared with others.”</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This Week’s Gentle Challenge</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Try a “Hope Practice” for several days—small on purpose. Choose one:</p>
<ol style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Two Glimpses of Good
Each day, notice two moments of kindness, humor, or decency (tiny counts). Write them down or text them to someone.</li>
<li>Hope Journaling (5 minutes)
Answer: What’s one thing I’m looking forward to?
Then: What’s one baby step I can take this week?
Bonus: Write two alternate pathways in case your first plan doesn’t work.</li>
<li>Plant a Seed (literal or metaphorical)
Do one small future-facing action that says: I believe something good can grow here.
Order seeds. Start a file. Send the email. Make the appointment. Take the walk.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">And if you’re willing: share your hope practice with Cheryl and Amy—your story might become someone else’s “crumb” of hope this week.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Note: This episode reflects personal experiences and cited research summaries; it’s not therapy or legal advice. For personal situations, consult a qualified professional.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Connect with us</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Website: <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.com/</a> </li>
<li>Our Podcast Home: <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/</a></li>
<li>Subscribe: <a href='https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/this-was-supposed-to-be-easy-podcast/id1805249282'>Apple Podcasts</a> | <a href='https://open.spotify.com/show/6PRI5RoYph7xR5jgs9c269'>Spotify</a> | <a href='https://music.amazon.com/podcasts/27d3b92b-b42d-453e-b2d1-807b0adac834'>Amazon Music/Audible</a> | <a href='https://iheart.com/podcast/271653791'>iHeartRadio</a></li>
<li>Social Media: Instagram <a href='https://www.instagram.com/supposedtobeeasy/'>@supposedtobeeasy</a> / Facebook <a href='https://www.facebook.com/profile.php?id=61571685029705'>@Supposed to be Easy</a></li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">We want to hear from you! Follow and share your key takeaways, ideas, and inspiration!</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">In a world that feels loud with bad news, Cheryl and Amy slow down to talk about something both tender and surprisingly practical: hope. Inspired by a conversation between Mayim Bialik and Simon Sinek on optimism vs. pessimism, they explore what hope really is (and what it isn’t). Together, they name how easy it is to spiral into helplessness—and how hope can be a mindset plus action, not denial or “marshmallow fluff.” From “good news” algorithms, to boundaries that protect mental health, to Cheryl’s seed-ordering ritual as a tiny act of future-facing faith, this episode offers grounded ways to <em>build</em> hope—especially when it doesn’t come naturally. The conversation closes with Emily Dickinson’s “Hope is the Thing with Feathers,” an invitation to carry hope together.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Key Topics and Takeaways</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Hope vs. Optimism (and why it’s not toxic positivity): Hope doesn’t ignore hard things—it acknowledges reality <em>and</em> believes change is possible.</li>
<li>Hope is buildable: You’re not either “born hopeful” or not. Hope can be practiced and strengthened over time through small, intentional shifts.</li>
<li>Mindset + action: Hope isn’t passive wishing. It includes <em>agency</em> (“I have influence”) and <em>pathways</em> (finding a route forward)—a nod to Snyder’s Hope Theory and VIA Character Strengths.</li>
<li>How to “train your attention” toward hope: Curating what you consume (news, social media, “good news” accounts) and noticing kindness in everyday moments can restore perspective.</li>
<li>Boundaries are part of hope: Being hopeful doesn’t mean giving everyone access to you. Protecting your mental health can be a hopeful act.</li>
<li>Hope and grief can coexist: Amy names the difference between hoping and wishing—how “wishing things were different” can activate grief, and how hope can live alongside grieving what was or what could have been.</li>
<li>Micro-practices that cultivate hope:<ul>
<li>“Two good things” noticing (acts of kindness, small goodness)</li>
<li>Hope journaling (future-oriented reflection + next steps)</li>
<li>Turning hope into a SMART goal (one small step counts)</li>
<li>Having multiple pathways ready (Plan A, B, C)</li>
<li>Leaning on hopeful people—hope grows when shared</li>
</ul>
</li>

</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Memorable Lines</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>“True optimism, true hope, is actually grounded in action.”</li>
<li>“Hope is mindset plus action together.”</li>
<li>“It’s not blinders… it helps to see the good things that are also happening.”</li>
<li>“One of the ways for me to remain hopeful is to be aware of what I need to be hopeful… and it doesn’t mean everyone gets access to me.”</li>
<li>“I wish you peace… I hope you find comfort… I hope you meet your goals in a way that doesn’t cause harm to other people.”</li>
<li>“I’m going to grieve the loss of what was… and hope for the best.”</li>
<li>“There’s so much hope inside the seed.”</li>
<li>“Hope grows when it’s shared with others.”</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This Week’s Gentle Challenge</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Try a “Hope Practice” for several days—small on purpose. Choose one:</p>
<ol style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Two Glimpses of Good<br>
Each day, notice <em>two</em> moments of kindness, humor, or decency (tiny counts). Write them down or text them to someone.</li>
<li>Hope Journaling (5 minutes)<br>
Answer: <em>What’s one thing I’m looking forward to?</em><br>
Then: <em>What’s one baby step I can take this week?</em><br>
Bonus: Write two alternate pathways in case your first plan doesn’t work.</li>
<li>Plant a Seed (literal or metaphorical)<br>
Do one small future-facing action that says: <em>I believe something good can grow here.</em><br>
Order seeds. Start a file. Send the email. Make the appointment. Take the walk.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">And if you’re willing: share your hope practice with Cheryl and Amy—your story might become someone else’s “crumb” of hope this week.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Note: This episode reflects personal experiences and cited research summaries; it’s not therapy or legal advice. For personal situations, consult a qualified professional.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Connect with us</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Website: <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.com/</a> </li>
<li>Our Podcast Home: <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/</a></li>
<li>Subscribe: <a href='https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/this-was-supposed-to-be-easy-podcast/id1805249282'>Apple Podcasts</a> | <a href='https://open.spotify.com/show/6PRI5RoYph7xR5jgs9c269'>Spotify</a> | <a href='https://music.amazon.com/podcasts/27d3b92b-b42d-453e-b2d1-807b0adac834'>Amazon Music/Audible</a> | <a href='https://iheart.com/podcast/271653791'>iHeartRadio</a></li>
<li>Social Media: Instagram <a href='https://www.instagram.com/supposedtobeeasy/'>@supposedtobeeasy</a> / Facebook <a href='https://www.facebook.com/profile.php?id=61571685029705'>@Supposed to be Easy</a></li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">We want to hear from you! Follow and share your key takeaways, ideas, and inspiration!</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/gp6j7ct6dzfnzg65/TWSTBE-S2E49-Hope.mp3" length="39545056" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[In a world that feels loud with bad news, Cheryl and Amy slow down to talk about something both tender and surprisingly practical: hope. Inspired by a conversation between Mayim Bialik and Simon Sinek on optimism vs. pessimism, they explore what hope really is (and what it isn’t). Together, they name how easy it is to spiral into helplessness—and how hope can be a mindset plus action, not denial or “marshmallow fluff.” From “good news” algorithms, to boundaries that protect mental health, to Cheryl’s seed-ordering ritual as a tiny act of future-facing faith, this episode offers grounded ways to build hope—especially when it doesn’t come naturally. The conversation closes with Emily Dickinson’s “Hope is the Thing with Feathers,” an invitation to carry hope together.
Key Topics and Takeaways

Hope vs. Optimism (and why it’s not toxic positivity): Hope doesn’t ignore hard things—it acknowledges reality and believes change is possible.
Hope is buildable: You’re not either “born hopeful” or not. Hope can be practiced and strengthened over time through small, intentional shifts.
Mindset + action: Hope isn’t passive wishing. It includes agency (“I have influence”) and pathways (finding a route forward)—a nod to Snyder’s Hope Theory and VIA Character Strengths.
How to “train your attention” toward hope: Curating what you consume (news, social media, “good news” accounts) and noticing kindness in everyday moments can restore perspective.
Boundaries are part of hope: Being hopeful doesn’t mean giving everyone access to you. Protecting your mental health can be a hopeful act.
Hope and grief can coexist: Amy names the difference between hoping and wishing—how “wishing things were different” can activate grief, and how hope can live alongside grieving what was or what could have been.
Micro-practices that cultivate hope:
“Two good things” noticing (acts of kindness, small goodness)
Hope journaling (future-oriented reflection + next steps)
Turning hope into a SMART goal (one small step counts)
Having multiple pathways ready (Plan A, B, C)
Leaning on hopeful people—hope grows when shared



Memorable Lines

“True optimism, true hope, is actually grounded in action.”
“Hope is mindset plus action together.”
“It’s not blinders… it helps to see the good things that are also happening.”
“One of the ways for me to remain hopeful is to be aware of what I need to be hopeful… and it doesn’t mean everyone gets access to me.”
“I wish you peace… I hope you find comfort… I hope you meet your goals in a way that doesn’t cause harm to other people.”
“I’m going to grieve the loss of what was… and hope for the best.”
“There’s so much hope inside the seed.”
“Hope grows when it’s shared with others.”

 
This Week’s Gentle Challenge
Try a “Hope Practice” for several days—small on purpose. Choose one:

Two Glimpses of GoodEach day, notice two moments of kindness, humor, or decency (tiny counts). Write them down or text them to someone.
Hope Journaling (5 minutes)Answer: What’s one thing I’m looking forward to?Then: What’s one baby step I can take this week?Bonus: Write two alternate pathways in case your first plan doesn’t work.
Plant a Seed (literal or metaphorical)Do one small future-facing action that says: I believe something good can grow here.Order seeds. Start a file. Send the email. Make the appointment. Take the walk.

And if you’re willing: share your hope practice with Cheryl and Amy—your story might become someone else’s “crumb” of hope this week.
Note: This episode reflects personal experiences and cited research summaries; it’s not therapy or legal advice. For personal situations, consult a qualified professional.
Connect with us

Website: https://supposedtobeeasy.com/ 
Our Podcast Home: https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/
Subscribe: Apple Podcasts | Spotify | Amazon Music/Audible | iHeartRadio
Social Media: Instagram @supposedtobeeasy / Facebook @Supposed to be Easy

We want to hear from you! Follow and share your key takeaways, idea]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>supposedtobeeasy</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1977</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>49</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>S2 Episode 48: We Thought Accepting a Leadership Role Was Supposed to Be Easy</title>
        <itunes:title>S2 Episode 48: We Thought Accepting a Leadership Role Was Supposed to Be Easy</itunes:title>
        <link>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s2-episode-48-we-thought-accepting-a-leadership-role-was-supposed-to-be-easy/</link>
                    <comments>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s2-episode-48-we-thought-accepting-a-leadership-role-was-supposed-to-be-easy/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 04 Feb 2026 05:57:00 -0500</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/4975d874-f152-3dd2-9eb9-ef1b7f0f39d9</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">Leadership is often talked about as a natural next step, something you should want, something that comes with clarity, confidence, and readiness. But what if that story no longer fits?</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">In this episode, Amy and Cheryl unpack why so many capable, thoughtful people are hesitant to step into leadership roles right now. Through honest reflection, real-world examples, and a post-COVID lens, they explore how leadership has changed, why it feels heavier than it used to, and what organizations (and individuals) might need to rethink if they want leadership to feel sustainable, and worth it, again.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This conversation isn’t about convincing anyone to lead. It’s about understanding what leadership actually costs today, what support is missing, and how we might redesign leadership in ways that feel human.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Key Topics &amp; Takeaways</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Why does leadership no longer feel like an obvious or attractive next step for many people</li>
<li>How COVID, burnout, and constant change reshaped expectations of leaders</li>
<li>The emotional and invisible labor that often comes with leadership roles</li>
<li>Why boundaries, clarity, and support matter more than ever</li>
<li>The difference between being good at your job and wanting to manage people</li>
<li>How organizations unintentionally push strong contributors away from leadership</li>
<li>Rethinking leadership as a choice, not an obligation</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Memorable Lines</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>“Leadership used to feel like growth, now it often feels like weight.”  - Amy</li>
<li>“We tell people they should want leadership, but we don’t always tell the truth about what it requires.” - Cheryl</li>
<li>“Not wanting leadership doesn’t mean you lack ambition.”  - Amy</li>
<li>“Support isn’t a perk, it’s the infrastructure leadership needs to survive.” - Cheryl</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This Week’s Gentle Challenge</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Take a few minutes to reflect on your own relationship with leadership:</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>What parts of leadership appeal to you?</li>
<li>What parts give you pause?</li>
<li>If leadership felt more supported, more bounded, or more human, would your answer change?</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">There’s no right response here. Curiosity is the goal.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Note: This episode reflects personal experiences and cited research summaries; it’s not therapy or legal advice. For personal situations, consult a qualified professional.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Connect with us</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Website: <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.com/</a> </li>
<li>Our Podcast Home: <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/</a></li>
<li>Subscribe: <a href='https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/this-was-supposed-to-be-easy-podcast/id1805249282'>Apple Podcasts</a> | <a href='https://open.spotify.com/show/6PRI5RoYph7xR5jgs9c269'>Spotify</a> | <a href='https://music.amazon.com/podcasts/27d3b92b-b42d-453e-b2d1-807b0adac834'>Amazon Music/Audible</a> | <a href='https://iheart.com/podcast/271653791'>iHeartRadio</a></li>
<li>Social Media: Instagram <a href='https://www.instagram.com/supposedtobeeasy/'>@supposedtobeeasy</a> / Facebook <a href='https://www.facebook.com/profile.php?id=61571685029705'>@Supposed to be Easy</a></li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">We want to hear from you! Follow and share your key takeaways, ideas, and inspiration!</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">Leadership is often talked about as a natural next step, something you <em>should</em> want, something that comes with clarity, confidence, and readiness. But what if that story no longer fits?</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">In this episode, Amy and Cheryl unpack why so many capable, thoughtful people are hesitant to step into leadership roles right now. Through honest reflection, real-world examples, and a post-COVID lens, they explore how leadership has changed, why it feels heavier than it used to, and what organizations (and individuals) might need to rethink if they want leadership to feel sustainable, and worth it, again.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This conversation isn’t about convincing anyone to lead. It’s about understanding what leadership actually costs today, what support is missing, and how we might redesign leadership in ways that feel human.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Key Topics &amp; Takeaways</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Why does leadership no longer feel like an obvious or attractive next step for many people</li>
<li>How COVID, burnout, and constant change reshaped expectations of leaders</li>
<li>The emotional and invisible labor that often comes with leadership roles</li>
<li>Why boundaries, clarity, and support matter more than ever</li>
<li>The difference between <em>being good at your job</em> and <em>wanting to manage people</em></li>
<li>How organizations unintentionally push strong contributors away from leadership</li>
<li>Rethinking leadership as a choice, not an obligation</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Memorable Lines</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li><em>“Leadership used to feel like growth, now it often feels like weight.”</em>  - Amy</li>
<li><em>“We tell people they should want leadership, but we don’t always tell the truth about what it requires.”</em> - Cheryl</li>
<li><em>“Not wanting leadership doesn’t mean you lack ambition.”</em>  - Amy</li>
<li><em>“Support isn’t a perk, it’s the infrastructure leadership needs to survive.”</em> - Cheryl</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This Week’s Gentle Challenge</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Take a few minutes to reflect on your own relationship with leadership:</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>What parts of leadership appeal to you?</li>
<li>What parts give you pause?</li>
<li>If leadership felt more supported, more bounded, or more human, would your answer change?</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">There’s no right response here. Curiosity is the goal.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Note: This episode reflects personal experiences and cited research summaries; it’s not therapy or legal advice. For personal situations, consult a qualified professional.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Connect with us</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Website: <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.com/</a> </li>
<li>Our Podcast Home: <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/</a></li>
<li>Subscribe: <a href='https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/this-was-supposed-to-be-easy-podcast/id1805249282'>Apple Podcasts</a> | <a href='https://open.spotify.com/show/6PRI5RoYph7xR5jgs9c269'>Spotify</a> | <a href='https://music.amazon.com/podcasts/27d3b92b-b42d-453e-b2d1-807b0adac834'>Amazon Music/Audible</a> | <a href='https://iheart.com/podcast/271653791'>iHeartRadio</a></li>
<li>Social Media: Instagram <a href='https://www.instagram.com/supposedtobeeasy/'>@supposedtobeeasy</a> / Facebook <a href='https://www.facebook.com/profile.php?id=61571685029705'>@Supposed to be Easy</a></li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">We want to hear from you! Follow and share your key takeaways, ideas, and inspiration!</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/5vzknugnu9396bpt/TWSTBE-S2E48-Leadership.mp3" length="57434176" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Leadership is often talked about as a natural next step, something you should want, something that comes with clarity, confidence, and readiness. But what if that story no longer fits?
In this episode, Amy and Cheryl unpack why so many capable, thoughtful people are hesitant to step into leadership roles right now. Through honest reflection, real-world examples, and a post-COVID lens, they explore how leadership has changed, why it feels heavier than it used to, and what organizations (and individuals) might need to rethink if they want leadership to feel sustainable, and worth it, again.
This conversation isn’t about convincing anyone to lead. It’s about understanding what leadership actually costs today, what support is missing, and how we might redesign leadership in ways that feel human.
 
Key Topics &amp; Takeaways

Why does leadership no longer feel like an obvious or attractive next step for many people
How COVID, burnout, and constant change reshaped expectations of leaders
The emotional and invisible labor that often comes with leadership roles
Why boundaries, clarity, and support matter more than ever
The difference between being good at your job and wanting to manage people
How organizations unintentionally push strong contributors away from leadership
Rethinking leadership as a choice, not an obligation

 
Memorable Lines

“Leadership used to feel like growth, now it often feels like weight.”  - Amy
“We tell people they should want leadership, but we don’t always tell the truth about what it requires.” - Cheryl
“Not wanting leadership doesn’t mean you lack ambition.”  - Amy
“Support isn’t a perk, it’s the infrastructure leadership needs to survive.” - Cheryl

 
This Week’s Gentle Challenge
Take a few minutes to reflect on your own relationship with leadership:

What parts of leadership appeal to you?
What parts give you pause?
If leadership felt more supported, more bounded, or more human, would your answer change?

There’s no right response here. Curiosity is the goal.
Note: This episode reflects personal experiences and cited research summaries; it’s not therapy or legal advice. For personal situations, consult a qualified professional.
Connect with us

Website: https://supposedtobeeasy.com/ 
Our Podcast Home: https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/
Subscribe: Apple Podcasts | Spotify | Amazon Music/Audible | iHeartRadio
Social Media: Instagram @supposedtobeeasy / Facebook @Supposed to be Easy

We want to hear from you! Follow and share your key takeaways, ideas, and inspiration!]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>supposedtobeeasy</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2871</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>48</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>S2 Episode 47: We Thought Clearing the Space (and the Noise in Our Heads) Was Supposed to Be Easy</title>
        <itunes:title>S2 Episode 47: We Thought Clearing the Space (and the Noise in Our Heads) Was Supposed to Be Easy</itunes:title>
        <link>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s2-episode-47-we-thought-clearing-the-space-and-the-noise-in-our-heads-was-supposed-to-be-easy/</link>
                    <comments>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s2-episode-47-we-thought-clearing-the-space-and-the-noise-in-our-heads-was-supposed-to-be-easy/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 28 Jan 2026 05:57:00 -0500</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/f7ec657c-eeb2-3a9f-8bab-8158af010d97</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">This episode starts with what feels like a small win—and quickly reveals why it’s anything but small. Cheryl shares the surprisingly profound experience of clearing off her desk for the first time in a long while, and how that physical shift immediately changed how her brain felt. Amy picks up the thread by introducing a personal change project she’s beginning as part of her doctoral program: an eight-week experiment in organization.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Together, they explore how clutter isn’t just about “stuff,” but about habits, unfinished business, mental noise, and the weight of all the things we keep meaning to do. Amy reflects on the tension between being a collector of meaningful materials and recognizing when something no longer serves her current work or life. Cheryl offers solidarity, not expertise—sharing her own struggles with letting go of notebooks, curricula, and “just in case” resources from years past.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">As the conversation unfolds, the focus widens from physical space to headspace, and finally to time. What happens when we stop carrying unfinished tasks around in our minds? How much energy is lost to reminders we haven’t acted on yet? And what might shift if we dealt with the small things instead of letting them pile up—on our desks and in our thoughts?</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This episode marks the beginning of an eight-week shared experiment. Amy and Cheryl invite listeners to join them in choosing one habit, one space, or one pattern to gently work on—together, imperfectly, and with curiosity.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Key Topics &amp; Takeaways</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>How physical clutter directly impacts mental clarity</li>
<li>The difference between “new you” and new habits</li>
<li>Why buying organizing tools isn’t the same as using them</li>
<li>Letting go of materials tied to old roles, certifications, or identities</li>
<li>The mental weight of unfinished business (and why it matters)</li>
<li>Organization as a form of self-support, not self-improvement</li>
<li>How clarity can change our experience of time—even when schedules stay full</li>
<li>Using accountability and shared reflection to support sustainable change</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Memorable Lines</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>“I physically feel less scattered in my brain because my space is a little less cluttered.”</li>
<li>“It’s not a new me. It’s new habits.”</li>
<li>“My space feels muffled—like a room full of people talking.”</li>
<li>“The weight of unfinished business is very significant.”</li>
<li>“I’m really good at creating a beautiful space. I’m terrible at keeping it that way.”</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">A Gentle Challenge for Listeners</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Choose one space—a desk, a drawer, a bag, or even a digital folder—and try this:</p>
<ol style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Make two piles:</li>
</ol><ul>
<li>This has fully lived its life</li>
<li>This might still have a purpose (I’ll decide later)</li>
</ul>
Deal with one piece of unfinished business that’s been taking up mental space.
Notice how it feels—not just in your space, but in your body and your thoughts.

<p style="font-weight: 400;">You’re invited to stick with this for the next eight weeks, checking in with yourself (and with us) along the way.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Resources &amp; References Mentioned</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Change management and behavior change theory</li>
<li>Dr. Katy Milkman’s work on habit formation and change</li>
<li>Marie Kondo’s approach to decluttering (informally referenced)</li>
<li>Use of digital tools (including ChatGPT and search) as alternatives to holding onto physical materials</li>
<li>Full-spectrum light therapy and the impact of winter on mood and focus</li>
</ul>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">This episode starts with what feels like a small win—and quickly reveals why it’s anything but small. Cheryl shares the surprisingly profound experience of clearing off her desk for the first time in a long while, and how that physical shift immediately changed how her brain felt. Amy picks up the thread by introducing a personal change project she’s beginning as part of her doctoral program: an eight-week experiment in organization.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Together, they explore how clutter isn’t just about “stuff,” but about habits, unfinished business, mental noise, and the weight of all the things we keep meaning to do. Amy reflects on the tension between being a collector of meaningful materials and recognizing when something no longer serves her current work or life. Cheryl offers solidarity, not expertise—sharing her own struggles with letting go of notebooks, curricula, and “just in case” resources from years past.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">As the conversation unfolds, the focus widens from physical space to headspace, and finally to time. What happens when we stop carrying unfinished tasks around in our minds? How much energy is lost to reminders we haven’t acted on yet? And what might shift if we dealt with the small things instead of letting them pile up—on our desks and in our thoughts?</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This episode marks the beginning of an eight-week shared experiment. Amy and Cheryl invite listeners to join them in choosing one habit, one space, or one pattern to gently work on—together, imperfectly, and with curiosity.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Key Topics &amp; Takeaways</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>How physical clutter directly impacts mental clarity</li>
<li>The difference between “new you” and new habits</li>
<li>Why buying organizing tools isn’t the same as using them</li>
<li>Letting go of materials tied to old roles, certifications, or identities</li>
<li>The mental weight of unfinished business (and why it matters)</li>
<li>Organization as a form of self-support, not self-improvement</li>
<li>How clarity can change our experience of time—even when schedules stay full</li>
<li>Using accountability and shared reflection to support sustainable change</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Memorable Lines</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>“I physically feel less scattered in my brain because my space is a little less cluttered.”</li>
<li>“It’s not a new me. It’s new habits.”</li>
<li>“My space feels muffled—like a room full of people talking.”</li>
<li>“The weight of unfinished business is very significant.”</li>
<li>“I’m really good at creating a beautiful space. I’m terrible at keeping it that way.”</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">A Gentle Challenge for Listeners</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Choose one space—a desk, a drawer, a bag, or even a digital folder—and try this:</p>
<ol style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Make two piles:</li>
</ol><ul>
<li><em>This has fully lived its life</em></li>
<li><em>This might still have a purpose (I’ll decide later)</em></li>
</ul>
Deal with one piece of unfinished business that’s been taking up mental space.
Notice how it feels—not just in your space, but in your body and your thoughts.

<p style="font-weight: 400;">You’re invited to stick with this for the next eight weeks, checking in with yourself (and with us) along the way.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Resources &amp; References Mentioned</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Change management and behavior change theory</li>
<li>Dr. Katy Milkman’s work on habit formation and change</li>
<li>Marie Kondo’s approach to decluttering (informally referenced)</li>
<li>Use of digital tools (including ChatGPT and search) as alternatives to holding onto physical materials</li>
<li>Full-spectrum light therapy and the impact of winter on mood and focus</li>
</ul>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/aeptu29dcy5yc8uu/TWSTBE-S2E47-Organizing_Space.mp3" length="42809536" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[This episode starts with what feels like a small win—and quickly reveals why it’s anything but small. Cheryl shares the surprisingly profound experience of clearing off her desk for the first time in a long while, and how that physical shift immediately changed how her brain felt. Amy picks up the thread by introducing a personal change project she’s beginning as part of her doctoral program: an eight-week experiment in organization.
Together, they explore how clutter isn’t just about “stuff,” but about habits, unfinished business, mental noise, and the weight of all the things we keep meaning to do. Amy reflects on the tension between being a collector of meaningful materials and recognizing when something no longer serves her current work or life. Cheryl offers solidarity, not expertise—sharing her own struggles with letting go of notebooks, curricula, and “just in case” resources from years past.
As the conversation unfolds, the focus widens from physical space to headspace, and finally to time. What happens when we stop carrying unfinished tasks around in our minds? How much energy is lost to reminders we haven’t acted on yet? And what might shift if we dealt with the small things instead of letting them pile up—on our desks and in our thoughts?
This episode marks the beginning of an eight-week shared experiment. Amy and Cheryl invite listeners to join them in choosing one habit, one space, or one pattern to gently work on—together, imperfectly, and with curiosity.
Key Topics &amp; Takeaways

How physical clutter directly impacts mental clarity
The difference between “new you” and new habits
Why buying organizing tools isn’t the same as using them
Letting go of materials tied to old roles, certifications, or identities
The mental weight of unfinished business (and why it matters)
Organization as a form of self-support, not self-improvement
How clarity can change our experience of time—even when schedules stay full
Using accountability and shared reflection to support sustainable change

Memorable Lines

“I physically feel less scattered in my brain because my space is a little less cluttered.”
“It’s not a new me. It’s new habits.”
“My space feels muffled—like a room full of people talking.”
“The weight of unfinished business is very significant.”
“I’m really good at creating a beautiful space. I’m terrible at keeping it that way.”

A Gentle Challenge for Listeners
Choose one space—a desk, a drawer, a bag, or even a digital folder—and try this:

Make two piles:

This has fully lived its life
This might still have a purpose (I’ll decide later)

Deal with one piece of unfinished business that’s been taking up mental space.
Notice how it feels—not just in your space, but in your body and your thoughts.

You’re invited to stick with this for the next eight weeks, checking in with yourself (and with us) along the way.
Resources &amp; References Mentioned

Change management and behavior change theory
Dr. Katy Milkman’s work on habit formation and change
Marie Kondo’s approach to decluttering (informally referenced)
Use of digital tools (including ChatGPT and search) as alternatives to holding onto physical materials
Full-spectrum light therapy and the impact of winter on mood and focus
]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>supposedtobeeasy</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2140</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>47</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>S2 Episode 46: We’re Trying to Amplify What’s Been Working To Make Life Easier</title>
        <itunes:title>S2 Episode 46: We’re Trying to Amplify What’s Been Working To Make Life Easier</itunes:title>
        <link>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s2-episode-46-we-re-trying-to-amplify-what-s-been-working-to-make-life-easier/</link>
                    <comments>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s2-episode-46-we-re-trying-to-amplify-what-s-been-working-to-make-life-easier/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 21 Jan 2026 05:57:00 -0500</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/6ecec8f3-9bac-3e30-9906-cf3783e4e851</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">As the calendar flips to a new year, the pressure to fix everything can feel loud and relentless. Eat better. Do more. Be better. Start fresh, again.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">In this episode, Amy and Cheryl slow things down and talk honestly about what it feels like to re-enter life after a break. Instead of chasing a total reset, they explore a gentler question: What if we kept the things that are already working and let them lead the way?</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This conversation is about resisting urgency, noticing what’s steady, and choosing intention over overhaul as we step into a new year.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Key Topics &amp; Takeaways</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>The overwhelming “fix everything” energy that often shows up in January</li>
<li>Why constant self-improvement can crowd out reflection and rest</li>
<li>The difference between resetting and re-entering</li>
<li>How small, already working habits can act as amplifiers for more</li>
<li>Letting lived experience, not social pressure, guide next steps</li>
<li>Permission to move into the new year without a full life overhaul</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Memorable Lines</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Amy: “It feels like everywhere you look; someone is telling you what needs to be fixed.”</li>
<li>Cheryl: “I don’t know that I was ready to jump back in at full speed.”</li>
<li>Amy: “Maybe we don’t need to start over maybe we need to notice what’s already holding.”</li>
<li>Cheryl: “What if keeping what works is the work?”</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">A Challenge for the Week</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Instead of asking “What do I need to change?”, try this:</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Name three things that are already working in your life or routines</li>
<li>Ask yourself how you might protect or gently expand one of them</li>
<li>Let that be enough for now</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">No overhaul required.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Additional Resources &amp; Gentle References</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>The concept of “re-entry” vs. “reset” after rest or time away</li>
<li>Reflection practices that focus on continuity instead of reinvention</li>
<li>Conversations about seasonal energy, pacing, and sustainability</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Connect with us</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Website: <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.com/</a> </li>
<li>Our Podcast Home: <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/</a></li>
<li>Subscribe: <a href='https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/this-was-supposed-to-be-easy-podcast/id1805249282'>Apple Podcasts</a> | <a href='https://open.spotify.com/show/6PRI5RoYph7xR5jgs9c269'>Spotify</a> | <a href='https://music.amazon.com/podcasts/27d3b92b-b42d-453e-b2d1-807b0adac834'>Amazon Music/Audible</a> | <a href='https://iheart.com/podcast/271653791'>iHeartRadio</a></li>
<li>Social Media: Instagram <a href='https://www.instagram.com/supposedtobeeasy/'>@supposedtobeeasy</a> / Facebook <a href='https://www.facebook.com/profile.php?id=61571685029705'>@Supposed to be Easy</a></li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">We want to hear from you! Follow and share your key takeaways, ideas, and inspiration!</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">As the calendar flips to a new year, the pressure to <em>fix everything</em> can feel loud and relentless. Eat better. Do more. Be better. Start fresh, again.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">In this episode, Amy and Cheryl slow things down and talk honestly about what it feels like to re-enter life after a break. Instead of chasing a total reset, they explore a gentler question: What if we kept the things that are already working and let them lead the way?</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This conversation is about resisting urgency, noticing what’s steady, and choosing intention over overhaul as we step into a new year.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Key Topics &amp; Takeaways</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>The overwhelming “fix everything” energy that often shows up in January</li>
<li>Why constant self-improvement can crowd out reflection and rest</li>
<li>The difference between <em>resetting</em> and <em>re-entering</em></li>
<li>How small, already working habits can act as amplifiers for more</li>
<li>Letting lived experience, not social pressure, guide next steps</li>
<li>Permission to move into the new year without a full life overhaul</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Memorable Lines</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Amy: “It feels like everywhere you look; someone is telling you what needs to be fixed.”</li>
<li>Cheryl: “I don’t know that I was ready to jump back in at full speed.”</li>
<li>Amy: “Maybe we don’t need to start over maybe we need to notice what’s already holding.”</li>
<li>Cheryl: “What if keeping what works is the work?”</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">A Challenge for the Week</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Instead of asking <em>“What do I need to change?”</em>, try this:</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Name three things that are already working in your life or routines</li>
<li>Ask yourself how you might protect or gently expand one of them</li>
<li>Let that be enough for now</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">No overhaul required.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Additional Resources &amp; Gentle References</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>The concept of “re-entry” vs. “reset” after rest or time away</li>
<li>Reflection practices that focus on continuity instead of reinvention</li>
<li>Conversations about seasonal energy, pacing, and sustainability</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Connect with us</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Website: <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.com/</a> </li>
<li>Our Podcast Home: <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/</a></li>
<li>Subscribe: <a href='https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/this-was-supposed-to-be-easy-podcast/id1805249282'>Apple Podcasts</a> | <a href='https://open.spotify.com/show/6PRI5RoYph7xR5jgs9c269'>Spotify</a> | <a href='https://music.amazon.com/podcasts/27d3b92b-b42d-453e-b2d1-807b0adac834'>Amazon Music/Audible</a> | <a href='https://iheart.com/podcast/271653791'>iHeartRadio</a></li>
<li>Social Media: Instagram <a href='https://www.instagram.com/supposedtobeeasy/'>@supposedtobeeasy</a> / Facebook <a href='https://www.facebook.com/profile.php?id=61571685029705'>@Supposed to be Easy</a></li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">We want to hear from you! Follow and share your key takeaways, ideas, and inspiration!</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/muercabjs9nkxpfc/TWSTBE-S2E46-Whats_Going_Well.mp3" length="28280896" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[As the calendar flips to a new year, the pressure to fix everything can feel loud and relentless. Eat better. Do more. Be better. Start fresh, again.
In this episode, Amy and Cheryl slow things down and talk honestly about what it feels like to re-enter life after a break. Instead of chasing a total reset, they explore a gentler question: What if we kept the things that are already working and let them lead the way?
This conversation is about resisting urgency, noticing what’s steady, and choosing intention over overhaul as we step into a new year.
Key Topics &amp; Takeaways

The overwhelming “fix everything” energy that often shows up in January
Why constant self-improvement can crowd out reflection and rest
The difference between resetting and re-entering
How small, already working habits can act as amplifiers for more
Letting lived experience, not social pressure, guide next steps
Permission to move into the new year without a full life overhaul

Memorable Lines

Amy: “It feels like everywhere you look; someone is telling you what needs to be fixed.”
Cheryl: “I don’t know that I was ready to jump back in at full speed.”
Amy: “Maybe we don’t need to start over maybe we need to notice what’s already holding.”
Cheryl: “What if keeping what works is the work?”

A Challenge for the Week
Instead of asking “What do I need to change?”, try this:

Name three things that are already working in your life or routines
Ask yourself how you might protect or gently expand one of them
Let that be enough for now

No overhaul required.
Additional Resources &amp; Gentle References

The concept of “re-entry” vs. “reset” after rest or time away
Reflection practices that focus on continuity instead of reinvention
Conversations about seasonal energy, pacing, and sustainability

Connect with us

Website: https://supposedtobeeasy.com/ 
Our Podcast Home: https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/
Subscribe: Apple Podcasts | Spotify | Amazon Music/Audible | iHeartRadio
Social Media: Instagram @supposedtobeeasy / Facebook @Supposed to be Easy

We want to hear from you! Follow and share your key takeaways, ideas, and inspiration!]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>supposedtobeeasy</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1413</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>46</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>S2 Episode 45: We Thought Traveling Internationally Was Supposed to be Easy</title>
        <itunes:title>S2 Episode 45: We Thought Traveling Internationally Was Supposed to be Easy</itunes:title>
        <link>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s2-episode-45-we-thought-traveling-internationally-was-supposed-to-be-easy/</link>
                    <comments>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s2-episode-45-we-thought-traveling-internationally-was-supposed-to-be-easy/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 14 Jan 2026 05:57:00 -0500</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/735a7b43-7a54-3dd5-8480-1c0fd1a19d04</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">In this episode of This Was Supposed to Be Easy, Cheryl invites Amy to finally share the story behind a “trying something new” moment she’d been dreaming about for years: Amy talks about why the country has felt like a long-time pull, what surprised her most once she arrived, and how traveling so far for the first time challenged (and affirmed) her relationship with newness, discomfort, and letting go of expectations.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Along the way, the two reflect on what it means to stop waiting for something to feel “easy” before you do it—whether that’s planning a trip, pursuing a big goal, or simply giving yourself an unscheduled day to breathe.</p>
Key Topics &amp; Takeaways
<ul>
<li>Why New Zealand was a “trying something new” moment
Amy shares how New Zealand has called to her since 2018, when she first encountered early childhood research connected to the country, and how that dream never fully went away.

</li>
<li>The reality of travel vs. the story we tell ourselves about it
Amy admits she expected entering the country to feel intimidating, but it ended up being far simpler than she imagined, especially with English (and Māori) visible everywhere.

</li>
<li>The “getting there” part was easier than expected… the coming home part was not
Amy describes the different emotional/physical experience of the long travel days and how adrenaline, planning tools, and listener tips helped.

</li>
<li>Tiny culture surprises that reminded her: you’re not in the U.S.
From walking patterns in stores (left vs. right) to the surprising reality of no iced tea and very little ice, Amy shares the small moments that made the experience feel real.

</li>
<li>Expectation shifts: childcare center visits + the train ride that didn’t happen
Amy talks about really wanting to visit early childhood programs, but running into practical barriers (including the inability to call local numbers). She also describes deciding not to take a 10-hour train trip for a one-hour stop and how that became a “next time” plan instead of a disappointment.

</li>
<li>Letting go of “I should be doing more”
One of the biggest takeaways: giving herself permission to rest even in another country without guilt.

</li>
<li>Strengths in action: learning as a travel compass
Amy notices how her “learning” strength shaped her solo days—libraries, museums, cultural experiences, and conversations with locals.

</li>
<li>Don’t wait for it to feel easy — make it possible
Amy shares a practical mindset shift: prioritize what matters by investing money, time, energy, and planning in small ways over time.

</li>
</ul>
Memorable Lines 
<ul>
<li>“New Zealand specifically… kind of calls to me.” — Amy

</li>
<li>“Don’t… wait for it to just magically happen, or feel easy.” — Cheryl

</li>
<li>“In making it possible, it felt easy on the other side.” — Amy

</li>
</ul>
A Challenge for the Week
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Choose one thing you’ve been “waiting to feel easy” before you do it and take one step to make it possible instead.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Here are a few easy-to-try options (pick one):</p>
<ul>
<li>Make a tiny “future me” fund (even $5/week) for something you want to do.

</li>
<li>Cancel one subscription and redirect that money toward your goal.

</li>
<li>Spend 20 minutes researching the thing (watch one vlog, read one thread, save one article).

</li>
<li>Plan one unscheduled block of time this week,no list, no errands, no productivity pressure. Just be.

</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Then ask yourself: What changed in my body when I stopped waiting for easy and started choosing possible?</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Connect with us</p>
<ul>
<li>Website: <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.com/</a></li>
<li>Our Podcast Home: <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/</a></li>
<li>Subscribe: <a href='https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/this-was-supposed-to-be-easy-podcast/id1805249282'>Apple Podcasts</a> | <a href='https://open.spotify.com/show/6PRI5RoYph7xR5jgs9c269'>Spotify</a> | <a href='https://music.amazon.com/podcasts/27d3b92b-b42d-453e-b2d1-807b0adac834'>Amazon Music/Audible</a> | <a href='https://iheart.com/podcast/271653791'>iHeartRadio</a></li>
<li>Social Media: Instagram <a href='https://www.instagram.com/supposedtobeeasy/'>@supposedtobeeasy</a> / Facebook <a href='https://www.facebook.com/profile.php?id=61571685029705'>@Supposed to be Easy</a></li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">We want to hear from you! Follow and share your key takeaways, ideas, and inspiration!</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">In this episode of <em>This Was Supposed to Be Easy</em>, Cheryl invites Amy to finally share the story behind a “trying something new” moment she’d been dreaming about for years: Amy talks about why the country has felt like a long-time pull, what surprised her most once she arrived, and how traveling so far for the first time challenged (and affirmed) her relationship with newness, discomfort, and letting go of expectations.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Along the way, the two reflect on what it means to stop waiting for something to feel “easy” before you do it—whether that’s planning a trip, pursuing a big goal, or simply giving yourself an unscheduled day to breathe.</p>
Key Topics &amp; Takeaways
<ul>
<li>Why New Zealand was a “trying something new” moment<br>
Amy shares how New Zealand has called to her since 2018, when she first encountered early childhood research connected to the country, and how that dream never fully went away.<br>
<br>
</li>
<li>The reality of travel vs. the story we tell ourselves about it<br>
Amy admits she expected entering the country to feel intimidating, but it ended up being far simpler than she imagined, especially with English (and Māori) visible everywhere.<br>
<br>
</li>
<li>The “getting there” part was easier than expected… the coming home part was not<br>
Amy describes the different emotional/physical experience of the long travel days and how adrenaline, planning tools, and listener tips helped.<br>
<br>
</li>
<li>Tiny culture surprises that reminded her: you’re not in the U.S.<br>
From walking patterns in stores (left vs. right) to the surprising reality of no iced tea and very little ice, Amy shares the small moments that made the experience feel real.<br>
<br>
</li>
<li>Expectation shifts: childcare center visits + the train ride that didn’t happen<br>
Amy talks about really wanting to visit early childhood programs, but running into practical barriers (including the inability to call local numbers). She also describes deciding not to take a 10-hour train trip for a one-hour stop and how that became a “next time” plan instead of a disappointment.<br>
<br>
</li>
<li>Letting go of “I should be doing more”<br>
One of the biggest takeaways: giving herself permission to rest even in another country without guilt.<br>
<br>
</li>
<li>Strengths in action: learning as a travel compass<br>
Amy notices how her “learning” strength shaped her solo days—libraries, museums, cultural experiences, and conversations with locals.<br>
<br>
</li>
<li>Don’t wait for it to feel easy — make it possible<br>
Amy shares a practical mindset shift: prioritize what matters by investing money, time, energy, and planning in small ways over time.<br>
<br>
</li>
</ul>
Memorable Lines 
<ul>
<li>“New Zealand specifically… kind of calls to me.” — Amy<br>
<br>
</li>
<li>“Don’t… wait for it to just magically happen, or feel easy.” — Cheryl<br>
<br>
</li>
<li>“In making it possible, it felt easy on the other side.” — Amy<br>
<br>
</li>
</ul>
A Challenge for the Week
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Choose one thing you’ve been “waiting to feel easy” before you do it and take one step to make it possible instead.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Here are a few easy-to-try options (pick one):</p>
<ul>
<li>Make a tiny “future me” fund (even $5/week) for something you want to do.<br>
<br>
</li>
<li>Cancel one subscription and redirect that money toward your goal.<br>
<br>
</li>
<li>Spend 20 minutes researching the thing (watch one vlog, read one thread, save one article).<br>
<br>
</li>
<li>Plan one unscheduled block of time this week,no list, no errands, no productivity pressure. Just be.<br>
<br>
</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Then ask yourself: <em>What changed in my body when I stopped waiting for easy and started choosing possible?</em></p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Connect with us</p>
<ul>
<li>Website: <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.com/</a></li>
<li>Our Podcast Home: <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/</a></li>
<li>Subscribe: <a href='https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/this-was-supposed-to-be-easy-podcast/id1805249282'>Apple Podcasts</a> | <a href='https://open.spotify.com/show/6PRI5RoYph7xR5jgs9c269'>Spotify</a> | <a href='https://music.amazon.com/podcasts/27d3b92b-b42d-453e-b2d1-807b0adac834'>Amazon Music/Audible</a> | <a href='https://iheart.com/podcast/271653791'>iHeartRadio</a></li>
<li>Social Media: Instagram <a href='https://www.instagram.com/supposedtobeeasy/'>@supposedtobeeasy</a> / Facebook <a href='https://www.facebook.com/profile.php?id=61571685029705'>@Supposed to be Easy</a></li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">We want to hear from you! Follow and share your key takeaways, ideas, and inspiration!</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/nn8tiyt4v4gcarbf/TWSTBE-S2E45-Amys_Trip_to_New_Zealand.mp3" length="53253376" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[In this episode of This Was Supposed to Be Easy, Cheryl invites Amy to finally share the story behind a “trying something new” moment she’d been dreaming about for years: Amy talks about why the country has felt like a long-time pull, what surprised her most once she arrived, and how traveling so far for the first time challenged (and affirmed) her relationship with newness, discomfort, and letting go of expectations.
Along the way, the two reflect on what it means to stop waiting for something to feel “easy” before you do it—whether that’s planning a trip, pursuing a big goal, or simply giving yourself an unscheduled day to breathe.
Key Topics &amp; Takeaways

Why New Zealand was a “trying something new” momentAmy shares how New Zealand has called to her since 2018, when she first encountered early childhood research connected to the country, and how that dream never fully went away.
The reality of travel vs. the story we tell ourselves about itAmy admits she expected entering the country to feel intimidating, but it ended up being far simpler than she imagined, especially with English (and Māori) visible everywhere.
The “getting there” part was easier than expected… the coming home part was notAmy describes the different emotional/physical experience of the long travel days and how adrenaline, planning tools, and listener tips helped.
Tiny culture surprises that reminded her: you’re not in the U.S.From walking patterns in stores (left vs. right) to the surprising reality of no iced tea and very little ice, Amy shares the small moments that made the experience feel real.
Expectation shifts: childcare center visits + the train ride that didn’t happenAmy talks about really wanting to visit early childhood programs, but running into practical barriers (including the inability to call local numbers). She also describes deciding not to take a 10-hour train trip for a one-hour stop and how that became a “next time” plan instead of a disappointment.
Letting go of “I should be doing more”One of the biggest takeaways: giving herself permission to rest even in another country without guilt.
Strengths in action: learning as a travel compassAmy notices how her “learning” strength shaped her solo days—libraries, museums, cultural experiences, and conversations with locals.
Don’t wait for it to feel easy — make it possibleAmy shares a practical mindset shift: prioritize what matters by investing money, time, energy, and planning in small ways over time.

Memorable Lines 

“New Zealand specifically… kind of calls to me.” — Amy
“Don’t… wait for it to just magically happen, or feel easy.” — Cheryl
“In making it possible, it felt easy on the other side.” — Amy

A Challenge for the Week
Choose one thing you’ve been “waiting to feel easy” before you do it and take one step to make it possible instead.
Here are a few easy-to-try options (pick one):

Make a tiny “future me” fund (even $5/week) for something you want to do.
Cancel one subscription and redirect that money toward your goal.
Spend 20 minutes researching the thing (watch one vlog, read one thread, save one article).
Plan one unscheduled block of time this week,no list, no errands, no productivity pressure. Just be.

Then ask yourself: What changed in my body when I stopped waiting for easy and started choosing possible?
Connect with us

Website: https://supposedtobeeasy.com/
Our Podcast Home: https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/
Subscribe: Apple Podcasts | Spotify | Amazon Music/Audible | iHeartRadio
Social Media: Instagram @supposedtobeeasy / Facebook @Supposed to be Easy

We want to hear from you! Follow and share your key takeaways, ideas, and inspiration!]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>supposedtobeeasy</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2662</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>45</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>S2 Episode 44: We Thought Bringing in the New Year and Setting Intentions Would be Easy</title>
        <itunes:title>S2 Episode 44: We Thought Bringing in the New Year and Setting Intentions Would be Easy</itunes:title>
        <link>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s2-episode-44-we-thought-bringing-in-the-new-year-and-setting-intentions-would-be-easy/</link>
                    <comments>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s2-episode-44-we-thought-bringing-in-the-new-year-and-setting-intentions-would-be-easy/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 07 Jan 2026 05:57:00 -0500</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/ce750d15-3fdd-3d2c-8ad5-1f8ed196fec2</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">It’s officially 2026, and we’re starting the year the way we love best, together. Amy and Cheryl are joined by two of our favorite returning guests, Dr. JoDell Heroux and Dr. Holly Hoffman, for a warm, funny, and unexpectedly grounding conversation about intention-setting, growth, and how we want to show up in the year ahead.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This episode feels like a cozy “book club meets reflection circle,” full of laughter (including orange peels that are not pizza), gentle wisdom, and questions you can take with you into the rest of the year.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Guest introduction</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Dr. JoDell Heroux returns with her signature blend of insight, honesty, and heart, sharing what it looks like to live in your values, make space for creativity, and reject the pressure to always be productive.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Dr. Holly Hoffman brings her joyful, connection-first energy and reminds us that meaningful relationships can be found everywhere, even on a flight when you didn’t pay to pick your seats.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Key topics and takeaways</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>A question to start your year: What’s something new you want to learn or try in 2026?</li>
<li>Creativity as care: JoDell shares how doodling became a mindfulness practice, and how giving yourself permission to create (without producing) can unlock new energy and ideas.</li>
<li>The power of “unproductive” moments: Quiet drives, clay play, doodles, rest… and how those things can make us more connected and more present.</li>
<li>Travel dreams and “homebody eras”: New Zealand kindness foundations, Sweden/Finland/Estonia adventures, Ireland and Scotland dreams, and the very real joy of staying home with your dogs.</li>
<li>Reflection across the year: What are you proud of from 2025, and what do you hope you’ll be proud of when 2026 ends?</li>
<li>Values in action: Living in alignment with your core values can create contentment, clarity, and a deeper sense of balance.</li>
<li>How do you want others to feel after interacting with you? The group shares intentions like valued, important, authentic, and truly connected.</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Memorable lines (quotes)</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>“The more we take time to be what we would consider unproductive, the more productive we end up being.”-JoDell</li>
<li>“I want people to feel valued… like their time, their brilliance, their person was valued.”- JoDell</li>
<li>“I want them to know that they’re important… their ideas, their presence is important.”- Holly</li>
<li>“Somebody in my presence would feel like they could be exactly who they are, and that that’s okay.”- Amy</li>
<li>“How can I bring time back in and offer it to others?”- Cheryl</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">A challenge for the week</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Pick one question from this episode and write your answer down, no overthinking, just honesty.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Try one of these:</p>
<ol style="font-weight:400;">
<li>What’s something new you want to learn or try this year?</li>
<li>Where is somewhere new (or different) you’d like to go, or how do you want to experience “home” differently?</li>
<li>What do you want to be proud of when this year ends?</li>
<li>How do you want people to feel after interacting with you?</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Bonus: share your answer with someone you trust, or with us.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Connect with us</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Website: <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.com/</a> </li>
<li>Our Podcast Home: <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/</a></li>
<li>Subscribe: <a href='https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/this-was-supposed-to-be-easy-podcast/id1805249282'>Apple Podcasts</a> | <a href='https://open.spotify.com/show/6PRI5RoYph7xR5jgs9c269'>Spotify</a> | <a href='https://music.amazon.com/podcasts/27d3b92b-b42d-453e-b2d1-807b0adac834'>Amazon Music/Audible</a> | <a href='https://iheart.com/podcast/271653791'>iHeartRadio</a></li>
<li>Social Media: Instagram <a href='https://www.instagram.com/supposedtobeeasy/'>@supposedtobeeasy</a> / Facebook <a href='https://www.facebook.com/profile.php?id=61571685029705'>@Supposed to be Easy</a></li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Stay curious, stay connected, and keep wondering.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">It’s officially 2026, and we’re starting the year the way we love best, together. Amy and Cheryl are joined by two of our favorite returning guests, Dr. JoDell Heroux and Dr. Holly Hoffman, for a warm, funny, and unexpectedly grounding conversation about intention-setting, growth, and how we want to show up in the year ahead.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This episode feels like a cozy “book club meets reflection circle,” full of laughter (including orange peels that are <em>not</em> pizza), gentle wisdom, and questions you can take with you into the rest of the year.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Guest introduction</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Dr. JoDell Heroux returns with her signature blend of insight, honesty, and heart, sharing what it looks like to live in your values, make space for creativity, and reject the pressure to always be productive.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Dr. Holly Hoffman brings her joyful, connection-first energy and reminds us that meaningful relationships can be found everywhere, even on a flight when you didn’t pay to pick your seats.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Key topics and takeaways</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>A question to start your year: <em>What’s something new you want to learn or try in 2026?</em></li>
<li>Creativity as care: JoDell shares how doodling became a mindfulness practice, and how giving yourself permission to create (without producing) can unlock new energy and ideas.</li>
<li>The power of “unproductive” moments: Quiet drives, clay play, doodles, rest… and how those things can make us more connected and more present.</li>
<li>Travel dreams and “homebody eras”: New Zealand kindness foundations, Sweden/Finland/Estonia adventures, Ireland and Scotland dreams, and the very real joy of staying home with your dogs.</li>
<li>Reflection across the year: What are you proud of from 2025, and what do you hope you’ll be proud of when 2026 ends?</li>
<li>Values in action: Living in alignment with your core values can create contentment, clarity, and a deeper sense of balance.</li>
<li>How do you want others to feel after interacting with you? The group shares intentions like valued, important, authentic, and truly connected.</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Memorable lines (quotes)</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>“The more we take time to be what we would consider unproductive, the more productive we end up being.”-JoDell</li>
<li>“I want people to feel valued… like their time, their brilliance, their person was valued.”- JoDell</li>
<li>“I want them to know that they’re important… their ideas, their presence is important.”- Holly</li>
<li>“Somebody in my presence would feel like they could be exactly who they are, and that that’s okay.”- Amy</li>
<li>“How can I bring time back in and offer it to others?”- Cheryl</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">A challenge for the week</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Pick one question from this episode and write your answer down, no overthinking, just honesty.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Try one of these:</p>
<ol style="font-weight:400;">
<li>What’s something new you want to learn or try this year?</li>
<li>Where is somewhere new (or different) you’d like to go, or how do you want to experience “home” differently?</li>
<li>What do you want to be proud of when this year ends?</li>
<li>How do you want people to feel after interacting with you?</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Bonus: share your answer with someone you trust, or with us.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Connect with us</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Website: <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.com/</a> </li>
<li>Our Podcast Home: <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/</a></li>
<li>Subscribe: <a href='https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/this-was-supposed-to-be-easy-podcast/id1805249282'>Apple Podcasts</a> | <a href='https://open.spotify.com/show/6PRI5RoYph7xR5jgs9c269'>Spotify</a> | <a href='https://music.amazon.com/podcasts/27d3b92b-b42d-453e-b2d1-807b0adac834'>Amazon Music/Audible</a> | <a href='https://iheart.com/podcast/271653791'>iHeartRadio</a></li>
<li>Social Media: Instagram <a href='https://www.instagram.com/supposedtobeeasy/'>@supposedtobeeasy</a> / Facebook <a href='https://www.facebook.com/profile.php?id=61571685029705'>@Supposed to be Easy</a></li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Stay curious, stay connected, and keep wondering.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/pvp96ip63cdimks4/TWSTBE-E44-Bringing_in_the_New_Year.mp3" length="47760256" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[It’s officially 2026, and we’re starting the year the way we love best, together. Amy and Cheryl are joined by two of our favorite returning guests, Dr. JoDell Heroux and Dr. Holly Hoffman, for a warm, funny, and unexpectedly grounding conversation about intention-setting, growth, and how we want to show up in the year ahead.
This episode feels like a cozy “book club meets reflection circle,” full of laughter (including orange peels that are not pizza), gentle wisdom, and questions you can take with you into the rest of the year.
Guest introduction
Dr. JoDell Heroux returns with her signature blend of insight, honesty, and heart, sharing what it looks like to live in your values, make space for creativity, and reject the pressure to always be productive.
Dr. Holly Hoffman brings her joyful, connection-first energy and reminds us that meaningful relationships can be found everywhere, even on a flight when you didn’t pay to pick your seats.
Key topics and takeaways

A question to start your year: What’s something new you want to learn or try in 2026?
Creativity as care: JoDell shares how doodling became a mindfulness practice, and how giving yourself permission to create (without producing) can unlock new energy and ideas.
The power of “unproductive” moments: Quiet drives, clay play, doodles, rest… and how those things can make us more connected and more present.
Travel dreams and “homebody eras”: New Zealand kindness foundations, Sweden/Finland/Estonia adventures, Ireland and Scotland dreams, and the very real joy of staying home with your dogs.
Reflection across the year: What are you proud of from 2025, and what do you hope you’ll be proud of when 2026 ends?
Values in action: Living in alignment with your core values can create contentment, clarity, and a deeper sense of balance.
How do you want others to feel after interacting with you? The group shares intentions like valued, important, authentic, and truly connected.

Memorable lines (quotes)

“The more we take time to be what we would consider unproductive, the more productive we end up being.”-JoDell
“I want people to feel valued… like their time, their brilliance, their person was valued.”- JoDell
“I want them to know that they’re important… their ideas, their presence is important.”- Holly
“Somebody in my presence would feel like they could be exactly who they are, and that that’s okay.”- Amy
“How can I bring time back in and offer it to others?”- Cheryl

A challenge for the week
Pick one question from this episode and write your answer down, no overthinking, just honesty.
Try one of these:

What’s something new you want to learn or try this year?
Where is somewhere new (or different) you’d like to go, or how do you want to experience “home” differently?
What do you want to be proud of when this year ends?
How do you want people to feel after interacting with you?

Bonus: share your answer with someone you trust, or with us.
 
Connect with us

Website: https://supposedtobeeasy.com/ 
Our Podcast Home: https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/
Subscribe: Apple Podcasts | Spotify | Amazon Music/Audible | iHeartRadio
Social Media: Instagram @supposedtobeeasy / Facebook @Supposed to be Easy

Stay curious, stay connected, and keep wondering.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>supposedtobeeasy</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2387</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>44</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>S2 Episode 43: We Want Wintering and Setting Intentions to be Easy (Part 2)</title>
        <itunes:title>S2 Episode 43: We Want Wintering and Setting Intentions to be Easy (Part 2)</itunes:title>
        <link>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s2-episode-43-we-want-wintering-and-setting-intentions-to-be-easy-part-2/</link>
                    <comments>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s2-episode-43-we-want-wintering-and-setting-intentions-to-be-easy-part-2/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 31 Dec 2025 05:57:00 -0500</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/48c29da0-b4f8-3c4e-a43d-024fc51de9db</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">As we close out 2025, Amy &amp; Cheryl invite listeners into a gentler way of approaching the new year—one rooted in wintering, reflection, and intention rather than pressure-filled resolutions. Building on last week’s conversation, this episode explores how tools like bingo cards, vision boards, wishes, and “words of the year” can help us move forward without urgency or all-or-nothing thinking. Through stories of seeds, silence, family life, and personal growth, Amy and Cheryl offer permission to slow down, tend to what matters, and trust that even quiet movement is still meaningful progress.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Key Topics &amp; Takeaways</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Why traditional New Year’s resolutions often create pressure, guilt, and burnout</li>
<li>The concept of wintering as a season for reflection, rest, and gentle dreaming</li>
<li>Using bingo cards, vision boards, or wishes as flexible intention-setting tools</li>
<li>How breaking goals into “baby steps” can support motivation and self-compassion</li>
<li>Letting intentions stay open-ended so they can grow in unexpected ways</li>
<li>Challenging all-or-nothing thinking (full wins, half wins, and hearts count too)</li>
<li>Creating categories for intentions (rest, relationships, personal growth, energy)</li>
<li>The importance of curiosity when comparing how others approach goals</li>
<li>Making space for quiet—silence, slowness, and reflection—as a form of care</li>
<li>Moving forward without speed, urgency, or a perfect master plan</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Memorable Lines &amp; Quotes</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>“Moving forward doesn’t have to be fast to be meaningful.”</li>
<li>“Permission to be human gives us permission to show up less than perfect.”</li>
<li>“What if we thought about direction without the speed… yet?”</li>
<li>“It doesn’t have to be all or nothing—sometimes it’s a half-heart.”</li>
<li>“Wintering invites us to tend, not push.”</li>
<li>“Slower movement is still movement.”</li>
<li>“There have to be seasons where it’s not about becoming more, but becoming truer.”</li>
<li>“You don’t have to do everything right now.”</li>
<li>“What do I want to nurture and offer care and attention to?”</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Resources &amp; Episodes Mentioned</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Episode 42 – Wintering, Rest, and Reflection<ul>
<li>Referenced multiple times as the foundation for this continued conversation</li>
</ul>
</li>

<li>VIA Character Strengths Assessment<ul>
<li>Discussed in relation to love, learning, wisdom, and shifting priorities</li>
</ul>
</li>

<li>Intention-Setting Tools Referenced<ul>
<li>Bingo cards (annual or seasonal)</li>
<li>Vision boards</li>
<li>Wishes rituals</li>
<li>Word of the Year practices</li>
</ul>
</li>

<li>Upcoming Resources<ul>
<li>Watch our social media for additional details on categories of rest will be shared via social media and the website</li>
</ul>
</li>

</ul>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">As we close out 2025, Amy &amp; Cheryl invite listeners into a gentler way of approaching the new year—one rooted in wintering, reflection, and intention rather than pressure-filled resolutions. Building on last week’s conversation, this episode explores how tools like bingo cards, vision boards, wishes, and “words of the year” can help us move forward without urgency or all-or-nothing thinking. Through stories of seeds, silence, family life, and personal growth, Amy and Cheryl offer permission to slow down, tend to what matters, and trust that even quiet movement is still meaningful progress.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Key Topics &amp; Takeaways</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Why traditional New Year’s resolutions often create pressure, guilt, and burnout</li>
<li>The concept of <em>wintering</em> as a season for reflection, rest, and gentle dreaming</li>
<li>Using bingo cards, vision boards, or wishes as flexible intention-setting tools</li>
<li>How breaking goals into “baby steps” can support motivation and self-compassion</li>
<li>Letting intentions stay open-ended so they can grow in unexpected ways</li>
<li>Challenging all-or-nothing thinking (full wins, half wins, and hearts count too)</li>
<li>Creating categories for intentions (rest, relationships, personal growth, energy)</li>
<li>The importance of curiosity when comparing how others approach goals</li>
<li>Making space for quiet—silence, slowness, and reflection—as a form of care</li>
<li>Moving forward without speed, urgency, or a perfect master plan</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Memorable Lines &amp; Quotes</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>“Moving forward doesn’t have to be fast to be meaningful.”</li>
<li>“Permission to be human gives us permission to show up less than perfect.”</li>
<li>“What if we thought about direction without the speed… yet?”</li>
<li>“It doesn’t have to be all or nothing—sometimes it’s a half-heart.”</li>
<li>“Wintering invites us to tend, not push.”</li>
<li>“Slower movement is still movement.”</li>
<li>“There have to be seasons where it’s not about becoming more, but becoming truer.”</li>
<li>“You don’t have to do everything right now.”</li>
<li>“What do I want to nurture and offer care and attention to?”</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Resources &amp; Episodes Mentioned</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Episode 42 – <em>Wintering, Rest, and Reflection</em><ul>
<li>Referenced multiple times as the foundation for this continued conversation</li>
</ul>
</li>

<li>VIA Character Strengths Assessment<ul>
<li>Discussed in relation to love, learning, wisdom, and shifting priorities</li>
</ul>
</li>

<li>Intention-Setting Tools Referenced<ul>
<li>Bingo cards (annual or seasonal)</li>
<li>Vision boards</li>
<li>Wishes rituals</li>
<li>Word of the Year practices</li>
</ul>
</li>

<li>Upcoming Resources<ul>
<li>Watch our social media for additional details on categories of rest will be shared via social media and the website</li>
</ul>
</li>

</ul>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/yzv8b7upsj9uyknb/TWSTBE-E43-Setting_Intentions.mp3" length="30894496" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[As we close out 2025, Amy &amp; Cheryl invite listeners into a gentler way of approaching the new year—one rooted in wintering, reflection, and intention rather than pressure-filled resolutions. Building on last week’s conversation, this episode explores how tools like bingo cards, vision boards, wishes, and “words of the year” can help us move forward without urgency or all-or-nothing thinking. Through stories of seeds, silence, family life, and personal growth, Amy and Cheryl offer permission to slow down, tend to what matters, and trust that even quiet movement is still meaningful progress.
Key Topics &amp; Takeaways

Why traditional New Year’s resolutions often create pressure, guilt, and burnout
The concept of wintering as a season for reflection, rest, and gentle dreaming
Using bingo cards, vision boards, or wishes as flexible intention-setting tools
How breaking goals into “baby steps” can support motivation and self-compassion
Letting intentions stay open-ended so they can grow in unexpected ways
Challenging all-or-nothing thinking (full wins, half wins, and hearts count too)
Creating categories for intentions (rest, relationships, personal growth, energy)
The importance of curiosity when comparing how others approach goals
Making space for quiet—silence, slowness, and reflection—as a form of care
Moving forward without speed, urgency, or a perfect master plan

Memorable Lines &amp; Quotes

“Moving forward doesn’t have to be fast to be meaningful.”
“Permission to be human gives us permission to show up less than perfect.”
“What if we thought about direction without the speed… yet?”
“It doesn’t have to be all or nothing—sometimes it’s a half-heart.”
“Wintering invites us to tend, not push.”
“Slower movement is still movement.”
“There have to be seasons where it’s not about becoming more, but becoming truer.”
“You don’t have to do everything right now.”
“What do I want to nurture and offer care and attention to?”

Resources &amp; Episodes Mentioned

Episode 42 – Wintering, Rest, and Reflection
Referenced multiple times as the foundation for this continued conversation


VIA Character Strengths Assessment
Discussed in relation to love, learning, wisdom, and shifting priorities


Intention-Setting Tools Referenced
Bingo cards (annual or seasonal)
Vision boards
Wishes rituals
Word of the Year practices


Upcoming Resources
Watch our social media for additional details on categories of rest will be shared via social media and the website


]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>supposedtobeeasy</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1544</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>43</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>S2 Episode 42: We Think Wintering Should be Easy (Part 1)</title>
        <itunes:title>S2 Episode 42: We Think Wintering Should be Easy (Part 1)</itunes:title>
        <link>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s2-episode-42-we-thing-wintering-should-be-easy-part-1/</link>
                    <comments>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s2-episode-42-we-thing-wintering-should-be-easy-part-1/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 24 Dec 2025 05:57:00 -0500</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/cdb500b7-9822-33cf-b20f-c0dafe74cb70</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">As the year winds down, Amy and Cheryl explore the idea of wintering, not just as a season, but as a necessary pause. In this first part of a two-part conversation, they reflect on rest, unfinished goals, shifting intentions, and the tension between wanting to slow down and still having responsibilities. This episode is about giving yourself permission to rest, reflect, and soften before deciding what comes next.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Key Topics &amp; Takeaways</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>What “wintering” means beyond cozy aesthetics</li>
<li>The pull between hibernation and ongoing responsibilities</li>
<li>Reflecting on goals without labeling them as success or failure</li>
<li>Why bingo cards allow for reflection that SMART goals sometimes don’t</li>
<li>How intentions can shift as life unfolds</li>
<li>The importance of rest in creating space for clarity and future direction</li>
<li>Different types of rest and how to identify what you need right now</li>
<li>Letting go of internal criticism and practicing grace during reflection</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> Memorable Lines</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Amy: “Creating some time and some space to not have to produce as much.”</li>
<li>Cheryl: “You don’t know what you don’t know.”</li>
<li>Amy: “I don’t think I failed. I think I reprioritized my time, effort, energy, and resources.</li>
<li>Amy: “When I rest, it gives my brain the space to reflect.”</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This Week’s Gentle Challenge</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">As you listen, ask yourself:</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">What type of rest do I need right now?</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Is it:</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Intellectual rest</li>
<li>Emotional rest</li>
<li>Sensory rest</li>
<li>Social rest</li>
<li>Physical rest</li>
<li>Spiritual rest</li>
<li>Mental rest</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Choose one area and give yourself permission to lean into it, without guilt, productivity pressure, or needing it to lead somewhere yet. We will be posting ideas for each on our Social Media and website!</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> Additional Resources</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Wintering: The Power of Rest and Retreat in Difficult Times by Katherine May</li>
<li>Making Winter: A Hygge-Inspired Guide to Surviving the Winter Months by Emma Mitchell</li>
<li>Atomic Habits by James Clear</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Connect with us</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Website: <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.com/</a> </li>
<li>Our Podcast Home: <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/</a></li>
<li>Subscribe: <a href='https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/this-was-supposed-to-be-easy-podcast/id1805249282'>Apple Podcasts</a> | <a href='https://open.spotify.com/show/6PRI5RoYph7xR5jgs9c269'>Spotify</a> | <a href='https://music.amazon.com/podcasts/27d3b92b-b42d-453e-b2d1-807b0adac834'>Amazon Music/Audible</a> | <a href='https://iheart.com/podcast/271653791'>iHeartRadio</a></li>
<li>Social Media: Instagram <a href='https://www.instagram.com/supposedtobeeasy/'>@supposedtobeeasy</a> / Facebook <a href='https://www.facebook.com/profile.php?id=61571685029705'>@Supposed to be Easy</a></li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">We want to hear from you! Follow and share your key takeaways, ideas, and inspiration!</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">As the year winds down, Amy and Cheryl explore the idea of <em>wintering</em>, not just as a season, but as a necessary pause. In this first part of a two-part conversation, they reflect on rest, unfinished goals, shifting intentions, and the tension between wanting to slow down and still having responsibilities. This episode is about giving yourself permission to rest, reflect, and soften before deciding what comes next.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Key Topics &amp; Takeaways</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>What “wintering” means beyond cozy aesthetics</li>
<li>The pull between hibernation and ongoing responsibilities</li>
<li>Reflecting on goals without labeling them as success or failure</li>
<li>Why bingo cards allow for reflection that SMART goals sometimes don’t</li>
<li>How intentions can shift as life unfolds</li>
<li>The importance of rest in creating space for clarity and future direction</li>
<li>Different types of rest and how to identify what you need right now</li>
<li>Letting go of internal criticism and practicing grace during reflection</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> Memorable Lines</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Amy: “Creating some time and some space to not have to produce as much.”</li>
<li>Cheryl: “You don’t know what you don’t know.”</li>
<li>Amy: “I don’t think I failed. I think I reprioritized my time, effort, energy, and resources.</li>
<li>Amy: “When I rest, it gives my brain the space to reflect.”</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This Week’s Gentle Challenge</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">As you listen, ask yourself:</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">What type of rest do I need right now?</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Is it:</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Intellectual rest</li>
<li>Emotional rest</li>
<li>Sensory rest</li>
<li>Social rest</li>
<li>Physical rest</li>
<li>Spiritual rest</li>
<li>Mental rest</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Choose <em>one</em> area and give yourself permission to lean into it, without guilt, productivity pressure, or needing it to lead somewhere yet. We will be posting ideas for each on our Social Media and website!</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> Additional Resources</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li><em>Wintering: The Power of Rest and Retreat in Difficult Times by Katherine May</em></li>
<li><em>Making Winter: A Hygge-Inspired Guide to Surviving the Winter Months by Emma Mitchell</em></li>
<li><em>Atomic Habits</em> by James Clear</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Connect with us</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Website: <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.com/</a> </li>
<li>Our Podcast Home: <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/</a></li>
<li>Subscribe: <a href='https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/this-was-supposed-to-be-easy-podcast/id1805249282'>Apple Podcasts</a> | <a href='https://open.spotify.com/show/6PRI5RoYph7xR5jgs9c269'>Spotify</a> | <a href='https://music.amazon.com/podcasts/27d3b92b-b42d-453e-b2d1-807b0adac834'>Amazon Music/Audible</a> | <a href='https://iheart.com/podcast/271653791'>iHeartRadio</a></li>
<li>Social Media: Instagram <a href='https://www.instagram.com/supposedtobeeasy/'>@supposedtobeeasy</a> / Facebook <a href='https://www.facebook.com/profile.php?id=61571685029705'>@Supposed to be Easy</a></li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">We want to hear from you! Follow and share your key takeaways, ideas, and inspiration!</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/eq3h7iegv98qnmy4/TWSTBE-E42-Wintering_Slowing_Down.mp3" length="37138336" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[As the year winds down, Amy and Cheryl explore the idea of wintering, not just as a season, but as a necessary pause. In this first part of a two-part conversation, they reflect on rest, unfinished goals, shifting intentions, and the tension between wanting to slow down and still having responsibilities. This episode is about giving yourself permission to rest, reflect, and soften before deciding what comes next.
Key Topics &amp; Takeaways

What “wintering” means beyond cozy aesthetics
The pull between hibernation and ongoing responsibilities
Reflecting on goals without labeling them as success or failure
Why bingo cards allow for reflection that SMART goals sometimes don’t
How intentions can shift as life unfolds
The importance of rest in creating space for clarity and future direction
Different types of rest and how to identify what you need right now
Letting go of internal criticism and practicing grace during reflection

 
 Memorable Lines

Amy: “Creating some time and some space to not have to produce as much.”
Cheryl: “You don’t know what you don’t know.”
Amy: “I don’t think I failed. I think I reprioritized my time, effort, energy, and resources.
Amy: “When I rest, it gives my brain the space to reflect.”

 
This Week’s Gentle Challenge
As you listen, ask yourself:
What type of rest do I need right now?
Is it:

Intellectual rest
Emotional rest
Sensory rest
Social rest
Physical rest
Spiritual rest
Mental rest

Choose one area and give yourself permission to lean into it, without guilt, productivity pressure, or needing it to lead somewhere yet. We will be posting ideas for each on our Social Media and website!
 
 Additional Resources

Wintering: The Power of Rest and Retreat in Difficult Times by Katherine May
Making Winter: A Hygge-Inspired Guide to Surviving the Winter Months by Emma Mitchell
Atomic Habits by James Clear

Connect with us

Website: https://supposedtobeeasy.com/ 
Our Podcast Home: https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/
Subscribe: Apple Podcasts | Spotify | Amazon Music/Audible | iHeartRadio
Social Media: Instagram @supposedtobeeasy / Facebook @Supposed to be Easy

We want to hear from you! Follow and share your key takeaways, ideas, and inspiration!]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>supposedtobeeasy</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1856</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>42</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>S2 Episode 41: We Thought Listening to Holiday Music Was Supposed to be Easy</title>
        <itunes:title>S2 Episode 41: We Thought Listening to Holiday Music Was Supposed to be Easy</itunes:title>
        <link>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s2-episode-41/</link>
                    <comments>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s2-episode-41/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 17 Dec 2025 05:57:00 -0500</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/a8d17cb4-1ac4-3751-890a-d278eef9e1ed</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">Holiday music has a way of time-traveling us straight into our favorite memories, whether it’s vinyl spinning in the living room, singing in the car on a long road trip, or turning decorating day into an event. In this episode, Amy and Cheryl talk about the songs that shaped their holiday seasons, the “rules” about when it’s acceptable to start listening, and how music helps us create memories that stick. Plus: holiday concerts, cozy movies, and a listener invitation to help us build the ultimate winter-holiday playlist.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Key topics and takeaways</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Why holiday music is so powerful: it connects to our senses and makes memories more vivid (and more retrievable later).</li>
<li>Nostalgia playlists: childhood albums, record players, and the songs that instantly bring you back.</li>
<li>When is it “allowed” to start holiday music? November 1st, day-after-Thanksgiving traditions… and yes, even August (no judgment… mostly).</li>
<li>Holiday decorating as a whole experience: music, rituals, themed trees, and making the work feel worth it.</li>
<li>The “new music vs. traditions” debate: keeping favorites sacred while still letting new songs earn a place in your holiday story.</li>
<li>Holiday concerts &amp; events: Nutcracker, orchestral shows, jazzy Christmas, Mannheim Steamroller, and dream events like Trans-Siberian Orchestra and candlelight concerts.</li>
<li>Holiday movies as mood-setters: from classics like Elf and Home Alone to cozy, predictable Hallmark/streaming movies you can wrap gifts too.</li>
<li>Songs you love… and songs you cannot: the funny (and emotional) stories behind the “skip it immediately” list.</li>
<li>Listener invitation: share your favorite winter-holiday songs, especially from holidays and traditions beyond the ones Amy and Cheryl grew up with, so we can build a community playlist.</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Memorable lines</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>“One of my favorite things about the holidays… is music.”- Amy</li>
<li>“What makes Christmas special to me is that it’s a finite amount of time.”- Amy</li>
<li>“We are saturated in Christmas music.”- Amy</li>
<li>“It’s important to me to be in that top 0.5% of listeners…”- Cheryl</li>
<li>“You’re not watching it because you’re like, ‘What’s gonna happen next?’ You’re watching it because it’s sweet and mindless.”- Amy</li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li>“Those times that our senses are engaged, those are those moments when we might remember a moment.” - Cheryl</li>
<li>“I would love for our listeners to share some of their favorites.” - Cheryl</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">A challenge for the week</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Pick one memory you want to strengthen this season and pair it with a song on purpose.</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Choose a “signature song” for decorating, baking, driving, or wrapping gifts.</li>
<li>Play it every time you do that activity.</li>
<li>Notice how quickly your brain starts linking the music with the feeling.</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Bonus: add one new-to-you holiday song to your rotation and see if it earns a permanent spot.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Additional resources or links</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>The Art of Making Memories (book mentioned by Cheryl)</li>
<li>We’ll be creating a Winter Holiday Playlist, and we want your favorites!</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Connect with us</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Website: <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.com/</a> </li>
<li>Our Podcast Home: <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/</a></li>
<li>Subscribe: <a href='https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/this-was-supposed-to-be-easy-podcast/id1805249282'>Apple Podcasts</a> | <a href='https://open.spotify.com/show/6PRI5RoYph7xR5jgs9c269'>Spotify</a> | <a href='https://music.amazon.com/podcasts/27d3b92b-b42d-453e-b2d1-807b0adac834'>Amazon Music/Audible</a> | <a href='https://iheart.com/podcast/271653791'>iHeartRadio</a></li>
<li>Social Media: Instagram <a href='https://www.instagram.com/supposedtobeeasy/'>@supposedtobeeasy</a> / Facebook <a href='https://www.facebook.com/profile.php?id=61571685029705'>@Supposed to be Easy</a></li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">We want to hear from you! Follow and share your key takeaways, ideas, and inspiration!</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">Holiday music has a way of time-traveling us straight into our favorite memories, whether it’s vinyl spinning in the living room, singing in the car on a long road trip, or turning decorating day into an event. In this episode, Amy and Cheryl talk about the songs that shaped their holiday seasons, the “rules” about when it’s acceptable to start listening, and how music helps us create memories that stick. Plus: holiday concerts, cozy movies, and a listener invitation to help us build the ultimate winter-holiday playlist.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Key topics and takeaways</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Why holiday music is so powerful: it connects to our senses and makes memories more vivid (and more retrievable later).</li>
<li>Nostalgia playlists: childhood albums, record players, and the songs that instantly bring you back.</li>
<li>When is it “allowed” to start holiday music? November 1st, day-after-Thanksgiving traditions… and yes, even August (no judgment… mostly).</li>
<li>Holiday decorating as a whole experience: music, rituals, themed trees, and making the work feel worth it.</li>
<li>The “new music vs. traditions” debate: keeping favorites sacred while still letting new songs earn a place in your holiday story.</li>
<li>Holiday concerts &amp; events: Nutcracker, orchestral shows, jazzy Christmas, Mannheim Steamroller, and dream events like Trans-Siberian Orchestra and candlelight concerts.</li>
<li>Holiday movies as mood-setters: from classics like <em>Elf</em> and <em>Home Alone</em> to cozy, predictable Hallmark/streaming movies you can wrap gifts too.</li>
<li>Songs you <em>love</em>… and songs you <em>cannot</em>: the funny (and emotional) stories behind the “skip it immediately” list.</li>
<li>Listener invitation: share your favorite winter-holiday songs, especially from holidays and traditions beyond the ones Amy and Cheryl grew up with, so we can build a community playlist.</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Memorable lines</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>“One of my favorite things about the holidays… is music.”- Amy</li>
<li>“What makes Christmas special to me is that it’s a finite amount of time.”- Amy</li>
<li>“We are saturated in Christmas music.”- Amy</li>
<li>“It’s important to me to be in that top 0.5% of listeners…”- Cheryl</li>
<li>“You’re not watching it because you’re like, ‘What’s gonna happen next?’ You’re watching it because it’s sweet and mindless.”- Amy</li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li>“Those times that our senses are engaged, those are those moments when we might remember a moment.” - Cheryl</li>
<li>“I would love for our listeners to share some of their favorites.” - Cheryl</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">A challenge for the week</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Pick one memory you want to strengthen this season and pair it with a song on purpose.</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Choose a “signature song” for decorating, baking, driving, or wrapping gifts.</li>
<li>Play it <em>every time</em> you do that activity.</li>
<li>Notice how quickly your brain starts linking the music with the feeling.</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Bonus: add one new-to-you holiday song to your rotation and see if it earns a permanent spot.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Additional resources or links</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li><em>The Art of Making Memories</em> (book mentioned by Cheryl)</li>
<li>We’ll be creating a Winter Holiday Playlist, and we want your favorites!</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Connect with us</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Website: <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.com/</a> </li>
<li>Our Podcast Home: <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/</a></li>
<li>Subscribe: <a href='https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/this-was-supposed-to-be-easy-podcast/id1805249282'>Apple Podcasts</a> | <a href='https://open.spotify.com/show/6PRI5RoYph7xR5jgs9c269'>Spotify</a> | <a href='https://music.amazon.com/podcasts/27d3b92b-b42d-453e-b2d1-807b0adac834'>Amazon Music/Audible</a> | <a href='https://iheart.com/podcast/271653791'>iHeartRadio</a></li>
<li>Social Media: Instagram <a href='https://www.instagram.com/supposedtobeeasy/'>@supposedtobeeasy</a> / Facebook <a href='https://www.facebook.com/profile.php?id=61571685029705'>@Supposed to be Easy</a></li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">We want to hear from you! Follow and share your key takeaways, ideas, and inspiration!</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/fucatf8w585xfvgm/TWSTBE-E41-Songs_That_Define_the_Season.mp3" length="43717696" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Holiday music has a way of time-traveling us straight into our favorite memories, whether it’s vinyl spinning in the living room, singing in the car on a long road trip, or turning decorating day into an event. In this episode, Amy and Cheryl talk about the songs that shaped their holiday seasons, the “rules” about when it’s acceptable to start listening, and how music helps us create memories that stick. Plus: holiday concerts, cozy movies, and a listener invitation to help us build the ultimate winter-holiday playlist.
Key topics and takeaways

Why holiday music is so powerful: it connects to our senses and makes memories more vivid (and more retrievable later).
Nostalgia playlists: childhood albums, record players, and the songs that instantly bring you back.
When is it “allowed” to start holiday music? November 1st, day-after-Thanksgiving traditions… and yes, even August (no judgment… mostly).
Holiday decorating as a whole experience: music, rituals, themed trees, and making the work feel worth it.
The “new music vs. traditions” debate: keeping favorites sacred while still letting new songs earn a place in your holiday story.
Holiday concerts &amp; events: Nutcracker, orchestral shows, jazzy Christmas, Mannheim Steamroller, and dream events like Trans-Siberian Orchestra and candlelight concerts.
Holiday movies as mood-setters: from classics like Elf and Home Alone to cozy, predictable Hallmark/streaming movies you can wrap gifts too.
Songs you love… and songs you cannot: the funny (and emotional) stories behind the “skip it immediately” list.
Listener invitation: share your favorite winter-holiday songs, especially from holidays and traditions beyond the ones Amy and Cheryl grew up with, so we can build a community playlist.

Memorable lines

“One of my favorite things about the holidays… is music.”- Amy
“What makes Christmas special to me is that it’s a finite amount of time.”- Amy
“We are saturated in Christmas music.”- Amy
“It’s important to me to be in that top 0.5% of listeners…”- Cheryl
“You’re not watching it because you’re like, ‘What’s gonna happen next?’ You’re watching it because it’s sweet and mindless.”- Amy


“Those times that our senses are engaged, those are those moments when we might remember a moment.” - Cheryl
“I would love for our listeners to share some of their favorites.” - Cheryl

 
A challenge for the week
Pick one memory you want to strengthen this season and pair it with a song on purpose.

Choose a “signature song” for decorating, baking, driving, or wrapping gifts.
Play it every time you do that activity.
Notice how quickly your brain starts linking the music with the feeling.

Bonus: add one new-to-you holiday song to your rotation and see if it earns a permanent spot.
Additional resources or links

The Art of Making Memories (book mentioned by Cheryl)
We’ll be creating a Winter Holiday Playlist, and we want your favorites!

Connect with us

Website: https://supposedtobeeasy.com/ 
Our Podcast Home: https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/
Subscribe: Apple Podcasts | Spotify | Amazon Music/Audible | iHeartRadio
Social Media: Instagram @supposedtobeeasy / Facebook @Supposed to be Easy

We want to hear from you! Follow and share your key takeaways, ideas, and inspiration!]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>supposedtobeeasy</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2185</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>41</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>S2 Episode 40: We Thought Psychological Safety at the Holidays Was Supposed to Be Easy</title>
        <itunes:title>S2 Episode 40: We Thought Psychological Safety at the Holidays Was Supposed to Be Easy</itunes:title>
        <link>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s2-episode-40-we-thought-psychological-safety-at-the-holidays-was-supposed-to-be-easy/</link>
                    <comments>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s2-episode-40-we-thought-psychological-safety-at-the-holidays-was-supposed-to-be-easy/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 10 Dec 2025 05:57:00 -0500</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/8f4402d7-7ec9-3ee3-9f39-b33c7c517446</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">This Was Supposed to Be Easy with Amy &amp; Cheryl</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">The holidays are supposed to feel magical, connected, and full of ease, but often they come with pressure, unspoken expectations, emotional landmines, and complicated relationships. In this episode, Amy and Cheryl take a heartfelt and humorous look at psychological safety during the holiday season and all the ways it can be challenged. They unpack why the dynamics we grew up with can impact how safe (or unsafe) we feel now, how to recognize when your nervous system is signaling danger, and how to create moments of emotional safety for yourself and the people you love.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Blending research from Amy Edmondson, Brené Brown, and the broader psychological safety literature with lived experience, this conversation offers real talk, permission to breathe, and gentle strategies for navigating family, traditions, and triggers, without losing yourself.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Key Topics &amp; Takeaways</p>
<ol>
<li style="font-weight:400;">The Myth of “Holiday Ease”</li>
</ol>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Many adults carry the belief that holidays should feel joyful and effortless.</li>
<li>The pressure to host perfectly, avoid conflict, or keep the peace often leads to emotional overload.</li>
<li>Psychological safety allows people to show up authentically, but holidays often highlight the places where authenticity feels risky.</li>
</ul>
<ol start="2">
<li style="font-weight:400;">Psychological Safety in Family Systems</li>
</ol>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Family is the first place we learn what is safe or unsafe.</li>
<li>Old patterns, roles, and expectations often resurface during holidays because those early relational imprints are activated.</li>
<li>You may regress into “younger you” versions of yourself around certain relatives.</li>
</ul>
<ol start="3">
<li style="font-weight:400;">Navigating Triggers &amp; Emotional Overload</li>
</ol>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Holidays can amplify comparison, perfectionism, people-pleasing, and resentment.</li>
<li>Your body often responds before your brain increases heart rate, irritability, shutting down, or over-functioning.</li>
<li>Recognizing the signs early can help you intervene with self-kindness.</li>
</ul>
<ol start="4">
<li style="font-weight:400;">Boundaries &amp; Psychological Safety</li>
</ol>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>You are allowed to say no.</li>
<li>You are allowed to leave early.</li>
<li>You are allowed to create new traditions.</li>
<li>Safety is built through clarity, consistency, and communication not through avoiding discomfort.</li>
</ul>
<ol start="5">
<li style="font-weight:400;">Trust, Repair, and the Stories We Tell Ourselves</li>
</ol>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Brené Brown’s framework of trust as a set of small behaviors (BRAVING) applies strongly to holiday dynamics.</li>
<li>When trust has been ruptured in relationships, psychological safety will be fragile.</li>
<li>Repairing, when possible, requires honesty, empathy, and accountability.</li>
</ul>
<ol start="6">
<li style="font-weight:400;">Rewriting Holiday Narratives</li>
</ol>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>You don’t have to repeat the same patterns you grew up with.</li>
<li>You can choose what “holiday safety” looks like for your adult self.</li>
<li>Traditions that drain you can be retired; traditions that nourish you can be expanded.</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Memorable Lines</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">During a moment of reflection on holiday interactions and relational rupture, Amy shares:</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Amy: “That does not feel good. I do not trust that I can be myself around you for whatever reason.”</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">As Cheryl reflects on what it feels like to prepare for family or community events, she names something deeply relatable about the anticipation we often carry into holiday spaces:</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Cheryl: “Those moments will exist where we don’t feel safe to be our true authentic self.”</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">A Challenge for the Week</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Choose one moment this holiday season to intentionally create psychological safety, for yourself or someone else.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Options include:</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Setting a small boundary (leaving early, saying no, simplifying plans)</li>
<li>Practicing a self-regulation strategy before a gathering</li>
<li>Naming what you need (“I want this year to feel calm, not perfect.”)</li>
<li>Offering someone else a safety cue (“You’re not alone; I’ve got you.”)</li>
<li>Changing or skipping a tradition that no longer aligns with who you are</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Pick one. Make it doable. Let it shift your holiday experience.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Additional Resources</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Amy Edmondson’s work on psychological safety</li>
<li>Brené Brown’s BRAVING framework</li>
<li>Diary of a CEO interview with Brené Brown (Trust &amp; Emotional Literacy)</li>
<li>Polyvagal theory basics (safety cues &amp; nervous system responses)</li>
<li>Tools for emotion regulation and boundary-setting</li>
<li>Links to your previous episodes on authenticity, belonging, and leadership (optional)</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> References</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Edmondson, A. C. (1999). Psychological safety and learning behavior in work teams. Administrative Science Quarterly, 44(2), 350–383. <a href='https://doi.org/10.2307/2666999'>https://doi.org/10.2307/2666999</a></p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Edmondson, A. C., &amp; Lei, Z. (2014). Psychological safety: The history, renaissance, and future of an interpersonal construct. Annual Review of Organizational Psychology and Organizational Behavior, 1, 23–43. <a href='https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-orgpsych-031413-091305'>https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-orgpsych-031413-091305</a></p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Brown, B. (2018). BRAVING: The anatomy of trust. In Dare to lead: Brave work. Tough conversations. Whole hearts. Random House.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Note: The BRAVING framework originates from Brown’s talks and writing and is most formally published in Dare to Lead. If you want to cite a specific podcast explanation, see below.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Brown, B. (Guest). (2023). Diary of a CEO: Discussing trust, boundaries, and emotional honesty [Audio podcast episode]. In S. Bartlett (Host), The Diary of a CEO.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;"><em>This Was Supposed to Be Easy with Amy &amp; Cheryl</em></p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">The holidays are supposed to feel magical, connected, and full of ease, but often they come with pressure, unspoken expectations, emotional landmines, and complicated relationships. In this episode, Amy and Cheryl take a heartfelt and humorous look at <em>psychological safety during the holiday season</em> and all the ways it can be challenged. They unpack why the dynamics we grew up with can impact how safe (or unsafe) we feel now, how to recognize when your nervous system is signaling danger, and how to create moments of emotional safety for yourself and the people you love.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Blending research from Amy Edmondson, Brené Brown, and the broader psychological safety literature with lived experience, this conversation offers real talk, permission to breathe, and gentle strategies for navigating family, traditions, and triggers, without losing yourself.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Key Topics &amp; Takeaways</p>
<ol>
<li style="font-weight:400;">The Myth of “Holiday Ease”</li>
</ol>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Many adults carry the belief that holidays should feel joyful and effortless.</li>
<li>The pressure to <em>host perfectly</em>, <em>avoid conflict</em>, or <em>keep the peace</em> often leads to emotional overload.</li>
<li>Psychological safety allows people to show up authentically, but holidays often highlight the places where authenticity feels risky.</li>
</ul>
<ol start="2">
<li style="font-weight:400;">Psychological Safety in Family Systems</li>
</ol>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Family is the <em>first place</em> we learn what is safe or unsafe.</li>
<li>Old patterns, roles, and expectations often resurface during holidays because those early relational imprints are activated.</li>
<li>You may regress into “younger you” versions of yourself around certain relatives.</li>
</ul>
<ol start="3">
<li style="font-weight:400;">Navigating Triggers &amp; Emotional Overload</li>
</ol>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Holidays can amplify comparison, perfectionism, people-pleasing, and resentment.</li>
<li>Your body often responds before your brain increases heart rate, irritability, shutting down, or over-functioning.</li>
<li>Recognizing the signs early can help you intervene with self-kindness.</li>
</ul>
<ol start="4">
<li style="font-weight:400;">Boundaries &amp; Psychological Safety</li>
</ol>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>You are allowed to say no.</li>
<li>You are allowed to leave early.</li>
<li>You are allowed to create new traditions.</li>
<li>Safety is built through clarity, consistency, and communication not through avoiding discomfort.</li>
</ul>
<ol start="5">
<li style="font-weight:400;">Trust, Repair, and the Stories We Tell Ourselves</li>
</ol>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Brené Brown’s framework of trust as a set of small behaviors (BRAVING) applies strongly to holiday dynamics.</li>
<li>When trust has been ruptured in relationships, psychological safety will be fragile.</li>
<li>Repairing, when possible, requires honesty, empathy, and accountability.</li>
</ul>
<ol start="6">
<li style="font-weight:400;">Rewriting Holiday Narratives</li>
</ol>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>You don’t have to repeat the same patterns you grew up with.</li>
<li>You can choose what “holiday safety” looks like for your adult self.</li>
<li>Traditions that drain you can be retired; traditions that nourish you can be expanded.</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Memorable Lines</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">During a moment of reflection on holiday interactions and relational rupture, Amy shares:</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Amy: “That does not feel good. I do not trust that I can be myself around you for whatever reason.”</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">As Cheryl reflects on what it feels like to prepare for family or community events, she names something deeply relatable about the <em>anticipation</em> we often carry into holiday spaces:</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Cheryl: “Those moments will exist where we don’t feel safe to be our true authentic self.”</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">A Challenge for the Week</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Choose one moment this holiday season to intentionally create psychological safety, for yourself or someone else.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Options include:</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Setting a small boundary (leaving early, saying no, simplifying plans)</li>
<li>Practicing a self-regulation strategy before a gathering</li>
<li>Naming what you need (“I want this year to feel calm, not perfect.”)</li>
<li>Offering someone else a safety cue (“You’re not alone; I’ve got you.”)</li>
<li>Changing or skipping a tradition that no longer aligns with who you are</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Pick one. Make it doable. Let it shift your holiday experience.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Additional Resources</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Amy Edmondson’s work on psychological safety</li>
<li>Brené Brown’s BRAVING framework</li>
<li><em>Diary of a CEO</em> interview with Brené Brown (Trust &amp; Emotional Literacy)</li>
<li>Polyvagal theory basics (safety cues &amp; nervous system responses)</li>
<li>Tools for emotion regulation and boundary-setting</li>
<li>Links to your previous episodes on authenticity, belonging, and leadership (optional)</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> References</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Edmondson, A. C. (1999). <em>Psychological safety and learning behavior in work teams</em>. Administrative Science Quarterly, 44(2), 350–383. <a href='https://doi.org/10.2307/2666999'>https://doi.org/10.2307/2666999</a></p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Edmondson, A. C., &amp; Lei, Z. (2014). <em>Psychological safety: The history, renaissance, and future of an interpersonal construct</em>. Annual Review of Organizational Psychology and Organizational Behavior, 1, 23–43. <a href='https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-orgpsych-031413-091305'>https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-orgpsych-031413-091305</a></p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Brown, B. (2018). <em>BRAVING: The anatomy of trust.</em> In Dare to lead: Brave work. Tough conversations. Whole hearts. Random House.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><em>Note:</em> The BRAVING framework originates from Brown’s talks and writing and is most formally published in <em>Dare to Lead</em>. If you want to cite a specific podcast explanation, see below.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Brown, B. (Guest). (2023). <em>Diary of a CEO: Discussing trust, boundaries, and emotional honesty</em> [Audio podcast episode]. In S. Bartlett (Host), The Diary of a CEO.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/djr2iyq64e4wv6ch/TSWTBE-E40-Physcological_Safety.mp3" length="47024416" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[This Was Supposed to Be Easy with Amy &amp; Cheryl
The holidays are supposed to feel magical, connected, and full of ease, but often they come with pressure, unspoken expectations, emotional landmines, and complicated relationships. In this episode, Amy and Cheryl take a heartfelt and humorous look at psychological safety during the holiday season and all the ways it can be challenged. They unpack why the dynamics we grew up with can impact how safe (or unsafe) we feel now, how to recognize when your nervous system is signaling danger, and how to create moments of emotional safety for yourself and the people you love.
Blending research from Amy Edmondson, Brené Brown, and the broader psychological safety literature with lived experience, this conversation offers real talk, permission to breathe, and gentle strategies for navigating family, traditions, and triggers, without losing yourself.
Key Topics &amp; Takeaways

The Myth of “Holiday Ease”


Many adults carry the belief that holidays should feel joyful and effortless.
The pressure to host perfectly, avoid conflict, or keep the peace often leads to emotional overload.
Psychological safety allows people to show up authentically, but holidays often highlight the places where authenticity feels risky.


Psychological Safety in Family Systems


Family is the first place we learn what is safe or unsafe.
Old patterns, roles, and expectations often resurface during holidays because those early relational imprints are activated.
You may regress into “younger you” versions of yourself around certain relatives.


Navigating Triggers &amp; Emotional Overload


Holidays can amplify comparison, perfectionism, people-pleasing, and resentment.
Your body often responds before your brain increases heart rate, irritability, shutting down, or over-functioning.
Recognizing the signs early can help you intervene with self-kindness.


Boundaries &amp; Psychological Safety


You are allowed to say no.
You are allowed to leave early.
You are allowed to create new traditions.
Safety is built through clarity, consistency, and communication not through avoiding discomfort.


Trust, Repair, and the Stories We Tell Ourselves


Brené Brown’s framework of trust as a set of small behaviors (BRAVING) applies strongly to holiday dynamics.
When trust has been ruptured in relationships, psychological safety will be fragile.
Repairing, when possible, requires honesty, empathy, and accountability.


Rewriting Holiday Narratives


You don’t have to repeat the same patterns you grew up with.
You can choose what “holiday safety” looks like for your adult self.
Traditions that drain you can be retired; traditions that nourish you can be expanded.

Memorable Lines
During a moment of reflection on holiday interactions and relational rupture, Amy shares:
Amy: “That does not feel good. I do not trust that I can be myself around you for whatever reason.”
As Cheryl reflects on what it feels like to prepare for family or community events, she names something deeply relatable about the anticipation we often carry into holiday spaces:
Cheryl: “Those moments will exist where we don’t feel safe to be our true authentic self.”
 
A Challenge for the Week
Choose one moment this holiday season to intentionally create psychological safety, for yourself or someone else.
Options include:

Setting a small boundary (leaving early, saying no, simplifying plans)
Practicing a self-regulation strategy before a gathering
Naming what you need (“I want this year to feel calm, not perfect.”)
Offering someone else a safety cue (“You’re not alone; I’ve got you.”)
Changing or skipping a tradition that no longer aligns with who you are

Pick one. Make it doable. Let it shift your holiday experience.
 
Additional Resources

Amy Edmondson’s work on psychological safety
Brené Brown’s BRAVING framework
Diary of a CEO interview with Brené Brown (Trust &amp; Emotional Literacy)
Polyvagal theory basics (safety cues &amp; nervous system respo]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>supposedtobeeasy</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2351</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>40</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>S2 Episode 39: We Thought Letting Go After the Gift Was Given Would Be Easy</title>
        <itunes:title>S2 Episode 39: We Thought Letting Go After the Gift Was Given Would Be Easy</itunes:title>
        <link>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s2-episode-39-we-thought-letting-go-after-the-gift-was-given-would-be-easy/</link>
                    <comments>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s2-episode-39-we-thought-letting-go-after-the-gift-was-given-would-be-easy/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 03 Dec 2025 05:57:00 -0500</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/313e414e-6a8b-316b-808c-670ac5427401</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">In this “oh no I do that” conversation, Amy and Cheryl explore the complicated emotions wrapped up in something that should be simple: giving a gift. From the meaning we attach to presents, to the anxiety of letting go once the gift leaves our hands, this episode dives into the psychology behind generosity, expectations, and the stories we create around what a gift “should” mean.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">With personal anecdotes and gentle wisdom, this episode invites listeners to reconsider the way we approach gift-giving and maybe release a little pressure in the process.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Key Topics &amp; Takeaways</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>The emotional weight behind gift-giving
Giving a gift isn’t always a simple transaction, it can bring up feelings of obligation, identity, or wanting to be understood.</li>
<li>Letting go of control once the gift is given
A gift doesn’t come with rules. Once it’s given, it belongs to the other person, even if they use it differently than you imagined.</li>
<li>The invisible “meaning” we attach to objects
Many of us unintentionally project hopes, expectations, or interpretations onto the gifts we give.</li>
<li>Why generosity is often tied to self-worth
How we give can reveal what we believe about ourselves, our relationships, and what we’re trying to communicate.</li>
<li>The tension between intention and interpretation
Just because a giver sees a gift one way doesn’t mean the receiver will experience it that way, and that’s okay.</li>
<li>Releasing the pressure to make every gift perfect
Gift-giving is about connection, not performance. Imperfection is part of the beauty.</li>
<li>Permission to make gifting simpler
Gifts can be joyful, thoughtful, small, practical, or even easy, if we let them be.</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> Memorable Lines </p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>“Once you give a gift, it’s no longer yours to manage. That’s the whole point, the letting go is part of the gift.”</li>
<li>“It’s wild how we attach all these emotions to objects, like the gift is holding the relationship.”</li>
<li>“I didn’t realize I had expectations until I saw them not being met. Then I thought, oh… maybe this is my stuff to unpack.”</li>
<li>“Sometimes the simplest gifts are the ones that mean the most, because they’re given without an agenda.”</li>
<li>“If the gift becomes a burden to them, that doesn’t mean your intention was wrong. It means they get to choose what they need.”</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Challenge for the Week</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Give a gift (big or small) with absolutely no expectations attached.
Try this:</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Choose something simple or meaningful.</li>
<li>Give it freely, without overthinking.</li>
<li>Don’t monitor how it’s used.</li>
<li>Let the gift go, emotionally and practically.</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Notice how the experience changes when you detach from the outcome.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Ways to Connect</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Website: https://supoposedtobeeasy.com/</li>
<li>Our Podcast Home: http.//supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/</li>
<li>Subscribe: Apple Podcast |Spotify | Amazon Music/Audible | iHeartRadio </li>
<li>Social media: Instagram @supposedtobeeasy / Facebook @supposed to be Easy</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">We want to hear from you! Follow and share your key takeaways, ideas, and inspiration!</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">In this “oh no I do that” conversation, Amy and Cheryl explore the complicated emotions wrapped up in something that <em>should</em> be simple: giving a gift. From the meaning we attach to presents, to the anxiety of letting go once the gift leaves our hands, this episode dives into the psychology behind generosity, expectations, and the stories we create around what a gift “should” mean.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">With personal anecdotes and gentle wisdom, this episode invites listeners to reconsider the way we approach gift-giving and maybe release a little pressure in the process.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Key Topics &amp; Takeaways</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>The emotional weight behind gift-giving<br>
Giving a gift isn’t always a simple transaction, it can bring up feelings of obligation, identity, or wanting to be understood.</li>
<li>Letting go of control once the gift is given<br>
A gift doesn’t come with rules. Once it’s given, it belongs to the other person, even if they use it differently than you imagined.</li>
<li>The invisible “meaning” we attach to objects<br>
Many of us unintentionally project hopes, expectations, or interpretations onto the gifts we give.</li>
<li>Why generosity is often tied to self-worth<br>
How we give can reveal what we believe about ourselves, our relationships, and what we’re trying to communicate.</li>
<li>The tension between intention and interpretation<br>
Just because a giver sees a gift one way doesn’t mean the receiver will experience it that way, and that’s okay.</li>
<li>Releasing the pressure to make every gift perfect<br>
Gift-giving is about connection, not performance. Imperfection is part of the beauty.</li>
<li>Permission to make gifting simpler<br>
Gifts can be joyful, thoughtful, small, practical, or even easy, if we let them be.</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> Memorable Lines </p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>“Once you give a gift, it’s no longer yours to manage. That’s the whole point, the letting go is part of the gift.”</li>
<li>“It’s wild how we attach all these emotions to objects, like the gift is holding the relationship.”</li>
<li>“I didn’t realize I had expectations until I saw them not being met. Then I thought, oh… maybe this is my stuff to unpack.”</li>
<li>“Sometimes the simplest gifts are the ones that mean the most, because they’re given without an agenda.”</li>
<li>“If the gift becomes a burden to them, that doesn’t mean your intention was wrong. It means they get to choose what they need.”</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Challenge for the Week</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Give a gift (big or small) with absolutely no expectations attached.<br>
Try this:</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Choose something simple or meaningful.</li>
<li>Give it freely, without overthinking.</li>
<li>Don’t monitor how it’s used.</li>
<li>Let the gift go, emotionally and practically.</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Notice how the experience changes when you detach from the outcome.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Ways to Connect</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Website: https://supoposedtobeeasy.com/</li>
<li>Our Podcast Home: http.//supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/</li>
<li>Subscribe: Apple Podcast |Spotify | Amazon Music/Audible | iHeartRadio </li>
<li>Social media: Instagram @supposedtobeeasy / Facebook @supposed to be Easy</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">We want to hear from you! Follow and share your key takeaways, ideas, and inspiration!</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/58egxuhungus6as4/TWSTBE-E39-Gift_Giving.mp3" length="43109056" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[In this “oh no I do that” conversation, Amy and Cheryl explore the complicated emotions wrapped up in something that should be simple: giving a gift. From the meaning we attach to presents, to the anxiety of letting go once the gift leaves our hands, this episode dives into the psychology behind generosity, expectations, and the stories we create around what a gift “should” mean.
With personal anecdotes and gentle wisdom, this episode invites listeners to reconsider the way we approach gift-giving and maybe release a little pressure in the process.
Key Topics &amp; Takeaways

The emotional weight behind gift-givingGiving a gift isn’t always a simple transaction, it can bring up feelings of obligation, identity, or wanting to be understood.
Letting go of control once the gift is givenA gift doesn’t come with rules. Once it’s given, it belongs to the other person, even if they use it differently than you imagined.
The invisible “meaning” we attach to objectsMany of us unintentionally project hopes, expectations, or interpretations onto the gifts we give.
Why generosity is often tied to self-worthHow we give can reveal what we believe about ourselves, our relationships, and what we’re trying to communicate.
The tension between intention and interpretationJust because a giver sees a gift one way doesn’t mean the receiver will experience it that way, and that’s okay.
Releasing the pressure to make every gift perfectGift-giving is about connection, not performance. Imperfection is part of the beauty.
Permission to make gifting simplerGifts can be joyful, thoughtful, small, practical, or even easy, if we let them be.

 Memorable Lines 

“Once you give a gift, it’s no longer yours to manage. That’s the whole point, the letting go is part of the gift.”
“It’s wild how we attach all these emotions to objects, like the gift is holding the relationship.”
“I didn’t realize I had expectations until I saw them not being met. Then I thought, oh… maybe this is my stuff to unpack.”
“Sometimes the simplest gifts are the ones that mean the most, because they’re given without an agenda.”
“If the gift becomes a burden to them, that doesn’t mean your intention was wrong. It means they get to choose what they need.”

Challenge for the Week
Give a gift (big or small) with absolutely no expectations attached.Try this:

Choose something simple or meaningful.
Give it freely, without overthinking.
Don’t monitor how it’s used.
Let the gift go, emotionally and practically.

Notice how the experience changes when you detach from the outcome.
 
Ways to Connect

Website: https://supoposedtobeeasy.com/
Our Podcast Home: http.//supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/
Subscribe: Apple Podcast |Spotify | Amazon Music/Audible | iHeartRadio 
Social media: Instagram @supposedtobeeasy / Facebook @supposed to be Easy

We want to hear from you! Follow and share your key takeaways, ideas, and inspiration!]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>supposedtobeeasy</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2155</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>39</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>S2 Episode 38: We Thought that Trying Some Group Gratitude Games Might Be Fun and Easy!</title>
        <itunes:title>S2 Episode 38: We Thought that Trying Some Group Gratitude Games Might Be Fun and Easy!</itunes:title>
        <link>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s2-episode-38-we-thought-that-trying-some-group-gratitude-games-might-be-fun-and-easy/</link>
                    <comments>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s2-episode-38-we-thought-that-trying-some-group-gratitude-games-might-be-fun-and-easy/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 26 Nov 2025 05:57:00 -0500</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/47ebd448-26ad-3840-bb7a-35ae491f8eb6</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">In this creative episode, Cheryl and Amy explore the idea of thankfulness as a lifestyle and how gratitude becomes even more powerful when shared in community. Together, they dive into playful, accessible, and joy-filled ways to gamify gratitude—from gratitude walks to Pictionary, paper chains, pottery, and meaningful group activities that spark connection. Whether you're looking to deepen your own gratitude practice or inspire your family, workplace, or community, this episode is full of ideas to help you cultivate more joy, awareness, and appreciation every single day.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Key Topics &amp; Takeaways</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Thankfulness as a lifestyle rather than a seasonal practice</li>
<li>How gratitude expands when shared with family, friends, coworkers, and community</li>
<li>The impact of intentionally looking for the good</li>
<li>Creative ideas for “Gratitude Games” that bring playfulness into the practice</li>
<li>How gamification can boost motivation and awareness</li>
<li>Using nature, art, and simple materials to create shared gratitude rituals</li>
<li>Revisiting past gratitude to see growth and continuity over time</li>
<li>Building community bonding through activities that recognize each other’s strengths</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Gratitude Game Ideas Mentioned</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Gratitude Walks / Gratitude I-Spy Hikes</li>
<li>Gratitude Tree</li>
<li>DIY Branch Gratitude Tree</li>
<li>Gratitude Paper Chain</li>
<li>Gratitude Bingo</li>
<li>Gratitude Pictionary</li>
<li>Pass-Around Keepsake Object</li>
<li>Pottery or Creative Keepsakes</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Memorable Lines &amp; Quotes</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>“Thankfulness as a lifestyle… that is the launching pad for this conversation.”</li>
<li>“How can we look for and think about spreading gratitude into our greater community?”</li>
<li>“When we can make a game out of it—especially with other people—it connects us and helps us see things we didn’t realize we were grateful for.”</li>
<li>“You don’t need the tree from Target. Grab a fallen branch and build gratitude right into your space.”</li>
<li>“Any concrete item made by your community becomes a meaningful reminder that even in tough seasons, there is still joy.”</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Challenge</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Join the Conversation! Have you enjoyed a group or community gratitude game or practice? We’d love to hear about it! If not, which one are you willing to try this week and who are you going to try it with?</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Give one of our gratitude games a try and let us know how it goes!</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Resources, Apps &amp; Past Episodes Mentioned</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>99 Walks App
An app Cheryl used to gamify walking by setting goals and earning bracelets as rewards. (no longer in operation)</li>
<li>Episode 34 Referenced:
We Thought Noticing the Good Was Supposed to be Easy</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Connect with us</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Website: <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.com/</a></li>
<li>Our Podcast Home: <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/</a></li>
<li>Subscribe: <a href='https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/this-was-supposed-to-be-easy-podcast/id1805249282'>Apple Podcasts</a> | <a href='https://open.spotify.com/show/6PRI5RoYph7xR5jgs9c269'>Spotify</a> | <a href='https://music.amazon.com/podcasts/27d3b92b-b42d-453e-b2d1-807b0adac834'>Amazon Music/Audible</a> | <a href='https://iheart.com/podcast/271653791'>iHeartRadio</a></li>
<li>Social Media: Instagram <a href='https://www.instagram.com/supposedtobeeasy/'>@supposedtobeeasy</a> / Facebook <a href='https://www.facebook.com/profile.php?id=61571685029705'>@Supposed to be Easy</a></li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">We want to hear from you! Follow and share your key takeaways, ideas, and inspiration!</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">In this creative episode, Cheryl and Amy explore the idea of <em>thankfulness as a lifestyle</em> and how gratitude becomes even more powerful when shared in community. Together, they dive into playful, accessible, and joy-filled ways to gamify gratitude—from gratitude walks to Pictionary, paper chains, pottery, and meaningful group activities that spark connection. Whether you're looking to deepen your own gratitude practice or inspire your family, workplace, or community, this episode is full of ideas to help you cultivate more joy, awareness, and appreciation every single day.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Key Topics &amp; Takeaways</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Thankfulness as a lifestyle rather than a seasonal practice</li>
<li>How gratitude expands when shared with family, friends, coworkers, and community</li>
<li>The impact of intentionally <em>looking for the good</em></li>
<li>Creative ideas for “Gratitude Games” that bring playfulness into the practice</li>
<li>How gamification can boost motivation and awareness</li>
<li>Using nature, art, and simple materials to create shared gratitude rituals</li>
<li>Revisiting past gratitude to see growth and continuity over time</li>
<li>Building community bonding through activities that recognize each other’s strengths</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Gratitude Game Ideas Mentioned</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Gratitude Walks / Gratitude I-Spy Hikes</li>
<li>Gratitude Tree</li>
<li>DIY Branch Gratitude Tree</li>
<li>Gratitude Paper Chain</li>
<li>Gratitude Bingo</li>
<li>Gratitude Pictionary</li>
<li>Pass-Around Keepsake Object</li>
<li>Pottery or Creative Keepsakes</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Memorable Lines &amp; Quotes</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>“Thankfulness as a lifestyle… that is the launching pad for this conversation.”</li>
<li>“How can we look for and think about spreading gratitude into our greater community?”</li>
<li>“When we can make a game out of it—especially with other people—it connects us and helps us see things we didn’t realize we were grateful for.”</li>
<li>“You don’t need the tree from Target. Grab a fallen branch and build gratitude right into your space.”</li>
<li>“Any concrete item made by your community becomes a meaningful reminder that even in tough seasons, there is still joy.”</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Challenge</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Join the Conversation! Have you enjoyed a group or community gratitude game or practice? We’d love to hear about it! If not, which one are you willing to try this week and who are you going to try it with?</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Give one of our gratitude games a try and let us know how it goes!</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Resources, Apps &amp; Past Episodes Mentioned</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>99 Walks App<br>
An app Cheryl used to gamify walking by setting goals and earning bracelets as rewards. (no longer in operation)</li>
<li>Episode 34 Referenced:<br>
<em>We Thought Noticing the Good Was Supposed to be Easy</em></li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Connect with us</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Website: <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.com/</a></li>
<li>Our Podcast Home: <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/</a></li>
<li>Subscribe: <a href='https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/this-was-supposed-to-be-easy-podcast/id1805249282'>Apple Podcasts</a> | <a href='https://open.spotify.com/show/6PRI5RoYph7xR5jgs9c269'>Spotify</a> | <a href='https://music.amazon.com/podcasts/27d3b92b-b42d-453e-b2d1-807b0adac834'>Amazon Music/Audible</a> | <a href='https://iheart.com/podcast/271653791'>iHeartRadio</a></li>
<li>Social Media: Instagram <a href='https://www.instagram.com/supposedtobeeasy/'>@supposedtobeeasy</a> / Facebook <a href='https://www.facebook.com/profile.php?id=61571685029705'>@Supposed to be Easy</a></li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">We want to hear from you! Follow and share your key takeaways, ideas, and inspiration!</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/tuc8bbsx383qxydt/TSWTBE-E38-Gratitude_Twist.mp3" length="36665056" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[In this creative episode, Cheryl and Amy explore the idea of thankfulness as a lifestyle and how gratitude becomes even more powerful when shared in community. Together, they dive into playful, accessible, and joy-filled ways to gamify gratitude—from gratitude walks to Pictionary, paper chains, pottery, and meaningful group activities that spark connection. Whether you're looking to deepen your own gratitude practice or inspire your family, workplace, or community, this episode is full of ideas to help you cultivate more joy, awareness, and appreciation every single day.
Key Topics &amp; Takeaways

Thankfulness as a lifestyle rather than a seasonal practice
How gratitude expands when shared with family, friends, coworkers, and community
The impact of intentionally looking for the good
Creative ideas for “Gratitude Games” that bring playfulness into the practice
How gamification can boost motivation and awareness
Using nature, art, and simple materials to create shared gratitude rituals
Revisiting past gratitude to see growth and continuity over time
Building community bonding through activities that recognize each other’s strengths

Gratitude Game Ideas Mentioned

Gratitude Walks / Gratitude I-Spy Hikes
Gratitude Tree
DIY Branch Gratitude Tree
Gratitude Paper Chain
Gratitude Bingo
Gratitude Pictionary
Pass-Around Keepsake Object
Pottery or Creative Keepsakes

Memorable Lines &amp; Quotes

“Thankfulness as a lifestyle… that is the launching pad for this conversation.”
“How can we look for and think about spreading gratitude into our greater community?”
“When we can make a game out of it—especially with other people—it connects us and helps us see things we didn’t realize we were grateful for.”
“You don’t need the tree from Target. Grab a fallen branch and build gratitude right into your space.”
“Any concrete item made by your community becomes a meaningful reminder that even in tough seasons, there is still joy.”

Challenge
Join the Conversation! Have you enjoyed a group or community gratitude game or practice? We’d love to hear about it! If not, which one are you willing to try this week and who are you going to try it with?
Give one of our gratitude games a try and let us know how it goes!
Resources, Apps &amp; Past Episodes Mentioned

99 Walks AppAn app Cheryl used to gamify walking by setting goals and earning bracelets as rewards. (no longer in operation)
Episode 34 Referenced:We Thought Noticing the Good Was Supposed to be Easy

Connect with us

Website: https://supposedtobeeasy.com/
Our Podcast Home: https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/
Subscribe: Apple Podcasts | Spotify | Amazon Music/Audible | iHeartRadio
Social Media: Instagram @supposedtobeeasy / Facebook @Supposed to be Easy

We want to hear from you! Follow and share your key takeaways, ideas, and inspiration!]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>supposedtobeeasy</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1833</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>38</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>S2 Episode 37: We Want the Holidays to Be Easy</title>
        <itunes:title>S2 Episode 37: We Want the Holidays to Be Easy</itunes:title>
        <link>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s2-episode-37-we-want-the-holidays-to-be-easy/</link>
                    <comments>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s2-episode-37-we-want-the-holidays-to-be-easy/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 19 Nov 2025 05:57:00 -0500</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/fdac1528-c737-391a-b67e-0a67f8551ac2</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>When the calendar starts bossing you around, joy taps out, so Amy and Cheryl share how they took it back: trading obligation math for memory-making, flexing dates, and building traditions that actually fit real life.</p>
<p>Key topics &amp; takeaways</p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Why “the day on the calendar” doesn’t have to rule your plans</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Swapping obligation for flexibility (and sanity)</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Thanksgiving reimagined: restaurants, leftovers, and low-lift joy</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Christmas Day at home: open-door, pajamas, and appetizers all day</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">New traditions: Christmas Eve movies, turkey trots, Black Friday sister dates</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Making room for teens/partners/in-laws, and for people who’d otherwise be alone</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">The magic question: “What’s the one thing that makes it feel like the holidays for you?”</li>
</ul>
<p>Moments we loved</p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;">“Control is expensive, presence is richer.”</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">“It’s not the number on the calendar; it’s the people in the room.”</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">“Our garage becomes the auxiliary fridge. #Michigan”</li>
</ul>
<p>Challenge for the week</p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;">The One-Thing List: Ask each person, “What one activity/food makes it feel like the holidays?” Prioritize those, skip the rest.</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Pajama Open House: Appetizers all day, drop-in welcome, no formal meal.</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Date Drift: Celebrate with extended family on the nearest low-stress weekend.</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Outsource Thanksgiving: Book a restaurant/hotel buffet; play games afterward.</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Anchor &amp; Float: Choose one anchored tradition (e.g., Christmas Eve movie) and let everything else float year to year.</li>
</ul>
<p>Shout-outs mentioned</p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Turkey trot (walkers welcome)</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Christmas Eve movie + Chinese takeout tradition</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Matching family pajamas (dog bandana optional… or not)</li>
</ul>
<p>Note: While we talk about our own family holidays and traditions, we know that it does not fully represent all that people celebrate. Please help us learn more about the holidays that you celebrate and the traditions that you share!</p>
<p>Connect with us</p>
<ul>
<li>Website: <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.com/</a> </li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li>Our Podcast Home: <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/</a></li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li>Subscribe: <a href='https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/this-was-supposed-to-be-easy-podcast/id1805249282'>Apple Podcasts</a> | <a href='https://open.spotify.com/show/6PRI5RoYph7xR5jgs9c269'>Spotify</a> | <a href='https://music.amazon.com/podcasts/27d3b92b-b42d-453e-b2d1-807b0adac834'>Amazon Music/Audible</a> | <a href='https://iheart.com/podcast/271653791'>iHeartRadio</a></li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li>Social Media: Instagram <a href='https://www.instagram.com/supposedtobeeasy/'>@supposedtobeeasy</a> / Facebook <a href='https://www.facebook.com/profile.php?id=61571685029705'>@Supposed to be Easy</a></li>
</ul>
<p>We want to hear from you! Follow and share your key takeaways, ideas, and inspiration!</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>When the calendar starts bossing you around, joy taps out, so Amy and Cheryl share how they took it back: trading obligation math for memory-making, flexing dates, and building traditions that actually fit real life.</p>
<p>Key topics &amp; takeaways</p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Why “the day on the calendar” doesn’t have to rule your plans</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Swapping obligation for flexibility (and sanity)</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Thanksgiving reimagined: restaurants, leftovers, and low-lift joy</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Christmas Day at home: open-door, pajamas, and appetizers all day</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">New traditions: Christmas Eve movies, turkey trots, Black Friday sister dates</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Making room for teens/partners/in-laws, and for people who’d otherwise be alone</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">The magic question: “What’s the one thing that makes it feel like the holidays for you?”</li>
</ul>
<p>Moments we loved</p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;">“Control is expensive, presence is richer.”</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">“It’s not the number on the calendar; it’s the people in the room.”</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">“Our garage becomes the auxiliary fridge. #Michigan”</li>
</ul>
<p>Challenge for the week</p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;">The One-Thing List: Ask each person, <em>“What one activity/food makes it feel like the holidays?”</em> Prioritize those, skip the rest.</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Pajama Open House: Appetizers all day, drop-in welcome, no formal meal.</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Date Drift: Celebrate with extended family on the nearest low-stress weekend.</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Outsource Thanksgiving: Book a restaurant/hotel buffet; play games afterward.</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Anchor &amp; Float: Choose one anchored tradition (e.g., Christmas Eve movie) and let everything else float year to year.</li>
</ul>
<p>Shout-outs mentioned</p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Turkey trot (walkers welcome)</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Christmas Eve movie + Chinese takeout tradition</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Matching family pajamas (dog bandana optional… or not)</li>
</ul>
<p>Note: While we talk about our own family holidays and traditions, we know that it does not fully represent all that people celebrate. Please help us learn more about the holidays that you celebrate and the traditions that you share!</p>
<p>Connect with us</p>
<ul>
<li>Website: <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.com/</a> </li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li>Our Podcast Home: <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/</a></li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li>Subscribe: <a href='https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/this-was-supposed-to-be-easy-podcast/id1805249282'>Apple Podcasts</a> | <a href='https://open.spotify.com/show/6PRI5RoYph7xR5jgs9c269'>Spotify</a> | <a href='https://music.amazon.com/podcasts/27d3b92b-b42d-453e-b2d1-807b0adac834'>Amazon Music/Audible</a> | <a href='https://iheart.com/podcast/271653791'>iHeartRadio</a></li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li>Social Media: Instagram <a href='https://www.instagram.com/supposedtobeeasy/'>@supposedtobeeasy</a> / Facebook <a href='https://www.facebook.com/profile.php?id=61571685029705'>@Supposed to be Easy</a></li>
</ul>
<p>We want to hear from you! Follow and share your key takeaways, ideas, and inspiration!</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/njfgidr83wrm4nis/TWSTBE-E37-Flexing_Holiday_Traditions.mp3" length="41942176" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[When the calendar starts bossing you around, joy taps out, so Amy and Cheryl share how they took it back: trading obligation math for memory-making, flexing dates, and building traditions that actually fit real life.
Key topics &amp; takeaways

Why “the day on the calendar” doesn’t have to rule your plans
Swapping obligation for flexibility (and sanity)
Thanksgiving reimagined: restaurants, leftovers, and low-lift joy
Christmas Day at home: open-door, pajamas, and appetizers all day
New traditions: Christmas Eve movies, turkey trots, Black Friday sister dates
Making room for teens/partners/in-laws, and for people who’d otherwise be alone
The magic question: “What’s the one thing that makes it feel like the holidays for you?”

Moments we loved

“Control is expensive, presence is richer.”
“It’s not the number on the calendar; it’s the people in the room.”
“Our garage becomes the auxiliary fridge. #Michigan”

Challenge for the week

The One-Thing List: Ask each person, “What one activity/food makes it feel like the holidays?” Prioritize those, skip the rest.
Pajama Open House: Appetizers all day, drop-in welcome, no formal meal.
Date Drift: Celebrate with extended family on the nearest low-stress weekend.
Outsource Thanksgiving: Book a restaurant/hotel buffet; play games afterward.
Anchor &amp; Float: Choose one anchored tradition (e.g., Christmas Eve movie) and let everything else float year to year.

Shout-outs mentioned

Turkey trot (walkers welcome)
Christmas Eve movie + Chinese takeout tradition
Matching family pajamas (dog bandana optional… or not)

Note: While we talk about our own family holidays and traditions, we know that it does not fully represent all that people celebrate. Please help us learn more about the holidays that you celebrate and the traditions that you share!
Connect with us

Website: https://supposedtobeeasy.com/ 


Our Podcast Home: https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/


Subscribe: Apple Podcasts | Spotify | Amazon Music/Audible | iHeartRadio


Social Media: Instagram @supposedtobeeasy / Facebook @Supposed to be Easy

We want to hear from you! Follow and share your key takeaways, ideas, and inspiration!]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>supposedtobeeasy</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2096</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>37</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>S2 Episode 36 We Didn’t Know How Much “Trust” Could Make Joy and Happiness Easier!</title>
        <itunes:title>S2 Episode 36 We Didn’t Know How Much “Trust” Could Make Joy and Happiness Easier!</itunes:title>
        <link>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/we-didn-t-know-how-much-trust-could-make-joy-and-happiness-easier/</link>
                    <comments>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/we-didn-t-know-how-much-trust-could-make-joy-and-happiness-easier/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 12 Nov 2025 09:53:23 -0500</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/790ec5fb-9280-3999-9446-8cfa7dbb9875</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Episode description</p>
<p>Fresh off a “Joyful Leadership” workshop, Amy and Cheryl dig into the quiet engine behind joy and happiness: trust. They unpack how trust (or the lack of it) shows up at work, in partnerships, parenting, even in how we talk to ourselves. Expect real stats, relatable stories (hello, micromanaging), and practical ways to build, rebuild, and protect trust without burning out.</p>
<p>Key topics &amp; takeaways</p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Trust turbocharges wellbeing &amp; results. In high-trust environments: 74% less stress, 50% higher productivity, 106% more energy, 76% more engagement, 40% less burnout, and 13% fewer sick days (stats cited in episode from workplace happiness research).</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Micromanaging = “I don’t trust you.” Surveillance, keystroke tracking, or over-prescribing the “how” erodes autonomy and joy, and people either disengage or leave.</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Parallel at home: Treat partners as partners (not “babysitters”). Let different but safe approaches stand; over-functioning is exhausting and signals mistrust.</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Teens &amp; trust: Pushback is developmentally normal; assume capability, set clear boundaries, and notice where cultural scripts (“you can’t trust teens”) bias your lens.</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Repair beats rumination. One breach can outweigh many positives. Own it fast, name impact, and map concrete repair steps; rebuilding takes repeated trustworthy moments.</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Five ways to build trust (daily):</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Be honest (including “I don’t know”).</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Listen with empathy before solving.</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Give it time, trust accrues through consistency.</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Invest in relationships/belonging (create chances to know one another).</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Hold clean boundaries so your yes stays a yes (say no to over-commitment).</li>
</ol>
Mind the story your brain tells. Use the Brené Brown prompt: “The story I’m telling myself is…” Then check it with the other person before your brain fills the gaps.
Self-trust is practice. Align choices with values, get help when needed (therapy is a green flag), and make your mind a more trustworthy narrator.

<p>Memorable lines</p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;">“Control is expensive, at work and in relationships.”</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">“I’m not micromanaging; I’m guaranteeing the outcome… is still micromanaging.”</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">“Boundaries make presence possible.”</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">“Before you spiral, verify: ‘The story I’m telling myself is…’”</li>
</ul>
<p>Challenge for the week</p>
<p>Pick one trust move and do it twice:</p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Work: Delegate outcome, not method. Ask, “What do you need from me to succeed?” then step back.</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Home: Let a partner handle a routine their way (safety first); say thank you, not “next time do it like…”.</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Self: When a fear-story pops up, text or tell the person: “Hey,quick check. The story I’m telling myself is ____. Is that accurate?”</li>
</ul>
<p>Additional resources / links</p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Referenced research &amp; ideas:<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Meik Wiking’s work on happiness (incl. workplace studies)</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">The Five Dysfunctions of a Team, Patrick Lencioni (trust as the base layer)</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Brené Brown &amp; Adam Grant on values alignment and repair (podcast conversations)</li>
</ul>
</li>

<li style="font-weight:400;">Related episodes: Ep.27 Delegation (for anti-micromanaging tactics); Ep 3, 17, 34 Joyful Leadership series</li>
</ul>
<p>Note: This episode reflects personal experiences and cited research summaries; it’s not therapy or legal advice. For personal situations, consult a qualified professional.</p>
<p>Connect with us</p>
<ul>
<li>Website: <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.com/</a> </li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li>Our Podcast Home: <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/</a></li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li>Subscribe: <a href='https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/this-was-supposed-to-be-easy-podcast/id1805249282'>Apple Podcasts</a> | <a href='https://open.spotify.com/show/6PRI5RoYph7xR5jgs9c269'>Spotify</a> | <a href='https://music.amazon.com/podcasts/27d3b92b-b42d-453e-b2d1-807b0adac834'>Amazon Music/Audible</a> | <a href='https://iheart.com/podcast/271653791'>iHeartRadio</a></li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li>Social Media: Instagram <a href='https://www.instagram.com/supposedtobeeasy/'>@supposedtobeeasy</a> / Facebook <a href='https://www.facebook.com/profile.php?id=61571685029705'>@Supposed to be Easy</a></li>
</ul>
<p>We want to hear from you! Follow and share your key takeaways, ideas, and inspiration!</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Episode description</p>
<p>Fresh off a “Joyful Leadership” workshop, Amy and Cheryl dig into the quiet engine behind joy and happiness: trust. They unpack how trust (or the lack of it) shows up at work, in partnerships, parenting, even in how we talk to ourselves. Expect real stats, relatable stories (hello, micromanaging), and practical ways to build, rebuild, and protect trust without burning out.</p>
<p>Key topics &amp; takeaways</p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Trust turbocharges wellbeing &amp; results. In high-trust environments: 74% less stress, 50% higher productivity, 106% more energy, 76% more engagement, 40% less burnout, and 13% fewer sick days (stats cited in episode from workplace happiness research).</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Micromanaging = “I don’t trust you.” Surveillance, keystroke tracking, or over-prescribing the “how” erodes autonomy and joy, and people either disengage or leave.</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Parallel at home: Treat partners as partners (not “babysitters”). Let different but safe approaches stand; over-functioning is exhausting and signals mistrust.</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Teens &amp; trust: Pushback is developmentally normal; assume capability, set clear boundaries, and notice where cultural scripts (“you can’t trust teens”) bias your lens.</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Repair beats rumination. One breach can outweigh many positives. Own it fast, name impact, and map concrete repair steps; rebuilding takes repeated trustworthy moments.</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Five ways to build trust (daily):</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Be honest (including “I don’t know”).</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Listen with empathy before solving.</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Give it time, trust accrues through consistency.</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Invest in relationships/belonging (create chances to know one another).</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Hold clean boundaries so your yes stays a yes (say no to over-commitment).</li>
</ol>
Mind the story your brain tells. Use the Brené Brown prompt: <em>“The story I’m telling myself is…”</em> Then check it with the other person before your brain fills the gaps.
Self-trust is practice. Align choices with values, get help when needed (therapy is a green flag), and make your mind a more trustworthy narrator.

<p>Memorable lines</p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;">“Control is expensive, at work and in relationships.”</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">“I’m not micromanaging; I’m guaranteeing the outcome… is still micromanaging.”</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">“Boundaries make presence possible.”</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">“Before you spiral, verify: ‘The story I’m telling myself is…’”</li>
</ul>
<p>Challenge for the week</p>
<p>Pick one trust move and do it twice:</p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Work: Delegate outcome, not method. Ask, “What do you need from me to succeed?” then step back.</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Home: Let a partner handle a routine <em>their</em> way (safety first); say thank you, not “next time do it like…”.</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Self: When a fear-story pops up, text or tell the person: “Hey,quick check. The story I’m telling myself is ____. Is that accurate?”</li>
</ul>
<p>Additional resources / links</p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Referenced research &amp; ideas:<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Meik Wiking’s work on happiness (incl. workplace studies)</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><em>The Five Dysfunctions of a Team</em>, Patrick Lencioni (trust as the base layer)</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Brené Brown &amp; Adam Grant on values alignment and repair (podcast conversations)</li>
</ul>
</li>

<li style="font-weight:400;">Related episodes: Ep.27 Delegation (for anti-micromanaging tactics); Ep 3, 17, 34 Joyful Leadership series</li>
</ul>
<p>Note: This episode reflects personal experiences and cited research summaries; it’s not therapy or legal advice. For personal situations, consult a qualified professional.</p>
<p>Connect with us</p>
<ul>
<li>Website: <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.com/</a> </li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li>Our Podcast Home: <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/</a></li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li>Subscribe: <a href='https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/this-was-supposed-to-be-easy-podcast/id1805249282'>Apple Podcasts</a> | <a href='https://open.spotify.com/show/6PRI5RoYph7xR5jgs9c269'>Spotify</a> | <a href='https://music.amazon.com/podcasts/27d3b92b-b42d-453e-b2d1-807b0adac834'>Amazon Music/Audible</a> | <a href='https://iheart.com/podcast/271653791'>iHeartRadio</a></li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li>Social Media: Instagram <a href='https://www.instagram.com/supposedtobeeasy/'>@supposedtobeeasy</a> / Facebook <a href='https://www.facebook.com/profile.php?id=61571685029705'>@Supposed to be Easy</a></li>
</ul>
<p>We want to hear from you! Follow and share your key takeaways, ideas, and inspiration!</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/k6tqu33vtrtrhtsp/TWSTBE_E36_Trust7awnd.mp3" length="51678496" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Episode description
Fresh off a “Joyful Leadership” workshop, Amy and Cheryl dig into the quiet engine behind joy and happiness: trust. They unpack how trust (or the lack of it) shows up at work, in partnerships, parenting, even in how we talk to ourselves. Expect real stats, relatable stories (hello, micromanaging), and practical ways to build, rebuild, and protect trust without burning out.
Key topics &amp; takeaways

Trust turbocharges wellbeing &amp; results. In high-trust environments: 74% less stress, 50% higher productivity, 106% more energy, 76% more engagement, 40% less burnout, and 13% fewer sick days (stats cited in episode from workplace happiness research).
Micromanaging = “I don’t trust you.” Surveillance, keystroke tracking, or over-prescribing the “how” erodes autonomy and joy, and people either disengage or leave.
Parallel at home: Treat partners as partners (not “babysitters”). Let different but safe approaches stand; over-functioning is exhausting and signals mistrust.
Teens &amp; trust: Pushback is developmentally normal; assume capability, set clear boundaries, and notice where cultural scripts (“you can’t trust teens”) bias your lens.
Repair beats rumination. One breach can outweigh many positives. Own it fast, name impact, and map concrete repair steps; rebuilding takes repeated trustworthy moments.
Five ways to build trust (daily):

Be honest (including “I don’t know”).
Listen with empathy before solving.
Give it time, trust accrues through consistency.
Invest in relationships/belonging (create chances to know one another).
Hold clean boundaries so your yes stays a yes (say no to over-commitment).

Mind the story your brain tells. Use the Brené Brown prompt: “The story I’m telling myself is…” Then check it with the other person before your brain fills the gaps.
Self-trust is practice. Align choices with values, get help when needed (therapy is a green flag), and make your mind a more trustworthy narrator.

Memorable lines

“Control is expensive, at work and in relationships.”
“I’m not micromanaging; I’m guaranteeing the outcome… is still micromanaging.”
“Boundaries make presence possible.”
“Before you spiral, verify: ‘The story I’m telling myself is…’”

Challenge for the week
Pick one trust move and do it twice:

Work: Delegate outcome, not method. Ask, “What do you need from me to succeed?” then step back.
Home: Let a partner handle a routine their way (safety first); say thank you, not “next time do it like…”.
Self: When a fear-story pops up, text or tell the person: “Hey,quick check. The story I’m telling myself is ____. Is that accurate?”

Additional resources / links

Referenced research &amp; ideas:
Meik Wiking’s work on happiness (incl. workplace studies)
The Five Dysfunctions of a Team, Patrick Lencioni (trust as the base layer)
Brené Brown &amp; Adam Grant on values alignment and repair (podcast conversations)


Related episodes: Ep.27 Delegation (for anti-micromanaging tactics); Ep 3, 17, 34 Joyful Leadership series

Note: This episode reflects personal experiences and cited research summaries; it’s not therapy or legal advice. For personal situations, consult a qualified professional.
Connect with us

Website: https://supposedtobeeasy.com/ 


Our Podcast Home: https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/


Subscribe: Apple Podcasts | Spotify | Amazon Music/Audible | iHeartRadio


Social Media: Instagram @supposedtobeeasy / Facebook @Supposed to be Easy

We want to hear from you! Follow and share your key takeaways, ideas, and inspiration!]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>supposedtobeeasy</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2583</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>36</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>S2 Episode 35: Who Said Co-Parenting Was Supposed to be Easy?</title>
        <itunes:title>S2 Episode 35: Who Said Co-Parenting Was Supposed to be Easy?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s2-episode-35-who-said-co-parenting-was-supposed-to-be-easy/</link>
                    <comments>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s2-episode-35-who-said-co-parenting-was-supposed-to-be-easy/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 05 Nov 2025 05:57:00 -0500</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/ca412d48-849c-39ca-9c33-d4e36d52f3ae</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">Listener requests for real-life parenting topics led us to a candid conversation with Shannon, a newly divorced mom navigating co-/parallel-parenting with firm boundaries, smart tools, and a lot of self-work. From rewriting a custody agreement and using a parenting app, to protecting her peace (and her daughter’s), Shannon shares what helped, what she’d do again, and what she wishes she’d known sooner. This one’s practical, validating, and full of “copy/paste into your plan” ideas.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Guest introduction</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Shannon (“SayItShay05” on TikTok)</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Mom to a 10-year-old</li>
<li>Legally divorced in 2022; separation and full boundary-setting journey in 2023</li>
<li>Shares parts of her story (emotional/financial abuse, rebuilding, and co-parenting strategies) on TikTok: @SayItShay05</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Key topics &amp; takeaways</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Start with safety + assets. First moves: change locks, secure personal/financial accounts, and consult legal/estate planning support.</li>
<li>Custody: ask for everything (then scale back if needed). Spell out specifics you’ll actually enforce: travel permissions, holiday splits, pickup logistics, sleeping arrangements/privacy, medical/education communication, and use of a parenting app.</li>
<li>Know your context better than anyone. Bring cultural/legal nuances to your attorney (e.g., international travel/return risks) and insist they’re written into orders.</li>
<li>Parallel parenting over constant conflict. Different houses, different rules—opt out of fights that don’t improve your child’s wellbeing.</li>
<li>Put communication in one place. A parenting app (e.g., Our Family Wizard) time-stamps messages/expenses, reduces triggers, and creates a clean record for court if needed.</li>
<li>Enforcement matters. Wage garnishment and state enforcement can reduce missed child-support payments and remove you from the reminder/chasing role.</li>
<li>Boundaries save energy later. Holding the line early made medical-crisis coordination possible later—without emotional fallout.</li>
<li>Self-care is strategy, not fluff. Therapy, walks, gardening, and small, finishable projects (hello, DIY patio) helped Shannon think clearly and heal.</li>
<li>Coach the kid without poisoning the well. Be honest at their level, avoid disparagement, and teach skills for spotting/managing gaslighting.</li>
<li>Find your allies. Build a loop of friends/family/professionals who won’t judge and can help you take the next right step.</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Memorable lines</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>“Ask for everything now and give back later—don’t forget to ask for something you’ll need.”</li>
<li>“The app holds everyone accountable— including me.”</li>
<li>“I’m not his secretary anymore.”</li>
<li>“Boundaries up front saved us from conflict when things got hard.”</li>
<li>“Don’t eat the elephant—one scoop at a time.”</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Challenge for the week</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">If this speaks to you, pick one boundary or system you can implement (or tighten) this week. Options:</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Move all co-parent comms to a parenting app and stop texting elsewhere.</li>
<li>Draft the specific custody clause you wish you had (sleeping arrangements, holiday rotation, pickup rules) and share it with your attorney for next steps.</li>
<li>Set a personal de-trigger routine (e.g., read messages at set times only; take a 10-minute walk before replying).</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Additional resources / links</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Shannon on TikTok: @SayItShay05</li>
<li>Parenting app mentioned: Our Family Wizard</li>
<li>Creator referenced: Ugly Truth of Co-Parenting (parallel parenting)</li>
<li>Related episode: Our finances episode with Jeremy (for post-divorce money moves)</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Note: This episode reflects personal experiences, not legal advice. Laws vary by state/country—consult a qualified attorney for your situation.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Connect with us</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Subscribe: <a href='https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/this-was-supposed-to-be-easy-podcast/id1805249282'>Apple Podcasts</a> | <a href='https://open.spotify.com/show/6PRI5RoYph7xR5jgs9c269'>Spotify</a> | <a href='https://music.amazon.com/podcasts/27d3b92b-b42d-453e-b2d1-807b0adac834'>Amazon Music/Audible</a> | <a href='https://iheart.com/podcast/271653791'>iHeartRadio</a></li>
<li>Follow &amp; share your takeaways: Instagram @supposedtobeeasy / Facebook @Supposed to be Easy@</li>
</ul>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">Listener requests for real-life parenting topics led us to a candid conversation with Shannon, a newly divorced mom navigating co-/parallel-parenting with firm boundaries, smart tools, and a lot of self-work. From rewriting a custody agreement and using a parenting app, to protecting her peace (and her daughter’s), Shannon shares what helped, what she’d do again, and what she wishes she’d known sooner. This one’s practical, validating, and full of “copy/paste into your plan” ideas.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Guest introduction</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Shannon (“SayItShay05” on TikTok)</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Mom to a 10-year-old</li>
<li>Legally divorced in 2022; separation and full boundary-setting journey in 2023</li>
<li>Shares parts of her story (emotional/financial abuse, rebuilding, and co-parenting strategies) on TikTok: @SayItShay05</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Key topics &amp; takeaways</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Start with safety + assets. First moves: change locks, secure personal/financial accounts, and consult legal/estate planning support.</li>
<li>Custody: ask for everything (then scale back if needed). Spell out specifics you’ll actually enforce: travel permissions, holiday splits, pickup logistics, sleeping arrangements/privacy, medical/education communication, and use of a parenting app.</li>
<li>Know your context better than anyone. Bring cultural/legal nuances to your attorney (e.g., international travel/return risks) and insist they’re written into orders.</li>
<li>Parallel parenting over constant conflict. Different houses, different rules—opt out of fights that don’t improve your child’s wellbeing.</li>
<li>Put communication in one place. A parenting app (e.g., Our Family Wizard) time-stamps messages/expenses, reduces triggers, and creates a clean record for court if needed.</li>
<li>Enforcement matters. Wage garnishment and state enforcement can reduce missed child-support payments and remove you from the reminder/chasing role.</li>
<li>Boundaries save energy later. Holding the line early made medical-crisis coordination possible later—without emotional fallout.</li>
<li>Self-care is strategy, not fluff. Therapy, walks, gardening, and small, finishable projects (hello, DIY patio) helped Shannon think clearly and heal.</li>
<li>Coach the kid without poisoning the well. Be honest at their level, avoid disparagement, and teach skills for spotting/managing gaslighting.</li>
<li>Find your allies. Build a loop of friends/family/professionals who won’t judge and can help you take the next right step.</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Memorable lines</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>“Ask for everything now and give back later—don’t forget to ask for something you’ll need.”</li>
<li>“The app holds everyone accountable— including me.”</li>
<li>“I’m not his secretary anymore.”</li>
<li>“Boundaries up front saved us from conflict when things got hard.”</li>
<li>“Don’t eat the elephant—one scoop at a time.”</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Challenge for the week</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">If this speaks to you, pick one boundary or system you can implement (or tighten) this week. Options:</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Move all co-parent comms to a parenting app and stop texting elsewhere.</li>
<li>Draft the <em>specific</em> custody clause you wish you had (sleeping arrangements, holiday rotation, pickup rules) and share it with your attorney for next steps.</li>
<li>Set a personal de-trigger routine (e.g., read messages at set times only; take a 10-minute walk before replying).</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Additional resources / links</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Shannon on TikTok: @SayItShay05</li>
<li>Parenting app mentioned: <em>Our Family Wizard</em></li>
<li>Creator referenced: <em>Ugly Truth of Co-Parenting</em> (parallel parenting)</li>
<li>Related episode: Our finances episode with Jeremy (for post-divorce money moves)</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Note: This episode reflects personal experiences, not legal advice. Laws vary by state/country—consult a qualified attorney for your situation.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Connect with us</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Subscribe: <a href='https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/this-was-supposed-to-be-easy-podcast/id1805249282'>Apple Podcasts</a> | <a href='https://open.spotify.com/show/6PRI5RoYph7xR5jgs9c269'>Spotify</a> | <a href='https://music.amazon.com/podcasts/27d3b92b-b42d-453e-b2d1-807b0adac834'>Amazon Music/Audible</a> | <a href='https://iheart.com/podcast/271653791'>iHeartRadio</a></li>
<li>Follow &amp; share your takeaways: Instagram @supposedtobeeasy / Facebook @Supposed to be Easy@</li>
</ul>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/5uvac9e42sq2gmpf/TWSTBE-E35-CoParenting.mp3" length="52518496" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Listener requests for real-life parenting topics led us to a candid conversation with Shannon, a newly divorced mom navigating co-/parallel-parenting with firm boundaries, smart tools, and a lot of self-work. From rewriting a custody agreement and using a parenting app, to protecting her peace (and her daughter’s), Shannon shares what helped, what she’d do again, and what she wishes she’d known sooner. This one’s practical, validating, and full of “copy/paste into your plan” ideas.
Guest introduction
Shannon (“SayItShay05” on TikTok)

Mom to a 10-year-old
Legally divorced in 2022; separation and full boundary-setting journey in 2023
Shares parts of her story (emotional/financial abuse, rebuilding, and co-parenting strategies) on TikTok: @SayItShay05

Key topics &amp; takeaways

Start with safety + assets. First moves: change locks, secure personal/financial accounts, and consult legal/estate planning support.
Custody: ask for everything (then scale back if needed). Spell out specifics you’ll actually enforce: travel permissions, holiday splits, pickup logistics, sleeping arrangements/privacy, medical/education communication, and use of a parenting app.
Know your context better than anyone. Bring cultural/legal nuances to your attorney (e.g., international travel/return risks) and insist they’re written into orders.
Parallel parenting over constant conflict. Different houses, different rules—opt out of fights that don’t improve your child’s wellbeing.
Put communication in one place. A parenting app (e.g., Our Family Wizard) time-stamps messages/expenses, reduces triggers, and creates a clean record for court if needed.
Enforcement matters. Wage garnishment and state enforcement can reduce missed child-support payments and remove you from the reminder/chasing role.
Boundaries save energy later. Holding the line early made medical-crisis coordination possible later—without emotional fallout.
Self-care is strategy, not fluff. Therapy, walks, gardening, and small, finishable projects (hello, DIY patio) helped Shannon think clearly and heal.
Coach the kid without poisoning the well. Be honest at their level, avoid disparagement, and teach skills for spotting/managing gaslighting.
Find your allies. Build a loop of friends/family/professionals who won’t judge and can help you take the next right step.

Memorable lines

“Ask for everything now and give back later—don’t forget to ask for something you’ll need.”
“The app holds everyone accountable— including me.”
“I’m not his secretary anymore.”
“Boundaries up front saved us from conflict when things got hard.”
“Don’t eat the elephant—one scoop at a time.”

Challenge for the week
If this speaks to you, pick one boundary or system you can implement (or tighten) this week. Options:

Move all co-parent comms to a parenting app and stop texting elsewhere.
Draft the specific custody clause you wish you had (sleeping arrangements, holiday rotation, pickup rules) and share it with your attorney for next steps.
Set a personal de-trigger routine (e.g., read messages at set times only; take a 10-minute walk before replying).

Additional resources / links

Shannon on TikTok: @SayItShay05
Parenting app mentioned: Our Family Wizard
Creator referenced: Ugly Truth of Co-Parenting (parallel parenting)
Related episode: Our finances episode with Jeremy (for post-divorce money moves)

Note: This episode reflects personal experiences, not legal advice. Laws vary by state/country—consult a qualified attorney for your situation.
Connect with us

Subscribe: Apple Podcasts | Spotify | Amazon Music/Audible | iHeartRadio
Follow &amp; share your takeaways: Instagram @supposedtobeeasy / Facebook @Supposed to be Easy@
]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>supposedtobeeasy</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2625</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>35</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>S2 Episode 34: We Thought Noticing the Good Was Supposed to Be Easy</title>
        <itunes:title>S2 Episode 34: We Thought Noticing the Good Was Supposed to Be Easy</itunes:title>
        <link>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s2-episode-34-we-thought-noticing-the-good-was-supposed-to-be-easy/</link>
                    <comments>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s2-episode-34-we-thought-noticing-the-good-was-supposed-to-be-easy/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 29 Oct 2025 05:57:00 -0400</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/65112adc-2921-38e3-b862-fa0deecc42c0</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">In this cozy, laughter-sprinkled episode, Amy and Cheryl kick off with weekend stories from Myrtle Beach and Mackinac Island, then dive into why our brains notice what we tell them to notice. Cheryl introduces the Reticular Activating System (RAS), the brain’s sensory filter, and the two explore practical ways to “train” it toward noticing the good and fueling joy without slipping into toxic positivity. From confirmation bias at work to social media algorithms, gratitude habits, and photographing everyday symbols (hello, heart-shaped clouds and Blue Jays), this is a grounded, science-meets-woo conversation for leaders and humans who want more good in their day.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Key topics &amp; takeaways</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Warm open: Girls’ trip vs. destination wedding at home (Mackinac!) and Michigan’s wild weather mood swings.</li>
<li>RAS, in plain English: A brainstem network that filters sensory input, letting through what’s urgent or important and muting the rest.</li>
<li>Top-down training: You can influence your RAS by setting intentions and goals (what you want to notice) so it highlights more of that.</li>
<li>Leadership lens: Beware confirmation bias, leaders tend to find evidence for what they already believe about their teams. Choose better default beliefs and you’ll notice more of the behaviors you want to reinforce.</li>
<li>Algorithm analogy: Your attention works a lot like TikTok’s feed. Engage with something, and you’ll get more of it, for better or worse.</li>
<li>Joy is not toxic positivity: This is not glitter over hard things. It’s using neuroplasticity intentionally to notice genuine goodness alongside reality.</li>
<li>Simple practices that work:<ul>
<li>Daily or weekly gratitude reps (e.g., 3 things and why they mattered).</li>
<li>Photo-log your symbol (hearts, Blue Jays, a color you love).</li>
<li>Start meetings with “What’s going great?” to shift the room’s state.</li>
</ul>
</li>

<li>Stories that stick: Bronco Sport “Happy Blue,” heart-shaped clouds, Blue Jays as messages, and how one negative icebreaker can tank a meeting.</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Memorable lines</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>“Our brains are wired to find what we’re looking for”, Cheryl</li>
<li>“It’s fortunate we can train our RAS easier than we can train our algorithm”, Cheryl</li>
<li>“We tune in to what we want to see”, Amy</li>
<li>“This isn’t fake glitter over hard things”, Cheryl</li>
<li>“Ask, what’s going great? and watch the energy change”, Cheryl</li>
<li>“All the stuff is still happening, we’re just choosing where to focus”, Amy</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Challenge for the week</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Find Your Signal (7-Day Mini-Experiment)</p>
<ol style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Pick a symbol you’ll look for (hearts, a bird, a color, a word).</li>
<li>Snap a photo or jot a note each time you spot it (aim for 10+ finds).</li>
<li>Gratitude add-on: Write one sentence on why one find mattered that day.</li>
<li>Leadership nudge: Open one meeting with “What’s going great?”</li>
<li>Share it: Post your favorite find and tag us so we can cheer you on.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Additional resources or links</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Mel Robbins, The High Five Habit (RAS + a simple daily experiment)</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Ways to connect</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">If this episode sparked something for you:</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Follow/Subscribe on your favorite podcast app so you never miss an episode.</li>
<li>Rate &amp; Review, it helps new listeners find the show.</li>
<li>Say hi on social (Instagram, Facebook, etc.) and share what you’re noticing, tag us so we can celebrate with you!</li>
</ul>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">In this cozy, laughter-sprinkled episode, Amy and Cheryl kick off with weekend stories from Myrtle Beach and Mackinac Island, then dive into why our brains notice what we tell them to notice. Cheryl introduces the Reticular Activating System (RAS), the brain’s sensory filter, and the two explore practical ways to “train” it toward noticing the good and fueling joy without slipping into toxic positivity. From confirmation bias at work to social media algorithms, gratitude habits, and photographing everyday symbols (hello, heart-shaped clouds and Blue Jays), this is a grounded, science-meets-woo conversation for leaders and humans who want more good in their day.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Key topics &amp; takeaways</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Warm open: Girls’ trip vs. destination wedding at home (Mackinac!) and Michigan’s wild weather mood swings.</li>
<li>RAS, in plain English: A brainstem network that filters sensory input, letting through what’s urgent or important and muting the rest.</li>
<li>Top-down training: You can influence your RAS by setting intentions and goals (what you <em>want</em> to notice) so it highlights more of that.</li>
<li>Leadership lens: Beware confirmation bias, leaders tend to find evidence for what they already believe about their teams. Choose better default beliefs and you’ll notice more of the behaviors you want to reinforce.</li>
<li>Algorithm analogy: Your attention works a lot like TikTok’s feed. Engage with something, and you’ll get more of it, for better <em>or</em> worse.</li>
<li>Joy is not toxic positivity: This is not glitter over hard things. It’s using neuroplasticity intentionally to notice genuine goodness alongside reality.</li>
<li>Simple practices that work:<ul>
<li>Daily or weekly gratitude reps (e.g., 3 things and <em>why</em> they mattered).</li>
<li>Photo-log your symbol (hearts, Blue Jays, a color you love).</li>
<li>Start meetings with “What’s going great?” to shift the room’s state.</li>
</ul>
</li>

<li>Stories that stick: Bronco Sport “Happy Blue,” heart-shaped clouds, Blue Jays as messages, and how one negative icebreaker can tank a meeting.</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Memorable lines</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>“Our brains are wired to find what we’re looking for”, Cheryl</li>
<li>“It’s fortunate we can train our RAS easier than we can train our algorithm”, Cheryl</li>
<li>“We tune in to what we want to see”, Amy</li>
<li>“This isn’t fake glitter over hard things”, Cheryl</li>
<li>“Ask, <em>what’s going great?</em> and watch the energy change”, Cheryl</li>
<li>“All the stuff is still happening, we’re just choosing where to focus”, Amy</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Challenge for the week</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Find Your Signal (7-Day Mini-Experiment)</p>
<ol style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Pick a symbol you’ll look for (hearts, a bird, a color, a word).</li>
<li>Snap a photo or jot a note each time you spot it (aim for 10+ finds).</li>
<li>Gratitude add-on: Write one sentence on <em>why</em> one find mattered that day.</li>
<li>Leadership nudge: Open one meeting with “What’s going great?”</li>
<li>Share it: Post your favorite find and tag us so we can cheer you on.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Additional resources or links</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Mel Robbins, <em>The High Five Habit</em> (RAS + a simple daily experiment)</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Ways to connect</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">If this episode sparked something for you:</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Follow/Subscribe on your favorite podcast app so you never miss an episode.</li>
<li>Rate &amp; Review, it helps new listeners find the show.</li>
<li>Say hi on social (Instagram, Facebook, etc.) and share what you’re noticing, tag us so we can celebrate with you!</li>
</ul>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/t3kue67dxtuk2zij/TWSTBE-E34-Telling_Your_Brain.mp3" length="44348416" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[In this cozy, laughter-sprinkled episode, Amy and Cheryl kick off with weekend stories from Myrtle Beach and Mackinac Island, then dive into why our brains notice what we tell them to notice. Cheryl introduces the Reticular Activating System (RAS), the brain’s sensory filter, and the two explore practical ways to “train” it toward noticing the good and fueling joy without slipping into toxic positivity. From confirmation bias at work to social media algorithms, gratitude habits, and photographing everyday symbols (hello, heart-shaped clouds and Blue Jays), this is a grounded, science-meets-woo conversation for leaders and humans who want more good in their day.
Key topics &amp; takeaways

Warm open: Girls’ trip vs. destination wedding at home (Mackinac!) and Michigan’s wild weather mood swings.
RAS, in plain English: A brainstem network that filters sensory input, letting through what’s urgent or important and muting the rest.
Top-down training: You can influence your RAS by setting intentions and goals (what you want to notice) so it highlights more of that.
Leadership lens: Beware confirmation bias, leaders tend to find evidence for what they already believe about their teams. Choose better default beliefs and you’ll notice more of the behaviors you want to reinforce.
Algorithm analogy: Your attention works a lot like TikTok’s feed. Engage with something, and you’ll get more of it, for better or worse.
Joy is not toxic positivity: This is not glitter over hard things. It’s using neuroplasticity intentionally to notice genuine goodness alongside reality.
Simple practices that work:
Daily or weekly gratitude reps (e.g., 3 things and why they mattered).
Photo-log your symbol (hearts, Blue Jays, a color you love).
Start meetings with “What’s going great?” to shift the room’s state.


Stories that stick: Bronco Sport “Happy Blue,” heart-shaped clouds, Blue Jays as messages, and how one negative icebreaker can tank a meeting.

Memorable lines

“Our brains are wired to find what we’re looking for”, Cheryl
“It’s fortunate we can train our RAS easier than we can train our algorithm”, Cheryl
“We tune in to what we want to see”, Amy
“This isn’t fake glitter over hard things”, Cheryl
“Ask, what’s going great? and watch the energy change”, Cheryl
“All the stuff is still happening, we’re just choosing where to focus”, Amy

Challenge for the week
Find Your Signal (7-Day Mini-Experiment)

Pick a symbol you’ll look for (hearts, a bird, a color, a word).
Snap a photo or jot a note each time you spot it (aim for 10+ finds).
Gratitude add-on: Write one sentence on why one find mattered that day.
Leadership nudge: Open one meeting with “What’s going great?”
Share it: Post your favorite find and tag us so we can cheer you on.

Additional resources or links

Mel Robbins, The High Five Habit (RAS + a simple daily experiment)

Ways to connect
If this episode sparked something for you:

Follow/Subscribe on your favorite podcast app so you never miss an episode.
Rate &amp; Review, it helps new listeners find the show.
Say hi on social (Instagram, Facebook, etc.) and share what you’re noticing, tag us so we can celebrate with you!
]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>supposedtobeeasy</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2217</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>34</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>S2 Episode 33: We Hoped Dating After Widowhood Would Be Easier (Part 2)</title>
        <itunes:title>S2 Episode 33: We Hoped Dating After Widowhood Would Be Easier (Part 2)</itunes:title>
        <link>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s2-episode-33-we-hoped-dating-after-widowhood-would-be-easier-part-2/</link>
                    <comments>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s2-episode-33-we-hoped-dating-after-widowhood-would-be-easier-part-2/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 22 Oct 2025 09:43:14 -0400</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/d6910640-c37e-3285-b7ba-7d72c4d9c581</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">Guest note: Our guest requested anonymity. We refer to them as Lee throughout. </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Episode Description</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">In Part 2 of our dating series, Amy and Cheryl continue our sit down with Lee, a therapist and widow, who takes us behind the scenes of midlife online dating: the hope, the gut checks, and hard boundaries. We talk about AI-polished profiles, spotting scams, healing after heartbreak, and what it looks like to "choose yourself" first. This conversation is tender, honest, and surprisingly funny, because sometimes the best way through a rollercoaster is to laugh, take notes, and keep your friends on speed dial.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Guest Introduction</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Lee is a licensed counselor and thoughtful truth‑teller who recently spent six months exploring online dating after widowhood. With equal parts compassion and curiosity, she shares both her personal experiences and professional perspective on what helps, and what hurts, when you’re ready to connect again.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Key Topics &amp; Takeaways</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>AI &amp; authenticity online: Profiles can read like travel ads, overly polished, tidy “lists of three,” and wording that doesn’t match the person’s real-time messages. Trust the mismatch; it’s data.</li>
<li>Spotting scams &amp; red flags: Look for formulaic language, over-religious signaling like “seeking a God-fearing woman,” and writing that feels generic or too perfect. Photos are often stolen; the writing is the tell.</li>
<li>“Choose yourself” first: You can’t genuinely choose a partner until you’ve chosen yourself, liked yourself, backed yourself, and named your non‑negotiables.</li>
<li>Dating takes work: For Lee, six months of dating across four platforms felt like a part-time job, time-consuming and not cheap. Effort in doesn’t always equal effort back.</li>
<li>Hold the opposites: Take dating seriously and stay light-hearted. Hope for connection and release attachment to outcomes. Be invested and okay if it’s not forever.</li>
<li>Boundaries are kindness: Protect your peace fiercely. Clarity about what you want, and what you won’t do, saves time, money, and heartache.</li>
<li>Resilience after loss: Healing isn’t linear. A painful discovery set Lee back for a while; honesty (with herself and others) helped her recalibrate.</li>
<li>Where Lee is now: Enjoying a high‑quality connection that’s currently limited by travel and availability, and taking a break from paid apps while life sorts itself out.</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Memorable Lines</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>“You can’t choose someone else without first choosing yourself.”</li>
<li>“Dating was a part‑time job for six months.”</li>
<li>“Protect yourself fiercely. Be on your own side.”</li>
<li>“A good relationship makes the hard things softer and the good things better.”</li>
<li>“Can you hold out hope and let go of attachment to an outcome?”</li>
<li>“Have dinner with your girlfriends and tell them all your crazy stories.”</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Connect with Us</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">If today’s episode landed for you:</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Subscribe &amp; Review on your favorite podcast app</li>
<li>Share this episode with a friend who’s dipping a toe back into dating.</li>
<li>Join us on Instagram and Facebook @ThisWasSupposedToBeEasy for weekly prompts and behind‑the‑scenes.</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">— Amy &amp; Cheryl</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">Guest note: Our guest requested anonymity. We refer to them as Lee throughout. </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Episode Description</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">In Part 2 of our dating series, Amy and Cheryl continue our sit down with Lee, a therapist and widow, who takes us behind the scenes of midlife online dating: the hope, the gut checks, and hard boundaries. We talk about AI-polished profiles, spotting scams, healing after heartbreak, and what it looks like to "choose yourself" first. This conversation is tender, honest, and surprisingly funny, because sometimes the best way through a rollercoaster is to laugh, take notes, and keep your friends on speed dial.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Guest Introduction</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Lee is a licensed counselor and thoughtful truth‑teller who recently spent six months exploring online dating after widowhood. With equal parts compassion and curiosity, she shares both her personal experiences and professional perspective on what helps, and what hurts, when you’re ready to connect again.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Key Topics &amp; Takeaways</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>AI &amp; authenticity online: Profiles can read like travel ads, overly polished, tidy “lists of three,” and wording that doesn’t match the person’s real-time messages. Trust the mismatch; it’s data.</li>
<li>Spotting scams &amp; red flags: Look for formulaic language, over-religious signaling like “seeking a God-fearing woman,” and writing that feels generic or too perfect. Photos are often stolen; the writing is the tell.</li>
<li>“Choose yourself” first: You can’t genuinely choose a partner until you’ve chosen yourself, liked yourself, backed yourself, and named your non‑negotiables.</li>
<li>Dating takes work: For Lee, six months of dating across four platforms felt like a part-time job, time-consuming and not cheap. Effort in doesn’t always equal effort back.</li>
<li>Hold the opposites: Take dating seriously and stay light-hearted. Hope for connection and release attachment to outcomes. Be invested and okay if it’s not forever.</li>
<li>Boundaries are kindness: Protect your peace fiercely. Clarity about what you want, and what you won’t do, saves time, money, and heartache.</li>
<li>Resilience after loss: Healing isn’t linear. A painful discovery set Lee back for a while; honesty (with herself and others) helped her recalibrate.</li>
<li>Where Lee is now: Enjoying a high‑quality connection that’s currently limited by travel and availability, and taking a break from paid apps while life sorts itself out.</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Memorable Lines</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>“You can’t choose someone else without first choosing yourself.”</li>
<li>“Dating was a part‑time job for six months.”</li>
<li>“Protect yourself fiercely. Be on your own side.”</li>
<li>“A good relationship makes the hard things softer and the good things better.”</li>
<li>“Can you hold out hope and let go of attachment to an outcome?”</li>
<li>“Have dinner with your girlfriends and tell them all your crazy stories.”</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Connect with Us</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">If today’s episode landed for you:</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Subscribe &amp; Review on your favorite podcast app</li>
<li>Share this episode with a friend who’s dipping a toe back into dating.</li>
<li>Join us on Instagram and Facebook @ThisWasSupposedToBeEasy for weekly prompts and behind‑the‑scenes.</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">— Amy &amp; Cheryl</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/nxfpbu5dwj294rfp/TWSTBE-E32-Online_Dating-Part_2.mp3" length="52344081" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Guest note: Our guest requested anonymity. We refer to them as Lee throughout. 
Episode Description
In Part 2 of our dating series, Amy and Cheryl continue our sit down with Lee, a therapist and widow, who takes us behind the scenes of midlife online dating: the hope, the gut checks, and hard boundaries. We talk about AI-polished profiles, spotting scams, healing after heartbreak, and what it looks like to "choose yourself" first. This conversation is tender, honest, and surprisingly funny, because sometimes the best way through a rollercoaster is to laugh, take notes, and keep your friends on speed dial.
Guest Introduction
Lee is a licensed counselor and thoughtful truth‑teller who recently spent six months exploring online dating after widowhood. With equal parts compassion and curiosity, she shares both her personal experiences and professional perspective on what helps, and what hurts, when you’re ready to connect again.
Key Topics &amp; Takeaways

AI &amp; authenticity online: Profiles can read like travel ads, overly polished, tidy “lists of three,” and wording that doesn’t match the person’s real-time messages. Trust the mismatch; it’s data.
Spotting scams &amp; red flags: Look for formulaic language, over-religious signaling like “seeking a God-fearing woman,” and writing that feels generic or too perfect. Photos are often stolen; the writing is the tell.
“Choose yourself” first: You can’t genuinely choose a partner until you’ve chosen yourself, liked yourself, backed yourself, and named your non‑negotiables.
Dating takes work: For Lee, six months of dating across four platforms felt like a part-time job, time-consuming and not cheap. Effort in doesn’t always equal effort back.
Hold the opposites: Take dating seriously and stay light-hearted. Hope for connection and release attachment to outcomes. Be invested and okay if it’s not forever.
Boundaries are kindness: Protect your peace fiercely. Clarity about what you want, and what you won’t do, saves time, money, and heartache.
Resilience after loss: Healing isn’t linear. A painful discovery set Lee back for a while; honesty (with herself and others) helped her recalibrate.
Where Lee is now: Enjoying a high‑quality connection that’s currently limited by travel and availability, and taking a break from paid apps while life sorts itself out.

Memorable Lines

“You can’t choose someone else without first choosing yourself.”
“Dating was a part‑time job for six months.”
“Protect yourself fiercely. Be on your own side.”
“A good relationship makes the hard things softer and the good things better.”
“Can you hold out hope and let go of attachment to an outcome?”
“Have dinner with your girlfriends and tell them all your crazy stories.”

Connect with Us
If today’s episode landed for you:

Subscribe &amp; Review on your favorite podcast app
Share this episode with a friend who’s dipping a toe back into dating.
Join us on Instagram and Facebook @ThisWasSupposedToBeEasy for weekly prompts and behind‑the‑scenes.

— Amy &amp; Cheryl]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>supposedtobeeasy</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2180</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>33</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>S2 Episode 32: We Hoped Dating After Widowhood Would Be Easier (Part 1)</title>
        <itunes:title>S2 Episode 32: We Hoped Dating After Widowhood Would Be Easier (Part 1)</itunes:title>
        <link>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s2-episode-32-we-hoped-dating-after-widowhood-would-be-easier-part-1/</link>
                    <comments>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s2-episode-32-we-hoped-dating-after-widowhood-would-be-easier-part-1/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 15 Oct 2025 09:06:08 -0400</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/2847063a-f6df-3b00-860d-3cade16b2ccd</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[
<p>Guest note: Our guest requested anonymity. We refer to them as Lee throughout.</p>

Episode description
<p>In this warm, funny, and deeply honest conversation, Amy and Cheryl sit down with Lee to unpack what it’s really like to re-enter the dating world in midlife, after losing a spouse. From grief and menopause to algorithms and questionable selfies, Lee shares the highs, lows, and laugh‑out‑loud moments of navigating online dating while healing. She brings a counselor’s insight and a human heart to every detail, reminding us that finding connection starts with knowing who you are first.</p>
<p>This episode is packed with “aha” reflections, tender truths, and practical advice like how to tell when someone’s profile was clearly written by AI (spoiler: it’s the overuse of lists of three). And as always, Amy and Cheryl bring their mix of humor and heart to the table, making even the awkward parts of dating feel like an act of courage.</p>
Guest introduction
<p>Lee is a licensed counselor and thoughtful truth‑teller who recently spent six months exploring online dating after widowhood. With equal parts compassion and curiosity, she shares both her personal experiences and professional perspective on what helps, and what hurts, when you’re ready to connect again.</p>
Key topics &amp; takeaways
<ul>
<li>
<p>Grief meets dating: Lee’s therapist reframed the hurdle: dating wouldn’t be about being “ready,” but about making the loss feel more real and final, and that’s what’s scary.</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>A planned re-entry: Lee chose Thanksgiving through New Year’s 2024 to rejoin apps, anticipating a grief wave when clients cancel more often; it happened, she processed it, and emerged ready.</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>Apps tested (and what worked): eHarmony, Match, a plus-size–focused app, and OurTime. Best yield: Match and OurTime.</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>Profile strategy: Lee intentionally wrote a longer, clearer profile (3–4 short paragraphs), highlighted values, and kept her occupation vague (“mental health services”) to avoid being cast as a fixer.</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>Photo ethos: Real, current, no filters. A mix of full-body/close-ups; made-up and no-makeup. She expects the same effort from others.</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>The “lazy like” filter: Hundreds of empty likes rolled in. Her stock reply: “Besides my photos, what in my profile made you reach out?” Non-answers = no.</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>Safety &amp; judgment cues: She avoids profiles showing young kids’ faces; prefers when faces are obscured for privacy.</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>The “real‑life translation” test: If a photo pose/setting would be off‑putting in a real first encounter (gym mirror biceps, urinal selfie, scowling car pic), that’s a pass.</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>Quality over quantity: Goal is not mass appeal; it’s alignment. Being “picky” about effort and reciprocity is healthy.</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>What the numbers said: She scanned 5,000+ profiles (ages ~41–55) and interacted with &lt;2%. Fewer than ~10% had truly written profiles.</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>Algorithms &amp; empty engagement: Many “likes” are to juice visibility; don’t take it personally.</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>AI &amp; scams-red flags: Over‑polished, PR‑like prose; repetitive “lists of three”; religiosity tropes (e.g., “God‑fearing woman”); writing voice in chat that doesn’t match the profile because AI wrote it.</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>Self-respect first: “You can’t choose someone else until you’ve chosen yourself.” Confidence and effort are non‑negotiable.</p>
</li>
</ul>
Memorable lines (quotes)
<ul>
<li>
<p>“It’s not about whether you’re ‘ready’ to date. It’s that dating can make the loss feel more real, and that’s what’s frightening.”</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>“If someone won’t read two paragraphs, they’re not my person.”</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>“A profile is your digital first impression, if the best you can do is a bathroom selfie, that tells me what effort will look like later.”</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>“I’m not McDonald’s, ‘billions served’ is not the goal. Alignment is.”</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>“You can’t choose someone else without first choosing yourself.”</p>
</li>
</ul>
A challenge for the week
<p>Try Lee’s Intentional Dating Audit, a playful but powerful exercise to bring mindfulness back to your search for love:</p>
<ol start="1">
<li>
<p>Write (or update) your profile to include: values, how you spend time, what reciprocity looks like. Aim for 2–4 short paragraphs.</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>Photo check: 4–6 recent photos, including a full‑body shot and a natural look. Ditch the filters and show your real smile.</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>Set your lazy like reply: “Besides my photos, what in my profile made you reach out?”</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>Define 3 effort cues you require (e.g., a written profile, recent photos, a thoughtful first message).</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>Run the real‑life test on your own photos, and on others’. Would this vibe feel good in person?</p>
</li>
</ol>
Ways for listeners to connect
<ul>
<li>
<p>Subscribe and leave a review—it helps others find the show.</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>Follow us: Instagram &amp; Facebook — links in episode description.</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>Share this episode with a friend who’s re‑entering dating after loss or just needs a laugh and a little courage.</p>
</li>
</ul>

<p>This is Part 1 of 2. In Part 2: the “worst date in human history,” how Lee screens for readiness, and how to spot AI-written profiles in the wild (with examples).</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[
<p>Guest note: Our guest requested anonymity. We refer to them as Lee throughout.</p>

Episode description
<p>In this warm, funny, and deeply honest conversation, Amy and Cheryl sit down with Lee to unpack what it’s <em>really</em> like to re-enter the dating world in midlife, after losing a spouse. From grief and menopause to algorithms and questionable selfies, Lee shares the highs, lows, and laugh‑out‑loud moments of navigating online dating while healing. She brings a counselor’s insight and a human heart to every detail, reminding us that finding connection starts with knowing who you are first.</p>
<p>This episode is packed with “aha” reflections, tender truths, and practical advice like how to tell when someone’s profile was clearly written by AI (spoiler: it’s the overuse of lists of three). And as always, Amy and Cheryl bring their mix of humor and heart to the table, making even the awkward parts of dating feel like an act of courage.</p>
Guest introduction
<p>Lee is a licensed counselor and thoughtful truth‑teller who recently spent six months exploring online dating after widowhood. With equal parts compassion and curiosity, she shares both her personal experiences and professional perspective on what helps, and what hurts, when you’re ready to connect again.</p>
Key topics &amp; takeaways
<ul>
<li>
<p>Grief meets dating: Lee’s therapist reframed the hurdle: dating wouldn’t be about being “ready,” but about making the loss feel more real and final, and that’s what’s scary.</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>A planned re-entry: Lee chose Thanksgiving through New Year’s 2024 to rejoin apps, anticipating a grief wave when clients cancel more often; it happened, she processed it, and emerged ready.</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>Apps tested (and what worked): eHarmony, Match, a plus-size–focused app, and OurTime. Best yield: Match and OurTime.</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>Profile strategy: Lee intentionally wrote a <em>longer, clearer</em> profile (3–4 short paragraphs), highlighted values, and kept her occupation vague (“mental health services”) to avoid being cast as a fixer.</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>Photo ethos: Real, current, no filters. A mix of full-body/close-ups; made-up and no-makeup. She expects the same effort from others.</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>The “lazy like” filter: Hundreds of empty likes rolled in. Her stock reply: <em>“Besides my photos, what in my profile made you reach out?”</em> Non-answers = no.</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>Safety &amp; judgment cues: She avoids profiles showing young kids’ faces; prefers when faces are obscured for privacy.</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>The “real‑life translation” test: If a photo pose/setting would be off‑putting in a real first encounter (gym mirror biceps, urinal selfie, scowling car pic), that’s a pass.</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>Quality over quantity: Goal is not mass appeal; it’s <em>alignment</em>. Being “picky” about effort and reciprocity is healthy.</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>What the numbers said: She scanned 5,000+ profiles (ages ~41–55) and interacted with &lt;2%. Fewer than ~10% had truly written profiles.</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>Algorithms &amp; empty engagement: Many “likes” are to juice visibility; don’t take it personally.</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>AI &amp; scams-red flags: Over‑polished, PR‑like prose; repetitive “lists of three”; religiosity tropes (e.g., “God‑fearing woman”); writing voice in chat that doesn’t match the profile because AI wrote it.</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>Self-respect first: “You can’t choose someone else until you’ve chosen yourself.” Confidence and effort are non‑negotiable.</p>
</li>
</ul>
Memorable lines (quotes)
<ul>
<li>
<p>“It’s not about whether you’re ‘ready’ to date. It’s that dating can make the loss feel more real, and that’s what’s frightening.”</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>“If someone won’t read two paragraphs, they’re not my person.”</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>“A profile is your digital first impression, if the best you can do is a bathroom selfie, that tells me what effort will look like later.”</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>“I’m not McDonald’s, ‘billions served’ is not the goal. Alignment is.”</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>“You can’t choose someone else without first choosing yourself.”</p>
</li>
</ul>
A challenge for the week
<p>Try Lee’s <em>Intentional Dating Audit, </em>a playful but powerful exercise to bring mindfulness back to your search for love:</p>
<ol start="1">
<li>
<p>Write (or update) your profile to include: values, how you spend time, what reciprocity looks like. Aim for 2–4 short paragraphs.</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>Photo check: 4–6 recent photos, including a full‑body shot and a natural look. Ditch the filters and show your real smile.</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>Set your <em>lazy like</em> reply: “Besides my photos, what in my profile made you reach out?”</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>Define 3 effort cues you require (e.g., a written profile, recent photos, a thoughtful first message).</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>Run the real‑life test on your own photos, and on others’. Would this vibe feel good in person?</p>
</li>
</ol>
Ways for listeners to connect
<ul>
<li>
<p>Subscribe and leave a review—it helps others find the show.</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>Follow us: Instagram &amp; Facebook — links in episode description.</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>Share this episode with a friend who’s re‑entering dating after loss or just needs a laugh and a little courage.</p>
</li>
</ul>

<p><em>This is Part 1 of 2. In Part 2: the “worst date in human history,” how Lee screens for readiness, and how to spot AI-written profiles in the wild (with examples).</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/rmhk5ewcf8d9mu4r/TWSTBE-E32-Online_Dating-Part_1.mp3" length="53805475" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[
Guest note: Our guest requested anonymity. We refer to them as Lee throughout.

Episode description
In this warm, funny, and deeply honest conversation, Amy and Cheryl sit down with Lee to unpack what it’s really like to re-enter the dating world in midlife, after losing a spouse. From grief and menopause to algorithms and questionable selfies, Lee shares the highs, lows, and laugh‑out‑loud moments of navigating online dating while healing. She brings a counselor’s insight and a human heart to every detail, reminding us that finding connection starts with knowing who you are first.
This episode is packed with “aha” reflections, tender truths, and practical advice like how to tell when someone’s profile was clearly written by AI (spoiler: it’s the overuse of lists of three). And as always, Amy and Cheryl bring their mix of humor and heart to the table, making even the awkward parts of dating feel like an act of courage.
Guest introduction
Lee is a licensed counselor and thoughtful truth‑teller who recently spent six months exploring online dating after widowhood. With equal parts compassion and curiosity, she shares both her personal experiences and professional perspective on what helps, and what hurts, when you’re ready to connect again.
Key topics &amp; takeaways


Grief meets dating: Lee’s therapist reframed the hurdle: dating wouldn’t be about being “ready,” but about making the loss feel more real and final, and that’s what’s scary.


A planned re-entry: Lee chose Thanksgiving through New Year’s 2024 to rejoin apps, anticipating a grief wave when clients cancel more often; it happened, she processed it, and emerged ready.


Apps tested (and what worked): eHarmony, Match, a plus-size–focused app, and OurTime. Best yield: Match and OurTime.


Profile strategy: Lee intentionally wrote a longer, clearer profile (3–4 short paragraphs), highlighted values, and kept her occupation vague (“mental health services”) to avoid being cast as a fixer.


Photo ethos: Real, current, no filters. A mix of full-body/close-ups; made-up and no-makeup. She expects the same effort from others.


The “lazy like” filter: Hundreds of empty likes rolled in. Her stock reply: “Besides my photos, what in my profile made you reach out?” Non-answers = no.


Safety &amp; judgment cues: She avoids profiles showing young kids’ faces; prefers when faces are obscured for privacy.


The “real‑life translation” test: If a photo pose/setting would be off‑putting in a real first encounter (gym mirror biceps, urinal selfie, scowling car pic), that’s a pass.


Quality over quantity: Goal is not mass appeal; it’s alignment. Being “picky” about effort and reciprocity is healthy.


What the numbers said: She scanned 5,000+ profiles (ages ~41–55) and interacted with &lt;2%. Fewer than ~10% had truly written profiles.


Algorithms &amp; empty engagement: Many “likes” are to juice visibility; don’t take it personally.


AI &amp; scams-red flags: Over‑polished, PR‑like prose; repetitive “lists of three”; religiosity tropes (e.g., “God‑fearing woman”); writing voice in chat that doesn’t match the profile because AI wrote it.


Self-respect first: “You can’t choose someone else until you’ve chosen yourself.” Confidence and effort are non‑negotiable.


Memorable lines (quotes)


“It’s not about whether you’re ‘ready’ to date. It’s that dating can make the loss feel more real, and that’s what’s frightening.”


“If someone won’t read two paragraphs, they’re not my person.”


“A profile is your digital first impression, if the best you can do is a bathroom selfie, that tells me what effort will look like later.”


“I’m not McDonald’s, ‘billions served’ is not the goal. Alignment is.”


“You can’t choose someone else without first choosing yourself.”


A challenge for the week
Try Lee’s Intentional Dating Audit, a playful but powerful exercise to bring mindfulness back to your search for love:


Write (or update) your profile to include: values, how you spend time,]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>supposedtobeeasy</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2241</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>32</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>S2 Episode 31: We Thought Listening Was Going to be Easy (Part 2)</title>
        <itunes:title>S2 Episode 31: We Thought Listening Was Going to be Easy (Part 2)</itunes:title>
        <link>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s2-episode-31-we-thought-listening-was-going-to-be-easy-part-2/</link>
                    <comments>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s2-episode-31-we-thought-listening-was-going-to-be-easy-part-2/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 08 Oct 2025 05:57:00 -0400</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e23d4cef-6253-3a7f-87e7-253d9ec4d194</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">In Part Two of our listening series, Amy and Cheryl move from awareness to action. Building on Part One, they explore Stephen Covey’s levels of listening, how “pauses” create space for understanding, and four practical tools pausing, reflecting, reading nonverbals, and asking better questions that transform everyday conversations at home, at work, and with kids. Expect laughs (Grandma’s “selective listening”), real talk about discomfort, and a gentle push to listen in ways that improve relationships.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Key Topics &amp; Takeaways</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Covey’s Levels of Listening: ignoring, pretend, selective, attentive, and empathic use awareness to notice (and shift) your current level.</li>
<li>Selective &amp; Pretend Listening: why we drift, and the hilarious “hook word” story that snaps people back.</li>
<li>The Power of the Pause: count to three before responding; silence invites depth (and stops hijacking the convo).</li>
<li>Reflective Practice (without parroting): reflect meaning or emotion so people feel heard and can move on.</li>
<li>Validation Loop: repeating often means “I’m not sure you heard me.” Reflect to break the loop.</li>
<li>Nonverbals Speak Loudly: tone, pace, eye contact, posture listen to the spoken and unspoken.</li>
<li>Ask Open-Ended, Invitation Questions: “What was that like for you?” “Tell me more…” and then actually listen.</li>
<li>Designing for Joy &amp; Curiosity: in families, teams, and trainings, listen for what’s said and unsaid to create autonomy and engagement.</li>
<li>Relationships First: better listening → better connection.</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Memorable Lines</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>“Maybe more awareness will help me notice when I’m in a level I don’t want to be in.” – Cheryl</li>
<li>“If you ask the question, listen to the answer.” – Amy</li>
<li>“Reflect the emotion when you can’t reflect the words.” – Amy</li>
<li>“Silence can be an invitation, not an absence.” – Cheryl (on leaving thinking pauses)</li>
<li>“When you develop the skill of listening, you’re really improving relationships.” – Amy</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Challenge for the Week</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Pick one conversation and practice the 3–2–1:</p>
<ol style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Count 3 seconds after they finish.</li>
<li>Reflect 2 things you heard (one content, one feeling).</li>
<li>Ask 1 open-ended follow-up (“What felt most important about that?”).
Notice what changes in them and in you.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Additional Resources or Links</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Stephen R. Covey, The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People (Levels of Listening).</li>
<li>Brené Brown’s recent podcast conversations with Adam Grant—notice how the pauses are left in to model reflective listening.</li>
<li>M. Scott Peck quote (from Part One): “Listening is being able to be changed by another person.”</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Ways to Connect</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Love this series? Share it with a friend who’s practicing better listening.</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Follow: @thiswassupposedtobeeasy (Instagram &amp; Facebook)</li>
<li>Subscribe &amp; leave a review—tell us how you used the 3–2–1 challenge!</li>
</ul>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">In Part Two of our listening series, Amy and Cheryl move from awareness to action. Building on Part One, they explore Stephen Covey’s levels of listening, how “pauses” create space for understanding, and four practical tools pausing, reflecting, reading nonverbals, and asking better questions that transform everyday conversations at home, at work, and with kids. Expect laughs (Grandma’s “selective listening”), real talk about discomfort, and a gentle push to listen in ways that improve relationships.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Key Topics &amp; Takeaways</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Covey’s Levels of Listening: ignoring, pretend, selective, attentive, and <em>empathic</em> use awareness to notice (and shift) your current level.</li>
<li>Selective &amp; Pretend Listening: why we drift, and the hilarious “hook word” story that snaps people back.</li>
<li>The Power of the Pause: count to three before responding; silence invites depth (and stops hijacking the convo).</li>
<li>Reflective Practice (without parroting): reflect meaning or emotion so people feel heard and can move on.</li>
<li>Validation Loop: repeating often means “I’m not sure you heard me.” Reflect to break the loop.</li>
<li>Nonverbals Speak Loudly: tone, pace, eye contact, posture listen to the spoken <em>and</em> unspoken.</li>
<li>Ask Open-Ended, Invitation Questions: “What was that like for you?” “Tell me more…” and then actually listen.</li>
<li>Designing for Joy &amp; Curiosity: in families, teams, and trainings, listen for what’s said and unsaid to create autonomy and engagement.</li>
<li>Relationships First: better listening → better connection.</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Memorable Lines</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>“Maybe more awareness will help me notice when I’m in a level I don’t want to be in.” – Cheryl</li>
<li>“If you ask the question, listen to the answer.” – Amy</li>
<li>“Reflect the emotion when you can’t reflect the words.” – Amy</li>
<li>“Silence can be an invitation, not an absence.” – Cheryl (on leaving thinking pauses)</li>
<li>“When you develop the skill of listening, you’re really improving relationships.” – Amy</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Challenge for the Week</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Pick one conversation and practice the 3–2–1:</p>
<ol style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Count 3 seconds after they finish.</li>
<li>Reflect 2 things you heard (one <em>content</em>, one <em>feeling</em>).</li>
<li>Ask 1 open-ended follow-up (“What felt most important about that?”).<br>
Notice what changes in them and in you.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Additional Resources or Links</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Stephen R. Covey, <em>The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People</em> (Levels of Listening).</li>
<li>Brené Brown’s recent podcast conversations with Adam Grant—notice how the pauses are left in to model reflective listening.</li>
<li>M. Scott Peck quote (from Part One): “Listening is being able to be changed by another person.”</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Ways to Connect</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Love this series? Share it with a friend who’s practicing better listening.</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Follow: @thiswassupposedtobeeasy (Instagram &amp; Facebook)</li>
<li>Subscribe &amp; leave a review—tell us how you used the 3–2–1 challenge!</li>
</ul>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/8vh66hizsamgm9mq/TWSTBE-Listening-Part_2.mp3" length="41537537" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[In Part Two of our listening series, Amy and Cheryl move from awareness to action. Building on Part One, they explore Stephen Covey’s levels of listening, how “pauses” create space for understanding, and four practical tools pausing, reflecting, reading nonverbals, and asking better questions that transform everyday conversations at home, at work, and with kids. Expect laughs (Grandma’s “selective listening”), real talk about discomfort, and a gentle push to listen in ways that improve relationships.
Key Topics &amp; Takeaways

Covey’s Levels of Listening: ignoring, pretend, selective, attentive, and empathic use awareness to notice (and shift) your current level.
Selective &amp; Pretend Listening: why we drift, and the hilarious “hook word” story that snaps people back.
The Power of the Pause: count to three before responding; silence invites depth (and stops hijacking the convo).
Reflective Practice (without parroting): reflect meaning or emotion so people feel heard and can move on.
Validation Loop: repeating often means “I’m not sure you heard me.” Reflect to break the loop.
Nonverbals Speak Loudly: tone, pace, eye contact, posture listen to the spoken and unspoken.
Ask Open-Ended, Invitation Questions: “What was that like for you?” “Tell me more…” and then actually listen.
Designing for Joy &amp; Curiosity: in families, teams, and trainings, listen for what’s said and unsaid to create autonomy and engagement.
Relationships First: better listening → better connection.

Memorable Lines

“Maybe more awareness will help me notice when I’m in a level I don’t want to be in.” – Cheryl
“If you ask the question, listen to the answer.” – Amy
“Reflect the emotion when you can’t reflect the words.” – Amy
“Silence can be an invitation, not an absence.” – Cheryl (on leaving thinking pauses)
“When you develop the skill of listening, you’re really improving relationships.” – Amy

Challenge for the Week
Pick one conversation and practice the 3–2–1:

Count 3 seconds after they finish.
Reflect 2 things you heard (one content, one feeling).
Ask 1 open-ended follow-up (“What felt most important about that?”).Notice what changes in them and in you.

Additional Resources or Links

Stephen R. Covey, The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People (Levels of Listening).
Brené Brown’s recent podcast conversations with Adam Grant—notice how the pauses are left in to model reflective listening.
M. Scott Peck quote (from Part One): “Listening is being able to be changed by another person.”

Ways to Connect
Love this series? Share it with a friend who’s practicing better listening.

Follow: @thiswassupposedtobeeasy (Instagram &amp; Facebook)
Subscribe &amp; leave a review—tell us how you used the 3–2–1 challenge!
]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>supposedtobeeasy</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1730</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>31</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>S2 Episode 30: We Thought Listening Was Going to be Easy</title>
        <itunes:title>S2 Episode 30: We Thought Listening Was Going to be Easy</itunes:title>
        <link>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s2-episode-30-we-thought-listening-was-going-to-be-easy/</link>
                    <comments>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s2-episode-30-we-thought-listening-was-going-to-be-easy/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 01 Oct 2025 05:57:00 -0400</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/fa803e61-6ee6-3d32-9eaf-12fdea63536a</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">Listening sounds simple, but as Amy and Cheryl discover in this two-part series, it’s one of the most misunderstood, and underdeveloped, skills we carry into our families, friendships, and workplaces. In Part One, the conversation dives into the culture of listening we inherit, the distractions that keep us from being present, and the surprising ways we confuse “hearing” with truly listening.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Through personal stories, reflections on ADHD, family dynamics, sarcasm, and even the role of technology, Amy and Cheryl unpack how listening shapes connection, and why it’s harder than we think.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Key Topics &amp; Takeaways</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Listening as a skill we can practice and develop.</li>
<li>How family and cultural backgrounds influence listening styles.</li>
<li>The difference between hearing and listening.</li>
<li>Interrupting, cutting off, and the habit of “finishing” someone else’s thoughts.</li>
<li>The role of distractions (phones, watches, competing priorities).</li>
<li>Listening with intention: to respond, to learn, or simply to support.</li>
<li>Why setting boundaries around time can improve listening.</li>
<li>The trap of listening to fix versus listening to understand.</li>
<li>Insights from Suzanne Axelsson’s work on.</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Memorable Lines</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>“Listening is being able to be changed by another person.” – M. Scott Peck</li>
<li>“Hearing and listening are not the same thing. Hearing is vibration on your eardrum. Listening is doing something with it.” – Amy</li>
<li>“Sometimes we need the courage to keep our mouths shut, even if we have opinions.” – Cheryl</li>
<li>“Am I speaking to hear myself speak, or am I speaking because I have value to add?” – Amy</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Challenge for the Week</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This week, notice the why behind your listening. Are you listening to respond? To fix? To connect? Try pausing and asking yourself:</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Do I need to add something here, or would silence serve better?</li>
<li>What does the other person really need from me in this moment?</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Additional Resources</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Suzanne Axelsson’s The Original Learning Approach (chapter on Listening)</li>
<li>Stephen Covey’s The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People (levels of listening).</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Stay Connected</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">If this episode made you think differently about listening, don’t miss Part Two coming soon!</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Follow us on Instagram &amp; Facebook: @thiswassupposedtobeeasy</li>
<li>Subscribe to the podcast so you never miss an episode.</li>
<li>Leave us a review-we’d love to hear how you are practicing listening in your own life.</li>
</ul>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">Listening sounds simple, but as Amy and Cheryl discover in this two-part series, it’s one of the most misunderstood, and underdeveloped, skills we carry into our families, friendships, and workplaces. In Part One, the conversation dives into the culture of listening we inherit, the distractions that keep us from being present, and the surprising ways we confuse “hearing” with truly <em>listening</em>.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Through personal stories, reflections on ADHD, family dynamics, sarcasm, and even the role of technology, Amy and Cheryl unpack how listening shapes connection, and why it’s harder than we think.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Key Topics &amp; Takeaways</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Listening as a <em>skill</em> we can practice and develop.</li>
<li>How family and cultural backgrounds influence listening styles.</li>
<li>The difference between hearing and listening.</li>
<li>Interrupting, cutting off, and the habit of “finishing” someone else’s thoughts.</li>
<li>The role of distractions (phones, watches, competing priorities).</li>
<li>Listening with intention: to respond, to learn, or simply to support.</li>
<li>Why setting boundaries around time can improve listening.</li>
<li>The trap of listening to <em>fix</em> versus listening to <em>understand</em>.</li>
<li>Insights from Suzanne Axelsson’s work on.</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Memorable Lines</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li><em>“Listening is being able to be changed by another person.” – M. Scott Peck</em></li>
<li><em>“Hearing and listening are not the same thing. Hearing is vibration on your eardrum. Listening is doing something with it.” – Amy</em></li>
<li><em>“Sometimes we need the courage to keep our mouths shut, even if we have opinions.” – Cheryl</em></li>
<li><em>“Am I speaking to hear myself speak, or am I speaking because I have value to add?” – Amy</em></li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Challenge for the Week</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This week, notice the <em>why</em> behind your listening. Are you listening to respond? To fix? To connect? Try pausing and asking yourself:</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li><em>Do I need to add something here, or would silence serve better?</em></li>
<li><em>What does the other person really need from me in this moment?</em></li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Additional Resources</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Suzanne Axelsson’s <em>The Original Learning Approach</em> (chapter on Listening)</li>
<li>Stephen Covey’s <em>The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People</em> (levels of listening).</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Stay Connected</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">If this episode made you think differently about listening, don’t miss Part Two coming soon!</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Follow us on Instagram &amp; Facebook: @thiswassupposedtobeeasy</li>
<li>Subscribe to the podcast so you never miss an episode.</li>
<li>Leave us a review-we’d love to hear how <em>you</em> are practicing listening in your own life.</li>
</ul>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/f7nk6dahwmd37ipf/TWSTBE-Listening-Part_1-Final.mp3" length="44604521" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Listening sounds simple, but as Amy and Cheryl discover in this two-part series, it’s one of the most misunderstood, and underdeveloped, skills we carry into our families, friendships, and workplaces. In Part One, the conversation dives into the culture of listening we inherit, the distractions that keep us from being present, and the surprising ways we confuse “hearing” with truly listening.
Through personal stories, reflections on ADHD, family dynamics, sarcasm, and even the role of technology, Amy and Cheryl unpack how listening shapes connection, and why it’s harder than we think.
 
Key Topics &amp; Takeaways

Listening as a skill we can practice and develop.
How family and cultural backgrounds influence listening styles.
The difference between hearing and listening.
Interrupting, cutting off, and the habit of “finishing” someone else’s thoughts.
The role of distractions (phones, watches, competing priorities).
Listening with intention: to respond, to learn, or simply to support.
Why setting boundaries around time can improve listening.
The trap of listening to fix versus listening to understand.
Insights from Suzanne Axelsson’s work on.

 
Memorable Lines

“Listening is being able to be changed by another person.” – M. Scott Peck
“Hearing and listening are not the same thing. Hearing is vibration on your eardrum. Listening is doing something with it.” – Amy
“Sometimes we need the courage to keep our mouths shut, even if we have opinions.” – Cheryl
“Am I speaking to hear myself speak, or am I speaking because I have value to add?” – Amy

 
Challenge for the Week
This week, notice the why behind your listening. Are you listening to respond? To fix? To connect? Try pausing and asking yourself:

Do I need to add something here, or would silence serve better?
What does the other person really need from me in this moment?

 
Additional Resources

Suzanne Axelsson’s The Original Learning Approach (chapter on Listening)
Stephen Covey’s The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People (levels of listening).

 
Stay Connected
If this episode made you think differently about listening, don’t miss Part Two coming soon!

Follow us on Instagram &amp; Facebook: @thiswassupposedtobeeasy
Subscribe to the podcast so you never miss an episode.
Leave us a review-we’d love to hear how you are practicing listening in your own life.
]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>supposedtobeeasy</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1858</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>30</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>S2 Episode 29: Who Knew That Trying Glamping Would be Easy?</title>
        <itunes:title>S2 Episode 29: Who Knew That Trying Glamping Would be Easy?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s2-episode-29-who-knew-that-trying-glamping-would-be-easy/</link>
                    <comments>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s2-episode-29-who-knew-that-trying-glamping-would-be-easy/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 24 Sep 2025 05:57:00 -0400</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/8f17f216-fe79-3e41-9c49-0a4c8984db1a</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">Amy and Cheryl say yes to a “hen party” weekend that turns into glamping-in-domes magic in northern Michigan. What starts as “are we really camping?” becomes a masterclass in trying new things the comfy way, surrounded by friends, thoughtful details, and just enough nostalgia to spark joy. Together they unpack how environment, company, and baby steps can make new experiences feel safe, meaningful, and even transformational.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Key Topics &amp; Takeaways</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Start with comfort to try something new: Pick conditions (people, place, amenities) that make you excited, not overwhelmed.</li>
<li>Environment matters: Design, small touches, and thoughtful amenities can flip a maybe into a yes.</li>
<li>Nostalgia as a bridge: Keep the cozy parts (fires, walks with flashlights, coffee chats) while removing deal-breakers (cold, long bathroom treks).</li>
<li>Reframe “inconveniences”: When the overall experience is positive, the tiny hassles don’t define the story.</li>
<li>Baby steps aren’t cheating: Ease into new territory so you can show up as your best self and actually enjoy it.</li>
<li>Growth through positivity: You don’t have to be in crisis to evolve joyful experiences that create change, too.</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Memorable Lines</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>“Think about all the little successes, even if it wasn't exactly as you imagined.”-Amy</li>
<li>“Permission to take a baby step into something new.”-Cheryl</li>
<li>“We decided that we were going to try things that we have been interested in.”-Cheryl</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Challenge</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Try one small “glamping-style” upgrade in an area you’ve been curious about:</p>
<ol style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Pick your new thing (something that genuinely appeals to you).</li>
<li>Add comfort: choose one or two “luxury” touches that remove your biggest barrier (location, gear, schedule, or a buddy).</li>
<li>Invite the right people: do it with someone who makes the experiment feel safe and fun.</li>
<li>Name the win: after you try it, identify 2–3 little successes—no matter how small.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Join the Conversation</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Let us know what you are actually committed to trying in the very near future. What is the thing, what comforts will you add, and who might you invite to join you? We want all the deets and pics afterwards!</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Resources &amp; Links Mentioned</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Silver Birch Resort (Williamsburg, MI) — glamping domes near Traverse City.
<a href='https://silverbirchmichigan.com/'>https://silverbirchmichigan.com/</a></li>
<li>Traverse City area — food, fun, and new-thing opportunities.
<a href='https://www.traversecity.com/'>https://www.traversecity.com/</a></li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Stay Connected</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This Was Supposed to Be Easy with Amy and Cheryl</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.com/</a></li>
<li>Instagram: @supposedtobeeasy</li>
<li>Facebook: Supposed to be Easy</li>
</ul>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">Amy and Cheryl say yes to a “hen party” weekend that turns into glamping-in-domes magic in northern Michigan. What starts as “are we really camping?” becomes a masterclass in trying new things the comfy way, surrounded by friends, thoughtful details, and just enough nostalgia to spark joy. Together they unpack how environment, company, and baby steps can make new experiences feel safe, meaningful, and even transformational.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Key Topics &amp; Takeaways</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Start with comfort to try something new: Pick conditions (people, place, amenities) that make you excited, not overwhelmed.</li>
<li>Environment matters: Design, small touches, and thoughtful amenities can flip a maybe into a yes.</li>
<li>Nostalgia as a bridge: Keep the cozy parts (fires, walks with flashlights, coffee chats) while removing deal-breakers (cold, long bathroom treks).</li>
<li>Reframe “inconveniences”: When the overall experience is positive, the tiny hassles don’t define the story.</li>
<li>Baby steps aren’t cheating: Ease into new territory so you can show up as your best self and actually enjoy it.</li>
<li>Growth through positivity: You don’t have to be in crisis to evolve joyful experiences that create change, too.</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Memorable Lines</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>“Think about all the little successes, even if it wasn't exactly as you imagined.”-Amy</li>
<li>“Permission to take a baby step into something new.”-Cheryl</li>
<li>“We decided that we were going to try things that we have been interested in.”-Cheryl</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Challenge</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Try one small “glamping-style” upgrade in an area you’ve been curious about:</p>
<ol style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Pick your new thing (something that genuinely appeals to you).</li>
<li>Add comfort: choose one or two “luxury” touches that remove your biggest barrier (location, gear, schedule, or a buddy).</li>
<li>Invite the right people: do it with someone who makes the experiment feel safe and fun.</li>
<li>Name the win: after you try it, identify 2–3 little successes—no matter how small.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Join the Conversation</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Let us know what you are actually committed to trying in the very near future. What is the thing, what comforts will you add, and who might you invite to join you? We want all the deets and pics afterwards!</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Resources &amp; Links Mentioned</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Silver Birch Resort (Williamsburg, MI) — glamping domes near Traverse City.<br>
<a href='https://silverbirchmichigan.com/'>https://silverbirchmichigan.com/</a></li>
<li>Traverse City area — food, fun, and new-thing opportunities.<br>
<a href='https://www.traversecity.com/'>https://www.traversecity.com/</a></li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Stay Connected</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><em>This Was Supposed to Be Easy with Amy and Cheryl</em></p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.com/</a></li>
<li>Instagram: @supposedtobeeasy</li>
<li>Facebook: Supposed to be Easy</li>
</ul>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/hn35tdmgix6neqqh/TWSTBE-E29-Trying_Glamping.mp3" length="45638970" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Amy and Cheryl say yes to a “hen party” weekend that turns into glamping-in-domes magic in northern Michigan. What starts as “are we really camping?” becomes a masterclass in trying new things the comfy way, surrounded by friends, thoughtful details, and just enough nostalgia to spark joy. Together they unpack how environment, company, and baby steps can make new experiences feel safe, meaningful, and even transformational.
Key Topics &amp; Takeaways

Start with comfort to try something new: Pick conditions (people, place, amenities) that make you excited, not overwhelmed.
Environment matters: Design, small touches, and thoughtful amenities can flip a maybe into a yes.
Nostalgia as a bridge: Keep the cozy parts (fires, walks with flashlights, coffee chats) while removing deal-breakers (cold, long bathroom treks).
Reframe “inconveniences”: When the overall experience is positive, the tiny hassles don’t define the story.
Baby steps aren’t cheating: Ease into new territory so you can show up as your best self and actually enjoy it.
Growth through positivity: You don’t have to be in crisis to evolve joyful experiences that create change, too.

Memorable Lines

“Think about all the little successes, even if it wasn't exactly as you imagined.”-Amy
“Permission to take a baby step into something new.”-Cheryl
“We decided that we were going to try things that we have been interested in.”-Cheryl

Challenge
Try one small “glamping-style” upgrade in an area you’ve been curious about:

Pick your new thing (something that genuinely appeals to you).
Add comfort: choose one or two “luxury” touches that remove your biggest barrier (location, gear, schedule, or a buddy).
Invite the right people: do it with someone who makes the experiment feel safe and fun.
Name the win: after you try it, identify 2–3 little successes—no matter how small.

Join the Conversation
Let us know what you are actually committed to trying in the very near future. What is the thing, what comforts will you add, and who might you invite to join you? We want all the deets and pics afterwards!
Resources &amp; Links Mentioned

Silver Birch Resort (Williamsburg, MI) — glamping domes near Traverse City.https://silverbirchmichigan.com/
Traverse City area — food, fun, and new-thing opportunities.https://www.traversecity.com/

Stay Connected
This Was Supposed to Be Easy with Amy and Cheryl

Subscribe &amp; Review: https://supposedtobeeasy.com/
Instagram: @supposedtobeeasy
Facebook: Supposed to be Easy
]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>supposedtobeeasy</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1901</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>29</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>Season 2 Episode 28 - We Thought Showing Kindness Would Be Easy (with Suzanne Axelsson)</title>
        <itunes:title>Season 2 Episode 28 - We Thought Showing Kindness Would Be Easy (with Suzanne Axelsson)</itunes:title>
        <link>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/season-2-episode-28-we-thought-showing-kindness-would-be-easy-with-suzanne-axelsson/</link>
                    <comments>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/season-2-episode-28-we-thought-showing-kindness-would-be-easy-with-suzanne-axelsson/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 17 Sep 2025 05:57:00 -0400</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/0eb83fbe-d736-3890-bf18-467cdbfd41c0</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">We thought nice would be easy… but it turns out kind is braver. In this conversation with Swedish play advocate Suzanne Axelsson, we unpack why “niceness” can be a hollow performance while kindness is a courageous practice rooted in empathy, listening, and community. We explore how adults and children learn the skills underneath kindness (self‑regulation, curiosity, patience), and how play creates a safe space to practice them.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This episode also touches on cultural norms (pleases/thank‑yous), the risks and rewards of discomfort, and how educators can move beyond forced “I’m sorry” scripts toward authentic repair and connection.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Guest</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Suzanne Axelsson (Sweden) - educator, international speaker, play activist, and author of The Original Learning Approach. Suzanne brings an autistic lens to questions of fairness, inclusion, and how communities cultivate genuine kindness.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Key Topics &amp; Takeaways</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Kindness ≠ Niceness: Niceness seeks approval; kindness centers well‑being (yours and others) even when it’s uncomfortable.</li>
<li>Authentic Repair: Replace forced apologies with empathy‑building prompts that invite needs and solutions.</li>
<li>Play as Practice: Play is the “safe lab” where children rehearse empathy, listening, and self‑regulation without high‑stakes consequences.</li>
<li>Bravery Matters: Kindness often requires tolerating discomfort and saying firm, caring “no’s.”</li>
<li>Skills Stack: Listening, patience, curiosity, self‑regulation, and community‑building scaffold kindness over time.</li>
<li>Culture Counts: Words like “please/thank you” can be niceness scripts; gratitude and care can be expressed beyond language rules.</li>
<li>Adults Are Learners Too: Give yourself permission to be new; refinement comes from repetition and reflection.</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Memorable Lines</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">"Kindness is rooted in a genuine empathy, understanding, caring for other people, and that we're doing it, because we know it's the right thing." - Suzanne</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">"Kindness ripples."-Suzanne</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">"It takes bravery to be kind."-Suzanne</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">"Are girls taught to be nice more than boys?"-Suzanne</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">"Democracy has to be lived, not just learned about."-Suzanne</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">"Play is the safe space where we can practice being kind."-Suzanne</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Try‑It‑Now (for educators &amp; parents)</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Swap “Say you’re sorry” with: “I see you’re upset. Is there anything I can do?”</li>
<li>Debrief conflicts with three questions: What happened? How do they feel? What would help now?</li>
<li>Build a kindness skills menu: listening, turn‑taking, waiting, asking open questions, checking in.</li>
<li>Create low‑stakes practice: cooperative games, role‑plays, and rebuilding together after mishaps.</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Resources &amp; Links</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Suzanne Axelsson-Substack, social links, and projects (<a href='https://suzanneaxelsson.substack.com/'>https://suzanneaxelsson.substack.com/</a>) </li>
<li>Book: The Original Learning Approach (<a href='https://www.redleafpress.org/The-Original-Learning-Approach-Weaving-Together-Playing-Learning-and-Teaching-in-Early-Childhood-P2704.aspx'>https://www.redleafpress.org/The-Original-Learning-Approach-Weaving-Together-Playing-Learning-and-Teaching-in-Early-Childhood-P2704.aspx</a>) </li>
<li>Purposeful Gatherings event (<a href='https://cherylpriest.com/purposeful-gatherings-in-early-childhood/'>https://cherylpriest.com/purposeful-gatherings-in-early-childhood/</a>) </li>
<li>Study Group: Sweden &amp; Finland (May 2026)-interest form (<a href='https://cherylpriest.com/inspiring-places-practices-sweden-finland/'>https://cherylpriest.com/inspiring-places-practices-sweden-finland/</a>)</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Connect with Us</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Podcast: This Was Supposed to Be Easy with Amy &amp; Cheryl</li>
<li>Subscribe/Review: If this episode resonated, leave a rating and share it with a friend.</li>
<li>Instagram: @supposedtobeeasy</li>
<li>Facebook: @Supposed to be Easy</li>
</ul>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">We thought <em>nice</em> would be easy… but it turns out <em>kind</em> is braver. In this conversation with Swedish play advocate Suzanne Axelsson, we unpack why “niceness” can be a hollow performance while kindness is a courageous practice rooted in empathy, listening, and community. We explore how adults and children learn the skills underneath kindness (self‑regulation, curiosity, patience), and how play creates a safe space to practice them.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This episode also touches on cultural norms (pleases/thank‑yous), the risks and rewards of discomfort, and how educators can move beyond forced “I’m sorry” scripts toward authentic repair and connection.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Guest</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Suzanne Axelsson (Sweden) - educator, international speaker, play activist, and author of <em>The Original Learning Approach</em>. Suzanne brings an autistic lens to questions of fairness, inclusion, and how communities cultivate genuine kindness.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Key Topics &amp; Takeaways</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Kindness ≠ Niceness: Niceness seeks approval; kindness centers well‑being (yours and others) even when it’s uncomfortable.</li>
<li>Authentic Repair: Replace forced apologies with empathy‑building prompts that invite needs and solutions.</li>
<li>Play as Practice: Play is the “safe lab” where children rehearse empathy, listening, and self‑regulation without high‑stakes consequences.</li>
<li>Bravery Matters: Kindness often requires tolerating discomfort and saying firm, caring “no’s.”</li>
<li>Skills Stack: Listening, patience, curiosity, self‑regulation, and community‑building scaffold kindness over time.</li>
<li>Culture Counts: Words like “please/thank you” can be niceness scripts; gratitude and care can be expressed beyond language rules.</li>
<li>Adults Are Learners Too: Give yourself permission to be new; refinement comes from repetition and reflection.</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Memorable Lines</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">"Kindness is rooted in a genuine empathy, understanding, caring for other people, and that we're doing it, because we know it's the right thing." - Suzanne</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">"Kindness ripples."-Suzanne</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">"It takes bravery to be kind."-Suzanne</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">"Are girls taught to be nice more than boys?"-Suzanne</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">"Democracy has to be lived, not just learned about."-Suzanne</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">"Play is the safe space where we can practice being kind."-Suzanne</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Try‑It‑Now (for educators &amp; parents)</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Swap “Say you’re sorry” with: “I see you’re upset. Is there anything I can do?”</li>
<li>Debrief conflicts with three questions: <em>What happened? How do they feel? What would help now?</em></li>
<li>Build a kindness skills menu: listening, turn‑taking, waiting, asking open questions, checking in.</li>
<li>Create low‑stakes practice: cooperative games, role‑plays, and rebuilding together after mishaps.</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Resources &amp; Links</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Suzanne Axelsson-Substack, social links, and projects (<a href='https://suzanneaxelsson.substack.com/'>https://suzanneaxelsson.substack.com/</a>) </li>
<li>Book: <em>The Original Learning Approach</em> (<a href='https://www.redleafpress.org/The-Original-Learning-Approach-Weaving-Together-Playing-Learning-and-Teaching-in-Early-Childhood-P2704.aspx'>https://www.redleafpress.org/The-Original-Learning-Approach-Weaving-Together-Playing-Learning-and-Teaching-in-Early-Childhood-P2704.aspx</a>) </li>
<li>Purposeful Gatherings event (<a href='https://cherylpriest.com/purposeful-gatherings-in-early-childhood/'>https://cherylpriest.com/purposeful-gatherings-in-early-childhood/</a>) </li>
<li>Study Group: Sweden &amp; Finland (May 2026)-interest form (<a href='https://cherylpriest.com/inspiring-places-practices-sweden-finland/'>https://cherylpriest.com/inspiring-places-practices-sweden-finland/</a>)</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Connect with Us</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Podcast: <em>This Was Supposed to Be Easy with Amy &amp; Cheryl</em></li>
<li>Subscribe/Review: If this episode resonated, leave a rating and share it with a friend.</li>
<li>Instagram: @supposedtobeeasy</li>
<li>Facebook: @Supposed to be Easy</li>
</ul>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/ukrti5buz4fpvd4p/TWSTBE-E28-Kindness.mp3" length="48777426" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[We thought nice would be easy… but it turns out kind is braver. In this conversation with Swedish play advocate Suzanne Axelsson, we unpack why “niceness” can be a hollow performance while kindness is a courageous practice rooted in empathy, listening, and community. We explore how adults and children learn the skills underneath kindness (self‑regulation, curiosity, patience), and how play creates a safe space to practice them.
This episode also touches on cultural norms (pleases/thank‑yous), the risks and rewards of discomfort, and how educators can move beyond forced “I’m sorry” scripts toward authentic repair and connection.
Guest
Suzanne Axelsson (Sweden) - educator, international speaker, play activist, and author of The Original Learning Approach. Suzanne brings an autistic lens to questions of fairness, inclusion, and how communities cultivate genuine kindness.
Key Topics &amp; Takeaways

Kindness ≠ Niceness: Niceness seeks approval; kindness centers well‑being (yours and others) even when it’s uncomfortable.
Authentic Repair: Replace forced apologies with empathy‑building prompts that invite needs and solutions.
Play as Practice: Play is the “safe lab” where children rehearse empathy, listening, and self‑regulation without high‑stakes consequences.
Bravery Matters: Kindness often requires tolerating discomfort and saying firm, caring “no’s.”
Skills Stack: Listening, patience, curiosity, self‑regulation, and community‑building scaffold kindness over time.
Culture Counts: Words like “please/thank you” can be niceness scripts; gratitude and care can be expressed beyond language rules.
Adults Are Learners Too: Give yourself permission to be new; refinement comes from repetition and reflection.

Memorable Lines
"Kindness is rooted in a genuine empathy, understanding, caring for other people, and that we're doing it, because we know it's the right thing." - Suzanne
"Kindness ripples."-Suzanne
"It takes bravery to be kind."-Suzanne
"Are girls taught to be nice more than boys?"-Suzanne
"Democracy has to be lived, not just learned about."-Suzanne
"Play is the safe space where we can practice being kind."-Suzanne
Try‑It‑Now (for educators &amp; parents)

Swap “Say you’re sorry” with: “I see you’re upset. Is there anything I can do?”
Debrief conflicts with three questions: What happened? How do they feel? What would help now?
Build a kindness skills menu: listening, turn‑taking, waiting, asking open questions, checking in.
Create low‑stakes practice: cooperative games, role‑plays, and rebuilding together after mishaps.

Resources &amp; Links

Suzanne Axelsson-Substack, social links, and projects (https://suzanneaxelsson.substack.com/) 
Book: The Original Learning Approach (https://www.redleafpress.org/The-Original-Learning-Approach-Weaving-Together-Playing-Learning-and-Teaching-in-Early-Childhood-P2704.aspx) 
Purposeful Gatherings event (https://cherylpriest.com/purposeful-gatherings-in-early-childhood/) 
Study Group: Sweden &amp; Finland (May 2026)-interest form (https://cherylpriest.com/inspiring-places-practices-sweden-finland/)

Connect with Us

Podcast: This Was Supposed to Be Easy with Amy &amp; Cheryl
Subscribe/Review: If this episode resonated, leave a rating and share it with a friend.
Instagram: @supposedtobeeasy
Facebook: @Supposed to be Easy
]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>supposedtobeeasy</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2032</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>28</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>S2 Episode 27 We Thought Learning How to Delegate Would Be Easy</title>
        <itunes:title>S2 Episode 27 We Thought Learning How to Delegate Would Be Easy</itunes:title>
        <link>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s2-episode-27-we-thought-learning-how-to-delegate-would-be-easy/</link>
                    <comments>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s2-episode-27-we-thought-learning-how-to-delegate-would-be-easy/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 10 Sep 2025 05:57:00 -0400</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/d42bc449-aa0a-396c-97b8-8af63c585715</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">In this episode, Amy and Cheryl dig into the messy, often misunderstood, and absolutely necessary practice of delegation. From laundry lessons to grading papers to letting AI pick up some of the load, they explore the ways we resist delegation, the excuses we use, and how learning to let go can bring freedom, growth, and even joy – and it’s NOT cheating!</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Highlights</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Why women, in particular, often struggle with delegation and mental load.</li>
<li>The common excuses: “It’s faster if I do it myself” and “No one can do it as well as I can.”</li>
<li>Teaching kids life skills through delegation (laundry, cooking, chores).</li>
<li>Delegation at work: handing off grading, sharing responsibilities, using AI.</li>
<li>Avoiding micromanagement and learning to trust the process.</li>
<li>How genuine recognition of others’ strengths builds trust and connection.</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Themes</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Delegation as survival: letting go to reduce burnout.</li>
<li>Life skills and empowerment: giving others the tools to thrive.</li>
<li>Redefining success: focusing on outcomes instead of perfection.</li>
<li>Mental load and fairness: sharing responsibility beyond just tasks.</li>
<li>Identity and control: questioning why we tie self-worth to “doing it all.”</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Listener’s Challenge</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Identify one task this week that you could delegate. Ask yourself: Is this something only I can do? Or is this something someone else could take on and even enjoy? Then actually hand it off  whether to a family member, a colleague, or even technology. We’d love to know how it goes!</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Ask Yourself Some Questions</p>
<ol style="font-weight:400;">
<li>What tasks drain my energy but could easily be done by someone else?</li>
<li>Do I struggle to delegate because I want control, or because I haven’t built trust?</li>
<li>How might teaching someone else a skill benefit them in the long run?</li>
<li>Am I delegating tasks and the mental load, or am I still carrying the hidden weight?</li>
<li>Where am I micromanaging instead of trusting the process?</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Key Quotes (Amy &amp; Cheryl)</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>“The day I step into adulthood is the day I take 100% responsibility for my actions… including sharing the love.” – Cheryl</li>
<li>“It will take you longer to explain it once, twice, maybe three times. But then you’re not the one doing it anymore.” – Amy</li>
<li>“My proud moment was walking into the laundry room and catching my son teaching his younger cousin how to do laundry.” – Cheryl</li>
<li>“Delegation isn’t a weakness.” – Cheryl</li>
<li>“Sometimes delegating the mental load is what we really need to do.” – Amy</li>
<li>“Which matters more; the how or the what? That’s the key to avoiding micromanagement.” – Amy</li>
</ul>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">In this episode, Amy and Cheryl dig into the messy, often misunderstood, and absolutely necessary practice of delegation. From laundry lessons to grading papers to letting AI pick up some of the load, they explore the ways we resist delegation, the excuses we use, and how learning to let go can bring freedom, growth, and even joy – and it’s NOT cheating!</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Highlights</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Why women, in particular, often struggle with delegation and mental load.</li>
<li>The common excuses: <em>“It’s faster if I do it myself”</em> and <em>“No one can do it as well as I can.”</em></li>
<li>Teaching kids life skills through delegation (laundry, cooking, chores).</li>
<li>Delegation at work: handing off grading, sharing responsibilities, using AI.</li>
<li>Avoiding micromanagement and learning to trust the process.</li>
<li>How genuine recognition of others’ strengths builds trust and connection.</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Themes</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Delegation as survival: letting go to reduce burnout.</li>
<li>Life skills and empowerment: giving others the tools to thrive.</li>
<li>Redefining success: focusing on outcomes instead of perfection.</li>
<li>Mental load and fairness: sharing responsibility beyond just tasks.</li>
<li>Identity and control: questioning why we tie self-worth to “doing it all.”</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Listener’s Challenge</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Identify one task this week that you could delegate. Ask yourself: <em>Is this something only I can do? Or is this something someone else could take on and even enjoy?</em> Then actually hand it off  whether to a family member, a colleague, or even technology. We’d love to know how it goes!</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Ask Yourself Some Questions</p>
<ol style="font-weight:400;">
<li>What tasks drain my energy but could easily be done by someone else?</li>
<li>Do I struggle to delegate because I want control, or because I haven’t built trust?</li>
<li>How might teaching someone else a skill benefit them in the long run?</li>
<li>Am I delegating tasks <em>and</em> the mental load, or am I still carrying the hidden weight?</li>
<li>Where am I micromanaging instead of trusting the process?</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Key Quotes (Amy &amp; Cheryl)</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>“The day I step into adulthood is the day I take 100% responsibility for my actions… including sharing the love.” – Cheryl</li>
<li>“It will take you longer to explain it once, twice, maybe three times. But then you’re not the one doing it anymore.” – Amy</li>
<li>“My proud moment was walking into the laundry room and catching my son teaching his younger cousin how to do laundry.” – Cheryl</li>
<li>“Delegation isn’t a weakness.” – Cheryl</li>
<li>“Sometimes delegating the mental load is what we really need to do.” – Amy</li>
<li>“Which matters more; the <em>how</em> or the <em>what</em>? That’s the key to avoiding micromanagement.” – Amy</li>
</ul>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/pf7v2j4f86i4jacd/TWSTBE-E27-Delegation.mp3" length="59869854" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[In this episode, Amy and Cheryl dig into the messy, often misunderstood, and absolutely necessary practice of delegation. From laundry lessons to grading papers to letting AI pick up some of the load, they explore the ways we resist delegation, the excuses we use, and how learning to let go can bring freedom, growth, and even joy – and it’s NOT cheating!
Highlights

Why women, in particular, often struggle with delegation and mental load.
The common excuses: “It’s faster if I do it myself” and “No one can do it as well as I can.”
Teaching kids life skills through delegation (laundry, cooking, chores).
Delegation at work: handing off grading, sharing responsibilities, using AI.
Avoiding micromanagement and learning to trust the process.
How genuine recognition of others’ strengths builds trust and connection.

Themes

Delegation as survival: letting go to reduce burnout.
Life skills and empowerment: giving others the tools to thrive.
Redefining success: focusing on outcomes instead of perfection.
Mental load and fairness: sharing responsibility beyond just tasks.
Identity and control: questioning why we tie self-worth to “doing it all.”

Listener’s Challenge
Identify one task this week that you could delegate. Ask yourself: Is this something only I can do? Or is this something someone else could take on and even enjoy? Then actually hand it off  whether to a family member, a colleague, or even technology. We’d love to know how it goes!
 
Ask Yourself Some Questions

What tasks drain my energy but could easily be done by someone else?
Do I struggle to delegate because I want control, or because I haven’t built trust?
How might teaching someone else a skill benefit them in the long run?
Am I delegating tasks and the mental load, or am I still carrying the hidden weight?
Where am I micromanaging instead of trusting the process?

 
Key Quotes (Amy &amp; Cheryl)

“The day I step into adulthood is the day I take 100% responsibility for my actions… including sharing the love.” – Cheryl
“It will take you longer to explain it once, twice, maybe three times. But then you’re not the one doing it anymore.” – Amy
“My proud moment was walking into the laundry room and catching my son teaching his younger cousin how to do laundry.” – Cheryl
“Delegation isn’t a weakness.” – Cheryl
“Sometimes delegating the mental load is what we really need to do.” – Amy
“Which matters more; the how or the what? That’s the key to avoiding micromanagement.” – Amy
]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>supposedtobeeasy</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2494</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>27</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>S2 Episode 26: We Thought Getting to Season Two and Trying New Things Would Be Easy</title>
        <itunes:title>S2 Episode 26: We Thought Getting to Season Two and Trying New Things Would Be Easy</itunes:title>
        <link>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s2-episode-26-we-thought-getting-to-season-two-and-trying-new-things-would-be-easy/</link>
                    <comments>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s2-episode-26-we-thought-getting-to-season-two-and-trying-new-things-would-be-easy/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 03 Sep 2025 05:57:00 -0400</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/63b15ecb-57b0-3187-9474-5338bafd4103</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">Season 2 is here! We tried something new – this podcast – and we did it! Amy and Cheryl set the tone for another year of trying new things—big and small—while keeping our “permission to be human (and messy)” vibe. From first-time international travel to experimenting with edible flowers and dreams of glassblowing, forest bathing, mocktail making, and maybe even sea kayaking, we invite listeners to share ideas for and stories about trying new things so we can continue to be brave together—in community.</p>
Highlights
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Framing Season 2 as “a year of trying new things” together and in community</li>
<li>Amy’s first passport + New Zealand trip prep (long-haul flight jitters, extra entry requirements and more)</li>
<li>Cheryl’s courage cue: a possible mini–class reunion and a spring study tour to Sweden &amp; Finland</li>
<li>A conversation about the different “buckets” of new things that we’ve thought about trying and are getting ready to take action including:<ul>
<li>Creativity bucket: sugared pansies on a cake, air-dry clay projects, glassblowing ornaments and more</li>
<li>Food &amp; drink bucket: pasta and cheesemaking classes, charcuterie, craft mocktails</li>
<li>Nature &amp; adventure bucket: boat outings, foraging chanterelles, forest bathing, Michigan outdoors</li>
<li>Play &amp; connection bucket: escape rooms, karaoke/trivia, dance, language crash courses</li>
</ul>
</li>

<li>The core lens for the season: keeping a strength focus, reframing, trying new things of course, and more honest stories about when things aren’t “easy”</li>
<li>Open invitation to listeners to suggest ideas publicly (social posts) and share experiences in being new at something</li>
</ul>
Themes
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Brave curiosity in community</li>
<li>Permission to be human (and to say no)</li>
<li>Creativity as fuel</li>
<li>Reframing expectations vs. lived experience</li>
<li>Everyday adventures (local and global)</li>
<li>Hospitality of stories: learning from novices and experts</li>
</ul>
Listener’s challenge
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Pick one new thing to try in the next few weeks.</p>
<ol style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Choose a category (Creativity, Food/Drink, Nature/Adventure, Play/Connection) or make your own.</li>
<li>Define a tiny first step (15–60 minutes, make it low cost or even free).</li>
<li>Do it with someone or invite us to try it on your behalf.</li>
<li>Share a pic or a 3-sentence reflection on our socials so others can get inspired.</li>
</ol>
Ask yourself some questions
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>What’s one thing I’ve been low-key curious about but keep postponing? Why?</li>
<li>If “brave” were 10% more than I feel today, what tiny step would I take?</li>
<li>Do I want to hear from beginners trying it for the first time, or from seasoned guides (or both)?</li>
<li>How will I make this social-who will I invite, and where will I share my story?</li>
<li>If it isn’t easy at first, how could I reframe the experience, so it still counts as a win?</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Key quotes (Amy &amp; Cheryl)</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>“We can do it together. We can do it in community, and we can share our stories with each other.” -Cheryl</li>
<li>“Sprinkling adventure and opening ourselves up to curiosity throughout this upcoming season.” -Cheryl</li>
<li>“We’ll see how brave I am feeling.” -Amy</li>
<li>“This is… this is permission to be human, permission to be messy, permission to be brave, and permission to say no sometimes.” -Cheryl</li>
<li>“Food and drinks, a definite category that draws my attention.” -Cheryl</li>
</ul>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">Season 2 is here! We tried something new – this podcast – and we did it! Amy and Cheryl set the tone for another year of trying new things—big and small—while keeping our “permission to be human (and messy)” vibe. From first-time international travel to experimenting with edible flowers and dreams of glassblowing, forest bathing, mocktail making, and maybe even sea kayaking, we invite listeners to share ideas for and stories about trying new things so we can continue to be brave together—in community.</p>
Highlights
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Framing Season 2 as “a year of trying new things” together and in community</li>
<li>Amy’s first passport + New Zealand trip prep (long-haul flight jitters, extra entry requirements and more)</li>
<li>Cheryl’s courage cue: a possible mini–class reunion and a spring study tour to Sweden &amp; Finland</li>
<li>A conversation about the different “buckets” of new things that we’ve thought about trying and are getting ready to take action including:<ul>
<li>Creativity bucket: sugared pansies on a cake, air-dry clay projects, glassblowing ornaments and more</li>
<li>Food &amp; drink bucket: pasta and cheesemaking classes, charcuterie, craft mocktails</li>
<li>Nature &amp; adventure bucket: boat outings, foraging chanterelles, forest bathing, Michigan outdoors</li>
<li>Play &amp; connection bucket: escape rooms, karaoke/trivia, dance, language crash courses</li>
</ul>
</li>

<li>The core lens for the season: keeping a strength focus, reframing, trying new things of course, and more honest stories about when things aren’t “easy”</li>
<li>Open invitation to listeners to suggest ideas publicly (social posts) and share experiences in being new at something</li>
</ul>
Themes
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Brave curiosity in community</li>
<li>Permission to be human (and to say no)</li>
<li>Creativity as fuel</li>
<li>Reframing expectations vs. lived experience</li>
<li>Everyday adventures (local and global)</li>
<li>Hospitality of stories: learning from novices and experts</li>
</ul>
Listener’s challenge
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Pick one new thing to try in the next few weeks.</p>
<ol style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Choose a category (Creativity, Food/Drink, Nature/Adventure, Play/Connection) or make your own.</li>
<li>Define a tiny first step (15–60 minutes, make it low cost or even free).</li>
<li>Do it with someone or invite us to try it on your behalf.</li>
<li>Share a pic or a 3-sentence reflection on our socials so others can get inspired.</li>
</ol>
Ask yourself some questions
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>What’s one thing I’ve been low-key curious about but keep postponing? Why?</li>
<li>If “brave” were 10% more than I feel today, what tiny step would I take?</li>
<li>Do I want to hear from beginners trying it for the first time, or from seasoned guides (or both)?</li>
<li>How will I make this social-who will I invite, and where will I share my story?</li>
<li>If it isn’t easy at first, how could I reframe the experience, so it still counts as a win?</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Key quotes (Amy &amp; Cheryl)</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>“We can do it together. We can do it in community, and we can share our stories with each other.” -Cheryl</li>
<li>“Sprinkling adventure and opening ourselves up to curiosity throughout this upcoming season.” -Cheryl</li>
<li>“We’ll see how brave I am feeling.” -Amy</li>
<li>“This is… this is permission to be human, permission to be messy, permission to be brave, and permission to say no sometimes.” -Cheryl</li>
<li>“Food and drinks, a definite category that draws my attention.” -Cheryl</li>
</ul>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/nwcp7z64sdr825g8/TWSTBE-E26-The_Year_of_Trying_New_Things.mp3" length="40253566" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Season 2 is here! We tried something new – this podcast – and we did it! Amy and Cheryl set the tone for another year of trying new things—big and small—while keeping our “permission to be human (and messy)” vibe. From first-time international travel to experimenting with edible flowers and dreams of glassblowing, forest bathing, mocktail making, and maybe even sea kayaking, we invite listeners to share ideas for and stories about trying new things so we can continue to be brave together—in community.
Highlights

Framing Season 2 as “a year of trying new things” together and in community
Amy’s first passport + New Zealand trip prep (long-haul flight jitters, extra entry requirements and more)
Cheryl’s courage cue: a possible mini–class reunion and a spring study tour to Sweden &amp; Finland
A conversation about the different “buckets” of new things that we’ve thought about trying and are getting ready to take action including:
Creativity bucket: sugared pansies on a cake, air-dry clay projects, glassblowing ornaments and more
Food &amp; drink bucket: pasta and cheesemaking classes, charcuterie, craft mocktails
Nature &amp; adventure bucket: boat outings, foraging chanterelles, forest bathing, Michigan outdoors
Play &amp; connection bucket: escape rooms, karaoke/trivia, dance, language crash courses


The core lens for the season: keeping a strength focus, reframing, trying new things of course, and more honest stories about when things aren’t “easy”
Open invitation to listeners to suggest ideas publicly (social posts) and share experiences in being new at something

Themes

Brave curiosity in community
Permission to be human (and to say no)
Creativity as fuel
Reframing expectations vs. lived experience
Everyday adventures (local and global)
Hospitality of stories: learning from novices and experts

Listener’s challenge
Pick one new thing to try in the next few weeks.

Choose a category (Creativity, Food/Drink, Nature/Adventure, Play/Connection) or make your own.
Define a tiny first step (15–60 minutes, make it low cost or even free).
Do it with someone or invite us to try it on your behalf.
Share a pic or a 3-sentence reflection on our socials so others can get inspired.

Ask yourself some questions

What’s one thing I’ve been low-key curious about but keep postponing? Why?
If “brave” were 10% more than I feel today, what tiny step would I take?
Do I want to hear from beginners trying it for the first time, or from seasoned guides (or both)?
How will I make this social-who will I invite, and where will I share my story?
If it isn’t easy at first, how could I reframe the experience, so it still counts as a win?

Key quotes (Amy &amp; Cheryl)

“We can do it together. We can do it in community, and we can share our stories with each other.” -Cheryl
“Sprinkling adventure and opening ourselves up to curiosity throughout this upcoming season.” -Cheryl
“We’ll see how brave I am feeling.” -Amy
“This is… this is permission to be human, permission to be messy, permission to be brave, and permission to say no sometimes.” -Cheryl
“Food and drinks, a definite category that draws my attention.” -Cheryl
]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>supposedtobeeasy</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1677</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>26</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>S1 Episode 25 – Season Finale: Celebrating This Was Supposed to Be Easy</title>
        <itunes:title>S1 Episode 25 – Season Finale: Celebrating This Was Supposed to Be Easy</itunes:title>
        <link>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s1-episode-25-%e2%80%93-season-finale-celebrating-this-was-supposed-to-be-easy/</link>
                    <comments>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s1-episode-25-%e2%80%93-season-finale-celebrating-this-was-supposed-to-be-easy/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 27 Aug 2025 05:57:00 -0400</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/5800fc73-d6a7-3520-9e0f-147768cba6aa</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">We did it - 25 episodes, 21 Wednesdays in a row (Week 1 we launched 4)! In this special season finale, Amy and Cheryl reflect on what it means to wrap up Season One of This Was Supposed to Be Easy. From family adventures and Broadway moments to pumpkin bread, golf cart confessions, and everything in between, this episode is part celebration, part reflection, and part look ahead.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">In this episode, you’ll hear:</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Our behind-the-scenes journey—how a nine-month idea became a podcast with over 1.2K downloads.</li>
<li>Fun listener stats (17 countries strong!) and what that milestone means to us.</li>
<li>The episodes that surprised us, moved us, and resonated most with you (hint: friendships, strengths, joy, and workplace well-being).</li>
<li>Heartfelt listener feedback that reminded us why we started.</li>
<li>Why Fall might be our favorite season (sweaters, nail polish, and pumpkin bread included).</li>
<li>The importance of taking imperfect action, because waiting until you’re “ready” means you may never start.</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Looking ahead:</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Season Two is coming NEXT WEEK! We’ll be bringing you more conversations, inspiring guests, and ways for YOU to join in.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">We’d love to hear from you, what are some of the things in life that you thought were supposed to be easy, but weren’t? Drop us a note on social media or send us a message, we’re building Season 2 with you in mind.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Thank you for being part of our community. Whether you’ve listened to one episode or all 25, we’re so grateful you’re here. </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Don’t forget to subscribe so you get notified the moment Season Two drops!</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">We did it - 25 episodes, 21 Wednesdays in a row (Week 1 we launched 4)! In this special season finale, Amy and Cheryl reflect on what it means to wrap up Season One of <em>This Was Supposed to Be Easy</em>. From family adventures and Broadway moments to pumpkin bread, golf cart confessions, and everything in between, this episode is part celebration, part reflection, and part look ahead.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">In this episode, you’ll hear:</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Our behind-the-scenes journey—how a nine-month idea became a podcast with over 1.2K downloads.</li>
<li>Fun listener stats (17 countries strong!) and what that milestone means to us.</li>
<li>The episodes that surprised us, moved us, and resonated most with you (hint: friendships, strengths, joy, and workplace well-being).</li>
<li>Heartfelt listener feedback that reminded us why we started.</li>
<li>Why Fall might be our favorite season (sweaters, nail polish, and pumpkin bread included).</li>
<li>The importance of taking imperfect action, because waiting until you’re “ready” means you may never start.</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Looking ahead:</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Season Two is coming NEXT WEEK! We’ll be bringing you more conversations, inspiring guests, and ways for YOU to join in.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">We’d love to hear from you, what are some of the things in life that you thought were supposed to be easy, but weren’t? Drop us a note on social media or send us a message, we’re building Season 2 with you in mind.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Thank you for being part of our community. Whether you’ve listened to one episode or all 25, we’re so grateful you’re here. </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Don’t forget to subscribe so you get notified the moment Season Two drops!</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/79txdn4kd83ka6kc/TWSTBE-S1E25-Season_Finale.mp3" length="50876417" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[We did it - 25 episodes, 21 Wednesdays in a row (Week 1 we launched 4)! In this special season finale, Amy and Cheryl reflect on what it means to wrap up Season One of This Was Supposed to Be Easy. From family adventures and Broadway moments to pumpkin bread, golf cart confessions, and everything in between, this episode is part celebration, part reflection, and part look ahead.
In this episode, you’ll hear:

Our behind-the-scenes journey—how a nine-month idea became a podcast with over 1.2K downloads.
Fun listener stats (17 countries strong!) and what that milestone means to us.
The episodes that surprised us, moved us, and resonated most with you (hint: friendships, strengths, joy, and workplace well-being).
Heartfelt listener feedback that reminded us why we started.
Why Fall might be our favorite season (sweaters, nail polish, and pumpkin bread included).
The importance of taking imperfect action, because waiting until you’re “ready” means you may never start.

Looking ahead:
Season Two is coming NEXT WEEK! We’ll be bringing you more conversations, inspiring guests, and ways for YOU to join in.
We’d love to hear from you, what are some of the things in life that you thought were supposed to be easy, but weren’t? Drop us a note on social media or send us a message, we’re building Season 2 with you in mind.
Thank you for being part of our community. Whether you’ve listened to one episode or all 25, we’re so grateful you’re here. 
Don’t forget to subscribe so you get notified the moment Season Two drops!]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>supposedtobeeasy</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2119</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>25</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>S1 Episode 24: We Thought Managing Our To-Do Lists Was Supposed to Be Easy</title>
        <itunes:title>S1 Episode 24: We Thought Managing Our To-Do Lists Was Supposed to Be Easy</itunes:title>
        <link>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s1-episode-24-we-thought-managing-our-to-do-lists-was-supposed-to-be-easy/</link>
                    <comments>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s1-episode-24-we-thought-managing-our-to-do-lists-was-supposed-to-be-easy/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 20 Aug 2025 05:57:00 -0400</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/641ca8c9-5478-351a-8bf8-88a4d88017fe</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">Amy and Cheryl are back, and this week we’re tackling the mythical creature that is…the never-ending to-do list. You know the one the list that magically grows every time you cross something off. From summer chaos and office clutter to misplaced microphones and the myth of “when things slow down,” we’re sharing the real-life mess behind our own lists (and laughing along the way).</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">We’re diving into the invisible work of mental load, the “good enough” mindset, and why sometimes doing less is the smartest thing you can do. You’ll hear us swap stories about multitasking myths, perimenopause brain shifts, and the small hacks that make a big difference like blocking off mornings, setting boundaries without guilt, and letting people know when you’re off the clock.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Episode Highlights:</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Why to-do lists never really shrink, and that’s okay</li>
<li>The hidden weight of mental load (and how to lighten it)</li>
<li>Boundaries without guilt</li>
<li>Swapping perfection for “good enough”</li>
<li>Simple tips to make life easier and more joyful</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Themes:</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Boundaries &amp; Balance: Protecting your time and energy by saying no to the wrong things so you can say yes to what matters most.</li>
<li>Mindset Shifts: Reframing productivity, ditching perfectionism, and embracing “good enough” as a win.</li>
<li>Mental Load Awareness: Recognizing the invisible labor we carry and finding ways to share or minimize it.</li>
<li>Intentional Living: Making space for rest, joy, and presence instead of chasing endless tasks.</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Listener’s Challenge:</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This week, pick one task on your to-do list that you can either:</p>
<ol style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Cross off entirely without doing it.</li>
<li>Simplify into a smaller, “good enough” version.
Then pay attention to how it feels lighter? More manageable? Maybe even joyful?</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Ask Yourself:</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>What’s one area of my life where I can shift from “perfect” to “good enough”?</li>
<li>Am I saying yes to things that actually matter to me or just out of habit or obligation?</li>
<li>What boundaries could I set this week to protect my energy?</li>
<li>How can I build small moments of rest into my day without guilt?</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Key Quotes:</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>“The fall kind of starts off a routine again… and I know I’m up at a time that I need to accommodate everyone.” – Amy</li>
<li>“I’m going into this fall with a do less mindset, and I’m going to let people know ‘do less’ is my motto right now.” – Cheryl</li>
<li>“You can’t give half of your time, effort, and energy and then be mad that you didn’t get the full reward.” – Amy</li>
<li>“Let’s take away that benchmark of perfection and replace it with good enough.” – Cheryl</li>
<li>“Rest is not something you have to earn it’s essential to your well-being.” – Cheryl</li>
<li>“Whenever you say yes to something, you’re saying no to something else.” – Amy</li>
<li>“Boundaries aren’t bad they’re just the way I choose to live my life.” – Amy</li>
</ul>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">Amy and Cheryl are back, and this week we’re tackling the mythical creature that is…the never-ending to-do list. You know the one the list that magically grows every time you cross something off. From summer chaos and office clutter to misplaced microphones and the myth of “when things slow down,” we’re sharing the real-life mess behind our own lists (and laughing along the way).</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">We’re diving into the invisible work of mental load, the “good enough” mindset, and why sometimes doing less is the smartest thing you can do. You’ll hear us swap stories about multitasking myths, perimenopause brain shifts, and the small hacks that make a big difference like blocking off mornings, setting boundaries without guilt, and letting people know when you’re off the clock.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Episode Highlights:</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Why to-do lists never really shrink, and that’s okay</li>
<li>The hidden weight of mental load (and how to lighten it)</li>
<li>Boundaries without guilt</li>
<li>Swapping perfection for “good enough”</li>
<li>Simple tips to make life easier and more joyful</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Themes:</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Boundaries &amp; Balance: Protecting your time and energy by saying no to the wrong things so you can say yes to what matters most.</li>
<li>Mindset Shifts: Reframing productivity, ditching perfectionism, and embracing “good enough” as a win.</li>
<li>Mental Load Awareness: Recognizing the invisible labor we carry and finding ways to share or minimize it.</li>
<li>Intentional Living: Making space for rest, joy, and presence instead of chasing endless tasks.</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Listener’s Challenge:</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This week, pick one task on your to-do list that you can either:</p>
<ol style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Cross off entirely without doing it.</li>
<li>Simplify into a smaller, “good enough” version.<br>
Then pay attention to how it feels lighter? More manageable? Maybe even joyful?</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Ask Yourself:</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>What’s one area of my life where I can shift from “perfect” to “good enough”?</li>
<li>Am I saying yes to things that actually matter to me or just out of habit or obligation?</li>
<li>What boundaries could I set this week to protect my energy?</li>
<li>How can I build small moments of rest into my day without guilt?</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Key Quotes:</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>“The fall kind of starts off a routine again… and I know I’m up at a time that I need to accommodate everyone.” – Amy</li>
<li>“I’m going into this fall with a do less mindset, and I’m going to let people know ‘do less’ is my motto right now.” – Cheryl</li>
<li>“You can’t give half of your time, effort, and energy and then be mad that you didn’t get the full reward.” – Amy</li>
<li>“Let’s take away that benchmark of perfection and replace it with good enough.” – Cheryl</li>
<li>“Rest is not something you have to earn it’s essential to your well-being.” – Cheryl</li>
<li>“Whenever you say yes to something, you’re saying no to something else.” – Amy</li>
<li>“Boundaries aren’t bad they’re just the way I choose to live my life.” – Amy</li>
</ul>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/7etxe2vybmhbkz5p/TWSTBE-S1E24-Getting_Through_the_To_Do_List.mp3" length="80297400" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Amy and Cheryl are back, and this week we’re tackling the mythical creature that is…the never-ending to-do list. You know the one the list that magically grows every time you cross something off. From summer chaos and office clutter to misplaced microphones and the myth of “when things slow down,” we’re sharing the real-life mess behind our own lists (and laughing along the way).
We’re diving into the invisible work of mental load, the “good enough” mindset, and why sometimes doing less is the smartest thing you can do. You’ll hear us swap stories about multitasking myths, perimenopause brain shifts, and the small hacks that make a big difference like blocking off mornings, setting boundaries without guilt, and letting people know when you’re off the clock.
Episode Highlights:

Why to-do lists never really shrink, and that’s okay
The hidden weight of mental load (and how to lighten it)
Boundaries without guilt
Swapping perfection for “good enough”
Simple tips to make life easier and more joyful

Themes:

Boundaries &amp; Balance: Protecting your time and energy by saying no to the wrong things so you can say yes to what matters most.
Mindset Shifts: Reframing productivity, ditching perfectionism, and embracing “good enough” as a win.
Mental Load Awareness: Recognizing the invisible labor we carry and finding ways to share or minimize it.
Intentional Living: Making space for rest, joy, and presence instead of chasing endless tasks.

Listener’s Challenge:
This week, pick one task on your to-do list that you can either:

Cross off entirely without doing it.
Simplify into a smaller, “good enough” version.Then pay attention to how it feels lighter? More manageable? Maybe even joyful?

Ask Yourself:

What’s one area of my life where I can shift from “perfect” to “good enough”?
Am I saying yes to things that actually matter to me or just out of habit or obligation?
What boundaries could I set this week to protect my energy?
How can I build small moments of rest into my day without guilt?

Key Quotes:

“The fall kind of starts off a routine again… and I know I’m up at a time that I need to accommodate everyone.” – Amy
“I’m going into this fall with a do less mindset, and I’m going to let people know ‘do less’ is my motto right now.” – Cheryl
“You can’t give half of your time, effort, and energy and then be mad that you didn’t get the full reward.” – Amy
“Let’s take away that benchmark of perfection and replace it with good enough.” – Cheryl
“Rest is not something you have to earn it’s essential to your well-being.” – Cheryl
“Whenever you say yes to something, you’re saying no to something else.” – Amy
“Boundaries aren’t bad they’re just the way I choose to live my life.” – Amy
]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>supposedtobeeasy</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>3345</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>24</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>S1 Episode 23: We Thought Using Credit Cards Was Supposed to Be Easy</title>
        <itunes:title>S1 Episode 23: We Thought Using Credit Cards Was Supposed to Be Easy</itunes:title>
        <link>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s1-episode-23-we-thought-using-credit-cards-was-supposed-to-be-easy/</link>
                    <comments>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s1-episode-23-we-thought-using-credit-cards-was-supposed-to-be-easy/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 13 Aug 2025 05:57:00 -0400</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/fe465446-efa7-3510-a733-9a58f1864b0e</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">Following our two-part deep dive into finances with Jeremy Bond, we’re shifting gears to get real about credit cards, the good, the bad, and the lessons learned along the way. In this candid conversation, Amy and Cheryl open up about their first experiences with credit, the cultural pull of “cool” store cards, and the pitfalls that come with not understanding interest rates or payment schedules.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This isn’t about shaming past decisions, it’s about learning and growing together. Whether you’ve had credit card wins, made a few missteps, or you’re just curious about building healthier money habits, this episode invites you to reflect and share your own “credit card confessions.”</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This Episode Touches On / Highlights</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Why so many of us lacked early credit card literacy</li>
<li>The lure of store credit cards and their “bonus” perks</li>
<li>The reality of minimum payments and lifestyle creep</li>
<li>Strategies to track spending and avoid late fees</li>
<li>Reframing credit cards as neutral tools — neither good nor bad</li>
<li>Tips for building healthier credit habits moving forward</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Themes</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Awareness and personal responsibility around spending</li>
<li>Learning financial habits through trial and error</li>
<li>Moving from shame to empowerment with money</li>
<li>Building systems that work with your personality (not against it)</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Listener’s Challenge</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Track every dollar you spend for a time period. Use a notebook, notes app, or even a shoebox for receipts. At the end of that time, total it up and notice patterns. Where is your money really going, and are you okay with it?</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Ask Yourself</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>What were your earliest memories of using credit cards?</li>
<li>How have your habits or beliefs about credit changed over time?</li>
<li>If you could teach your younger self one thing about credit, what would it be?</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Key Quotes</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>“Credit cards aren’t bad, they’re neutral. We decide how to use them.” – Amy Bond</li>
<li>“There’s no excitement about payday if you’ve already spent the money before it comes.” – Amy Bond</li>
<li>“Do I still want this $50 meal when I realize I’ll end up paying $80 for it?” – Amy Bond</li>
</ul>
<p>“Be aware, not ashamed. Awareness is what leads to change.” – Amy Bond
</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">Following our two-part deep dive into finances with Jeremy Bond, we’re shifting gears to get real about credit cards, the good, the bad, and the lessons learned along the way. In this candid conversation, Amy and Cheryl open up about their first experiences with credit, the cultural pull of “cool” store cards, and the pitfalls that come with not understanding interest rates or payment schedules.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This isn’t about shaming past decisions, it’s about learning and growing together. Whether you’ve had credit card wins, made a few missteps, or you’re just curious about building healthier money habits, this episode invites you to reflect and share your own “credit card confessions.”</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This Episode Touches On / Highlights</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Why so many of us lacked early credit card literacy</li>
<li>The lure of store credit cards and their “bonus” perks</li>
<li>The reality of minimum payments and lifestyle creep</li>
<li>Strategies to track spending and avoid late fees</li>
<li>Reframing credit cards as neutral tools — neither good nor bad</li>
<li>Tips for building healthier credit habits moving forward</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Themes</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Awareness and personal responsibility around spending</li>
<li>Learning financial habits through trial and error</li>
<li>Moving from shame to empowerment with money</li>
<li>Building systems that work with your personality (not against it)</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Listener’s Challenge</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Track every dollar you spend for a time period. Use a notebook, notes app, or even a shoebox for receipts. At the end of that time, total it up and notice patterns. Where is your money really going, and are you okay with it?</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Ask Yourself</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>What were your earliest memories of using credit cards?</li>
<li>How have your habits or beliefs about credit changed over time?</li>
<li>If you could teach your younger self one thing about credit, what would it be?</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Key Quotes</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li><em>“Credit cards aren’t bad, they’re neutral. We decide how to use them.”</em> – Amy Bond</li>
<li><em>“There’s no excitement about payday if you’ve already spent the money before it comes.”</em> – Amy Bond</li>
<li><em>“Do I still want this $50 meal when I realize I’ll end up paying $80 for it?”</em> – Amy Bond</li>
</ul>
<p><em style="font-weight:400;">“Be aware, not ashamed. Awareness is what leads to change.”</em> – Amy Bond<br>
</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/sas5dsu4sjcx3dwz/TWSTBE-S1E23-Credit_Cards.mp3" length="46939241" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Following our two-part deep dive into finances with Jeremy Bond, we’re shifting gears to get real about credit cards, the good, the bad, and the lessons learned along the way. In this candid conversation, Amy and Cheryl open up about their first experiences with credit, the cultural pull of “cool” store cards, and the pitfalls that come with not understanding interest rates or payment schedules.
This isn’t about shaming past decisions, it’s about learning and growing together. Whether you’ve had credit card wins, made a few missteps, or you’re just curious about building healthier money habits, this episode invites you to reflect and share your own “credit card confessions.”
This Episode Touches On / Highlights

Why so many of us lacked early credit card literacy
The lure of store credit cards and their “bonus” perks
The reality of minimum payments and lifestyle creep
Strategies to track spending and avoid late fees
Reframing credit cards as neutral tools — neither good nor bad
Tips for building healthier credit habits moving forward

Themes

Awareness and personal responsibility around spending
Learning financial habits through trial and error
Moving from shame to empowerment with money
Building systems that work with your personality (not against it)

Listener’s Challenge
Track every dollar you spend for a time period. Use a notebook, notes app, or even a shoebox for receipts. At the end of that time, total it up and notice patterns. Where is your money really going, and are you okay with it?
Ask Yourself

What were your earliest memories of using credit cards?
How have your habits or beliefs about credit changed over time?
If you could teach your younger self one thing about credit, what would it be?

Key Quotes

“Credit cards aren’t bad, they’re neutral. We decide how to use them.” – Amy Bond
“There’s no excitement about payday if you’ve already spent the money before it comes.” – Amy Bond
“Do I still want this $50 meal when I realize I’ll end up paying $80 for it?” – Amy Bond

“Be aware, not ashamed. Awareness is what leads to change.” – Amy Bond]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>supposedtobeeasy</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1955</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>23</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>S1 Episode 22: We Thought Talking About Finance Was Supposed to Be Easy – Part 2</title>
        <itunes:title>S1 Episode 22: We Thought Talking About Finance Was Supposed to Be Easy – Part 2</itunes:title>
        <link>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s1episode-22-we-thought-talking-about-finance-was-supposed-to-be-easy-%e2%80%93-part-2/</link>
                    <comments>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s1episode-22-we-thought-talking-about-finance-was-supposed-to-be-easy-%e2%80%93-part-2/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 06 Aug 2025 05:57:00 -0400</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/819e8390-3b15-3b26-94e5-ae9ff0ba1da9</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">In Part 2 of our conversation with Dr. Jeremy Bond, we dig even deeper into real-world money habits,  from splitting raises between “today you” and “future you” to creating simple systems that keep saving automatic. Jeremy shares candid stories from his own financial missteps (hello, Jaguar!) and how those experiences shaped his perspective on debt, lifestyle creep, and building true financial independence.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">If you’ve ever wondered how to balance enjoying life now while still planning for later, this episode is packed with practical tips, relatable examples, and a little encouragement to just start where you are.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Guest</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Dr. Jeremy Bond - Director of Online Learning, financial literacy advocate, and Amy’s husband</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This Episode Touches On / Highlights</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>How to split a raise between short-term fun and long-term goals</li>
<li>Building automatic savings habits (so you don’t have to think about it)</li>
<li>Why “passive income” isn’t always as passive as it sounds</li>
<li>Recognizing lifestyle creep and making intentional financial choices</li>
<li>The importance of financial independence, especially for women</li>
<li>Letting go of comparisons and defining what stability means for you</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Themes</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Balancing present enjoyment with future planning</li>
<li>Automating good financial habits</li>
<li>Breaking away from comparison and money myths</li>
<li>Financial empowerment and independence</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Listener’s Challenge</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Pick one thing you can automate this week, even if it’s tiny. Set up a recurring transfer into savings, bump your retirement contribution by 1%, or redirect any upcoming raise before you even see it in your checking account.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Ask Yourself</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Am I letting lifestyle creep keep me from saving for the future?</li>
<li>What would financial independence mean for me (regardless of relationship status)?</li>
<li>Can I reframe “saving” as a way of taking care of future me rather than depriving present me?</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Key Quotes</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>“Split the raise between today-you and future-you. Let both win.” – Jeremy Bond</li>
<li>“Make it automatic, so you don’t have to think about it every month.” – Jeremy Bond</li>
<li>“Wealth isn’t tigers on gold leashes; it’s sleeping soundly at night.” – Jeremy Bond</li>
<li>“The best time to start was yesterday. The second best is today.” – Jeremy Bond</li>
<li>“Start where you are, because your future self will thank you.” – Amy Bond</li>
</ul>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">In Part 2 of our conversation with Dr. Jeremy Bond, we dig even deeper into real-world money habits,  from splitting raises between “today you” and “future you” to creating simple systems that keep saving automatic. Jeremy shares candid stories from his own financial missteps (hello, Jaguar!) and how those experiences shaped his perspective on debt, lifestyle creep, and building true financial independence.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">If you’ve ever wondered how to balance enjoying life now while still planning for later, this episode is packed with practical tips, relatable examples, and a little encouragement to just <em>start where you are.</em></p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Guest</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Dr. Jeremy Bond - Director of Online Learning, financial literacy advocate, and Amy’s husband</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This Episode Touches On / Highlights</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>How to split a raise between short-term fun and long-term goals</li>
<li>Building automatic savings habits (so you don’t have to think about it)</li>
<li>Why “passive income” isn’t always as passive as it sounds</li>
<li>Recognizing lifestyle creep and making intentional financial choices</li>
<li>The importance of financial independence, especially for women</li>
<li>Letting go of comparisons and defining what stability means for <em>you</em></li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Themes</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Balancing present enjoyment with future planning</li>
<li>Automating good financial habits</li>
<li>Breaking away from comparison and money myths</li>
<li>Financial empowerment and independence</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Listener’s Challenge</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Pick one thing you can automate this week, even if it’s tiny. Set up a recurring transfer into savings, bump your retirement contribution by 1%, or redirect any upcoming raise before you even see it in your checking account.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Ask Yourself</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Am I letting lifestyle creep keep me from saving for the future?</li>
<li>What would financial independence mean for <em>me</em> (regardless of relationship status)?</li>
<li>Can I reframe “saving” as a way of taking care of future me rather than depriving present me?</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Key Quotes</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li><em>“Split the raise between today-you and future-you. Let both win.”</em> – Jeremy Bond</li>
<li><em>“Make it automatic, so you don’t have to think about it every month.”</em> – Jeremy Bond</li>
<li><em>“Wealth isn’t tigers on gold leashes; it’s sleeping soundly at night.”</em> – Jeremy Bond</li>
<li><em>“The best time to start was yesterday. The second best is today.”</em> – Jeremy Bond</li>
<li><em>“Start where you are, because your future self will thank you.”</em> – Amy Bond</li>
</ul>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/nchpkhz8qhamdgbp/TWSTBE-S1E22-Finances-Part_2.mp3" length="42615245" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[In Part 2 of our conversation with Dr. Jeremy Bond, we dig even deeper into real-world money habits,  from splitting raises between “today you” and “future you” to creating simple systems that keep saving automatic. Jeremy shares candid stories from his own financial missteps (hello, Jaguar!) and how those experiences shaped his perspective on debt, lifestyle creep, and building true financial independence.
If you’ve ever wondered how to balance enjoying life now while still planning for later, this episode is packed with practical tips, relatable examples, and a little encouragement to just start where you are.
Guest
Dr. Jeremy Bond - Director of Online Learning, financial literacy advocate, and Amy’s husband
This Episode Touches On / Highlights

How to split a raise between short-term fun and long-term goals
Building automatic savings habits (so you don’t have to think about it)
Why “passive income” isn’t always as passive as it sounds
Recognizing lifestyle creep and making intentional financial choices
The importance of financial independence, especially for women
Letting go of comparisons and defining what stability means for you

Themes

Balancing present enjoyment with future planning
Automating good financial habits
Breaking away from comparison and money myths
Financial empowerment and independence

Listener’s Challenge
Pick one thing you can automate this week, even if it’s tiny. Set up a recurring transfer into savings, bump your retirement contribution by 1%, or redirect any upcoming raise before you even see it in your checking account.
Ask Yourself

Am I letting lifestyle creep keep me from saving for the future?
What would financial independence mean for me (regardless of relationship status)?
Can I reframe “saving” as a way of taking care of future me rather than depriving present me?

Key Quotes

“Split the raise between today-you and future-you. Let both win.” – Jeremy Bond
“Make it automatic, so you don’t have to think about it every month.” – Jeremy Bond
“Wealth isn’t tigers on gold leashes; it’s sleeping soundly at night.” – Jeremy Bond
“The best time to start was yesterday. The second best is today.” – Jeremy Bond
“Start where you are, because your future self will thank you.” – Amy Bond
]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>supposedtobeeasy</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1775</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>22</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>S1 Episode 21: We Thought Talking About Finance Was Supposed to Be Easy – Part 1</title>
        <itunes:title>S1 Episode 21: We Thought Talking About Finance Was Supposed to Be Easy – Part 1</itunes:title>
        <link>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s1-episode-21-we-thought-talking-about-finance-was-supposed-to-be-easy-%e2%80%93-part-1/</link>
                    <comments>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s1-episode-21-we-thought-talking-about-finance-was-supposed-to-be-easy-%e2%80%93-part-1/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 30 Jul 2025 05:57:00 -0400</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/2e055750-b8b4-3c73-b1b5-776a9d8a7c16</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">Money talk can feel overwhelming and let’s be honest, most of us didn’t grow up having open conversations about it. In this episode, Amy and Cheryl bring on their first-ever male guest (and Amy’s husband!), Dr. Jeremy Bond, to help break down what personal finance actually looks like in real life.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Jeremy shares how our early experiences shape the way we think about money, why “wealth” isn’t always what it looks like on TV, and practical ways to start saving and investing without feeling intimidated. Whether you’re just starting your first job, somewhere in mid-career, or simply want to feel more confident about money decisions, this episode will meet you right where you are.</p>
Guest
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Dr. Jeremy Bond - Director of Online Learning, financial literacy advocate, and Amy’s husband</p>
This Episode Touches On 
<ul>
<li>Why most of us misunderstand what financial stability really looks like</li>
<li>How media images of “wealth” (MTV Cribs, Lifestyles of the Rich and Famous) can lead us astray</li>
<li>Everyday millionaires and the surprising careers that lead to financial security</li>
<li>Practical tips for understanding retirement accounts (401(k), 403(b), Roth IRAs) without overwhelm</li>
<li>Simple ways to make the most of employer contributions and matches</li>
<li>Mindset shifts to help saving feel less intimidating and more doable</li>
</ul>
Themes
<ul>
<li>Demystifying finances</li>
<li>Rewriting money narratives</li>
<li>Practical financial literacy</li>
<li>Building confidence with money decisions</li>
</ul>
Listener’s Challenge
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This week, take a look at your own beliefs about money. What messages did you grow up hearing, and how do they shape your financial habits today? Consider one small step you could take, like checking if your employer offers a retirement match, that helps future-you feel more secure.</p>
Ask Yourself
<ul>
<li>What assumptions do I have about what “wealthy” looks like?</li>
<li>How did my family’s approach to money growing up influence me?</li>
<li>Am I taking full advantage of any employer contributions or benefits?</li>
</ul>
Key Quotes
<ul>
<li>“Being financially stable is for anyone, regardless of how little or how much we earn.” – Jeremy Bond</li>
<li>“Most of us didn’t grow up talking about money it was off-limits, like religion or politics.” – Jeremy Bond</li>
<li>“Forget MTV Cribs, some of the most financially stable people are driving paid-off Toyotas with 180,000 miles on them.” – Jeremy Bond</li>
<li>“Just do whatever you need to do to get their money too.” – Jeremy Bond</li>
</ul>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">Money talk can feel overwhelming and let’s be honest, most of us didn’t grow up having open conversations about it. In this episode, Amy and Cheryl bring on their first-ever male guest (and Amy’s husband!), Dr. Jeremy Bond, to help break down what personal finance actually looks like in real life.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Jeremy shares how our early experiences shape the way we think about money, why “wealth” isn’t always what it looks like on TV, and practical ways to start saving and investing without feeling intimidated. Whether you’re just starting your first job, somewhere in mid-career, or simply want to feel more confident about money decisions, this episode will meet you right where you are.</p>
Guest
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Dr. Jeremy Bond - Director of Online Learning, financial literacy advocate, and Amy’s husband</p>
This Episode Touches On 
<ul>
<li>Why most of us misunderstand what financial stability <em>really</em> looks like</li>
<li>How media images of “wealth” (MTV Cribs, Lifestyles of the Rich and Famous) can lead us astray</li>
<li>Everyday millionaires and the surprising careers that lead to financial security</li>
<li>Practical tips for understanding retirement accounts (401(k), 403(b), Roth IRAs) without overwhelm</li>
<li>Simple ways to make the most of employer contributions and matches</li>
<li>Mindset shifts to help saving feel less intimidating and more doable</li>
</ul>
Themes
<ul>
<li>Demystifying finances</li>
<li>Rewriting money narratives</li>
<li>Practical financial literacy</li>
<li>Building confidence with money decisions</li>
</ul>
Listener’s Challenge
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This week, take a look at your own beliefs about money. What messages did you grow up hearing, and how do they shape your financial habits today? Consider one small step you could take, like checking if your employer offers a retirement match, that helps future-you feel more secure.</p>
Ask Yourself
<ul>
<li>What assumptions do I have about what “wealthy” looks like?</li>
<li>How did my family’s approach to money growing up influence me?</li>
<li>Am I taking full advantage of any employer contributions or benefits?</li>
</ul>
Key Quotes
<ul>
<li><em>“Being financially stable is for anyone, regardless of how little or how much we earn.”</em> – Jeremy Bond</li>
<li><em>“Most of us didn’t grow up talking about money it was off-limits, like religion or politics.”</em> – Jeremy Bond</li>
<li><em>“Forget MTV Cribs, some of the most financially stable people are driving paid-off Toyotas with 180,000 miles on them.”</em> – Jeremy Bond</li>
<li><em>“Just do whatever you need to do to get their money too.”</em> – Jeremy Bond</li>
</ul>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/hgj9y8yy8xxeeps3/TWSTBE-S1E21-Finances-Part_1.mp3" length="39878030" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Money talk can feel overwhelming and let’s be honest, most of us didn’t grow up having open conversations about it. In this episode, Amy and Cheryl bring on their first-ever male guest (and Amy’s husband!), Dr. Jeremy Bond, to help break down what personal finance actually looks like in real life.
Jeremy shares how our early experiences shape the way we think about money, why “wealth” isn’t always what it looks like on TV, and practical ways to start saving and investing without feeling intimidated. Whether you’re just starting your first job, somewhere in mid-career, or simply want to feel more confident about money decisions, this episode will meet you right where you are.
Guest
Dr. Jeremy Bond - Director of Online Learning, financial literacy advocate, and Amy’s husband
This Episode Touches On 

Why most of us misunderstand what financial stability really looks like
How media images of “wealth” (MTV Cribs, Lifestyles of the Rich and Famous) can lead us astray
Everyday millionaires and the surprising careers that lead to financial security
Practical tips for understanding retirement accounts (401(k), 403(b), Roth IRAs) without overwhelm
Simple ways to make the most of employer contributions and matches
Mindset shifts to help saving feel less intimidating and more doable

Themes

Demystifying finances
Rewriting money narratives
Practical financial literacy
Building confidence with money decisions

Listener’s Challenge
This week, take a look at your own beliefs about money. What messages did you grow up hearing, and how do they shape your financial habits today? Consider one small step you could take, like checking if your employer offers a retirement match, that helps future-you feel more secure.
Ask Yourself

What assumptions do I have about what “wealthy” looks like?
How did my family’s approach to money growing up influence me?
Am I taking full advantage of any employer contributions or benefits?

Key Quotes

“Being financially stable is for anyone, regardless of how little or how much we earn.” – Jeremy Bond
“Most of us didn’t grow up talking about money it was off-limits, like religion or politics.” – Jeremy Bond
“Forget MTV Cribs, some of the most financially stable people are driving paid-off Toyotas with 180,000 miles on them.” – Jeremy Bond
“Just do whatever you need to do to get their money too.” – Jeremy Bond
]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>supposedtobeeasy</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1661</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>21</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>S1 Episode 20: We Thought Doing a Midyear Check-in Was Supposed to be Easy</title>
        <itunes:title>S1 Episode 20: We Thought Doing a Midyear Check-in Was Supposed to be Easy</itunes:title>
        <link>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s1-episode-20-we-thought-doing-a-midyear-check-in-was-supposed-to-be-easy/</link>
                    <comments>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s1-episode-20-we-thought-doing-a-midyear-check-in-was-supposed-to-be-easy/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 23 Jul 2025 05:57:00 -0400</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/2f8d3853-ab25-3d92-8015-90d3d369e56f</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">In this reflective and engaging midyear episode, Amy and Cheryl invite listeners to pause and check in on their intentions, goals, and growth in 2025 so far. Rather than pushing productivity or grinding toward unrealistic timelines, they approach the idea of goal setting with gentleness, curiosity, and joy. Through the lens of their personal “Bingo cards,” they unpack what’s working, what needs to shift, and what can be let go of altogether—with zero guilt.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This Conversation Touches On</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>The power of pausing midyear to reflect</li>
<li>Moving away from hustle culture and rigid timelines</li>
<li>Using a “Bingo card” as a playful accountability tool</li>
<li>Modifying goals with grace and intention</li>
<li>Celebrating small, personal wins</li>
<li>Redefining success across seasons</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Themes</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Self-compassion</li>
<li>Intentional living</li>
<li>Playful goal-setting</li>
<li>Micro-joys and personal fulfillment</li>
<li>Community and accountability</li>
<li>Permission to evolve</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Episode Highlights</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Cheryl and Amy share their dive into the TikTok trend:  “New Year Bingo Cards”</li>
<li>Amy and Cheryl reflect on wins like launching the podcast and setting a retreat in motion</li>
<li>They discuss goals that no longer feel aligned and the freedom to release them</li>
<li>Amy opens up about learning to crochet (or not!) and how goals sometimes shift shape</li>
<li>Cheryl talks about finding real joy in “small luxuries” like naps and fiction reading</li>
<li>The conversation affirms that not all goals need to be measurable or finished to be meaningful</li>
<li>A powerful reframe: success isn’t about completion—it’s about alignment and growth</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Listener’s Challenge</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Take time this week for a gentle midyear check-in. Revisit any goals, dreams, or intentions you set earlier in the year (or make a new list or Bingo card if you haven’t yet!).</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Ask yourself:</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>What’s working?</li>
<li>What’s no longer serving me?</li>
<li>What do I want to release or modify?</li>
<li>What small, joyful action can I take in the next month?</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">You don’t need a full plan—just one intentional step. Share your thoughts with us on social media!</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Key Quotes (Direct from Transcript)</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">“You're not behind. You're right here. You're right where you need to be, and where you get to be to be able to take the next step in whatever beautiful thing is going to be your next step.” – Cheryl Priest</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">“I didn’t walk away from last weekend thinking, ‘Oh yeah, the weekend happened, and I still had to do all these things.’ It was: I did so much in this weekend that felt intentional and enjoyable and something I got to do.” – Amy Bond</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">“If we didn't do the thing, or we changed our minds, it's not failure. It's a re-prioritization of our resources.” – Cheryl Priest</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">“I assumed that there would be some that I’m a different person. I am gonna let that one go… because it's not important to me.” – Amy Bond</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">“The whole idea isn’t crossing everything off. It’s the process. It’s putting some hopes and dreams and simple wishes down.” – Cheryl Priest</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">“Sometimes we get to do things just because it feels good for us.” – Amy Bond</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">In this reflective and engaging midyear episode, Amy and Cheryl invite listeners to pause and check in on their intentions, goals, and growth in 2025 so far. Rather than pushing productivity or grinding toward unrealistic timelines, they approach the idea of goal setting with gentleness, curiosity, and joy. Through the lens of their personal “Bingo cards,” they unpack what’s working, what needs to shift, and what can be let go of altogether—with zero guilt.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This Conversation Touches On</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>The power of pausing midyear to reflect</li>
<li>Moving away from hustle culture and rigid timelines</li>
<li>Using a “Bingo card” as a playful accountability tool</li>
<li>Modifying goals with grace and intention</li>
<li>Celebrating small, personal wins</li>
<li>Redefining success across seasons</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Themes</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Self-compassion</li>
<li>Intentional living</li>
<li>Playful goal-setting</li>
<li>Micro-joys and personal fulfillment</li>
<li>Community and accountability</li>
<li>Permission to evolve</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Episode Highlights</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Cheryl and Amy share their dive into the TikTok trend:  “New Year Bingo Cards”</li>
<li>Amy and Cheryl reflect on wins like launching the podcast and setting a retreat in motion</li>
<li>They discuss goals that no longer feel aligned and the freedom to release them</li>
<li>Amy opens up about learning to crochet (or not!) and how goals sometimes shift shape</li>
<li>Cheryl talks about finding real joy in “small luxuries” like naps and fiction reading</li>
<li>The conversation affirms that not all goals need to be measurable or finished to be meaningful</li>
<li>A powerful reframe: success isn’t about completion—it’s about alignment and growth</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Listener’s Challenge</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Take time this week for a gentle midyear check-in. Revisit any goals, dreams, or intentions you set earlier in the year (or make a new list or Bingo card if you haven’t yet!).</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Ask yourself:</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>What’s working?</li>
<li>What’s no longer serving me?</li>
<li>What do I want to release or modify?</li>
<li>What small, joyful action can I take in the next month?</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">You don’t need a full plan—just one intentional step. Share your thoughts with us on social media!</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Key Quotes (Direct from Transcript)</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">“You're not behind. You're right here. You're right where you need to be, and where you get to be to be able to take the next step in whatever beautiful thing is going to be your next step.” – Cheryl Priest</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">“I didn’t walk away from last weekend thinking, ‘Oh yeah, the weekend happened, and I still had to do all these things.’ It was: I did so much in this weekend that felt intentional and enjoyable and something I got to do.” – Amy Bond</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">“If we didn't do the thing, or we changed our minds, it's not failure. It's a re-prioritization of our resources.” – Cheryl Priest</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">“I assumed that there would be some that I’m a different person. I am gonna let that one go… because it's not important to me.” – Amy Bond</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">“The whole idea isn’t crossing everything off. It’s the process. It’s putting some hopes and dreams and simple wishes down.” – Cheryl Priest</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">“Sometimes we get to do things just because it feels good for us.” – Amy Bond</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/mc7eesbu642i5fjc/TWSTBE-S1E20-Mid_Year_Check_In.mp3" length="59968910" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[In this reflective and engaging midyear episode, Amy and Cheryl invite listeners to pause and check in on their intentions, goals, and growth in 2025 so far. Rather than pushing productivity or grinding toward unrealistic timelines, they approach the idea of goal setting with gentleness, curiosity, and joy. Through the lens of their personal “Bingo cards,” they unpack what’s working, what needs to shift, and what can be let go of altogether—with zero guilt.
This Conversation Touches On

The power of pausing midyear to reflect
Moving away from hustle culture and rigid timelines
Using a “Bingo card” as a playful accountability tool
Modifying goals with grace and intention
Celebrating small, personal wins
Redefining success across seasons

Themes

Self-compassion
Intentional living
Playful goal-setting
Micro-joys and personal fulfillment
Community and accountability
Permission to evolve

Episode Highlights

Cheryl and Amy share their dive into the TikTok trend:  “New Year Bingo Cards”
Amy and Cheryl reflect on wins like launching the podcast and setting a retreat in motion
They discuss goals that no longer feel aligned and the freedom to release them
Amy opens up about learning to crochet (or not!) and how goals sometimes shift shape
Cheryl talks about finding real joy in “small luxuries” like naps and fiction reading
The conversation affirms that not all goals need to be measurable or finished to be meaningful
A powerful reframe: success isn’t about completion—it’s about alignment and growth

Listener’s Challenge
Take time this week for a gentle midyear check-in. Revisit any goals, dreams, or intentions you set earlier in the year (or make a new list or Bingo card if you haven’t yet!).
Ask yourself:

What’s working?
What’s no longer serving me?
What do I want to release or modify?
What small, joyful action can I take in the next month?

You don’t need a full plan—just one intentional step. Share your thoughts with us on social media!
Key Quotes (Direct from Transcript)
“You're not behind. You're right here. You're right where you need to be, and where you get to be to be able to take the next step in whatever beautiful thing is going to be your next step.” – Cheryl Priest
“I didn’t walk away from last weekend thinking, ‘Oh yeah, the weekend happened, and I still had to do all these things.’ It was: I did so much in this weekend that felt intentional and enjoyable and something I got to do.” – Amy Bond
“If we didn't do the thing, or we changed our minds, it's not failure. It's a re-prioritization of our resources.” – Cheryl Priest
“I assumed that there would be some that I’m a different person. I am gonna let that one go… because it's not important to me.” – Amy Bond
“The whole idea isn’t crossing everything off. It’s the process. It’s putting some hopes and dreams and simple wishes down.” – Cheryl Priest
“Sometimes we get to do things just because it feels good for us.” – Amy Bond]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>supposedtobeeasy</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2498</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>20</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>S1 Episode 19: We Thought Letting Go of Guilt Was Supposed to be Easy</title>
        <itunes:title>S1 Episode 19: We Thought Letting Go of Guilt Was Supposed to be Easy</itunes:title>
        <link>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s1-episode-19-we-thought-letting-go-of-guilt-was-supposed-to-be-easy/</link>
                    <comments>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s1-episode-19-we-thought-letting-go-of-guilt-was-supposed-to-be-easy/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 16 Jul 2025 05:57:00 -0400</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/7abfe584-0281-33a6-8ca5-87f80f75b4db</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">In this caring and introspective episode, Amy and Cheryl dive into a conversation about guilt, specifically how it manifests in the lives of women. They explore the internal and external pressures that make women feel like they need to constantly “do more,” and they challenge the cultural norms that glorify busyness while devaluing rest.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">The conversation unfolds around themes like:</p>
<ul>
<li>Feeling guilty for taking time for oneself

</li>
<li>The connection between time, productivity, and self-worth

</li>
<li>The myth of “earning rest”

</li>
<li>How guilt is often embedded in the praise we give (especially to girls)

</li>
<li>The concept of pre-charging vs. recharging 

</li>
<li>Reclaiming time and embracing rest as resistance

</li>
<li>Letting go of the “shoulds” and embracing the joyful yes

</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">With personal anecdotes, cultural insight, and genuine reflections, Amy and Cheryl encourage listeners to reframe how they view rest, guilt, and self-care not as luxuries or rewards, but as essential parts of a balanced, joyful life.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Key Takeaways:</p>
<ul>
<li>Guilt is deeply rooted in how women are conditioned to be helpful and productive.

</li>
<li>Rest is often seen as indulgent or shameful unless it’s earned.

</li>
<li>Rest can be a radical act of resistance.

</li>
<li>Pre-charging is a new framework for viewing rest: fueling yourself before depletion.

</li>
<li>The language</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Listener Challenge:
 This week, reclaim one moment of rest—without guilt. Choose a small but intentional act of “pre-charging” that brings you joy: sit with your coffee for ten uninterrupted minutes, take a walk without multitasking, read a chapter of a book just for fun, or do absolutely nothing—and do it on purpose.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Then ask yourself:</p>
<ul>
<li>How did that feel?

</li>
<li>Did guilt show up?

</li>
<li>What might it look like to make this part of your regular rhythm?

</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Share your moment with us on social using #JoyfulYes or #PreChargePractice—we’d love to hear how you're building rest into your life without waiting to earn it.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
Key Quotes from the Episode:
<p style="font-weight: 400;">“Guilt is stealing from us—it’s taking away our ability to enjoy those moments when they do arrive.” — Cheryl Priest</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">“Pre-charging is giving yourself permission to fill your battery before it’s empty.” — Amy Bond</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">“Stop shoulding on yourself. Guilt, you are not welcome here.” — Cheryl Priest</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">“I don’t think we’re praised for rest, especially as women. We’re praised for being busy, helpful, and doing things without complaint.” — Amy Bond</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">“Doing nothing isn’t a failure. It’s a full-body yes.” — Cheryl Priest</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">“What can I say yes to joyfully? Because no one deserves my negativity when I say yes.” — Amy Bond</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">In this caring and introspective episode, Amy and Cheryl dive into a conversation about guilt, specifically how it manifests in the lives of women. They explore the internal and external pressures that make women feel like they need to constantly “do more,” and they challenge the cultural norms that glorify busyness while devaluing rest.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">The conversation unfolds around themes like:</p>
<ul>
<li>Feeling guilty for taking time for oneself<br>
<br>
</li>
<li>The connection between time, productivity, and self-worth<br>
<br>
</li>
<li>The myth of “earning rest”<br>
<br>
</li>
<li>How guilt is often embedded in the praise we give (especially to girls)<br>
<br>
</li>
<li>The concept of pre-charging vs. recharging <br>
<br>
</li>
<li>Reclaiming time and embracing rest as resistance<br>
<br>
</li>
<li>Letting go of the “shoulds” and embracing the joyful yes<br>
<br>
</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">With personal anecdotes, cultural insight, and genuine reflections, Amy and Cheryl encourage listeners to reframe how they view rest, guilt, and self-care not as luxuries or rewards, but as essential parts of a balanced, joyful life.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Key Takeaways:</p>
<ul>
<li>Guilt is deeply rooted in how women are conditioned to be helpful and productive.<br>
<br>
</li>
<li>Rest is often seen as indulgent or shameful unless it’s earned.<br>
<br>
</li>
<li>Rest can be a radical act of resistance.<br>
<br>
</li>
<li>Pre-charging is a new framework for viewing rest: fueling yourself before depletion.<br>
<br>
</li>
<li>The language</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Listener Challenge:<br>
 This week, <em>reclaim one moment of rest—without guilt</em>. Choose a small but intentional act of “pre-charging” that brings you joy: sit with your coffee for ten uninterrupted minutes, take a walk without multitasking, read a chapter of a book just for fun, or do absolutely nothing—and do it on purpose.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Then ask yourself:</p>
<ul>
<li>How did that feel?<br>
<br>
</li>
<li>Did guilt show up?<br>
<br>
</li>
<li>What might it look like to make this part of your regular rhythm?<br>
<br>
</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Share your moment with us on social using #JoyfulYes or #PreChargePractice—we’d love to hear how you're building rest into your life <em>without waiting to earn it</em>.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
Key Quotes from the Episode:
<p style="font-weight: 400;">“Guilt is stealing from us—it’s taking away our ability to enjoy those moments when they do arrive.” — Cheryl Priest</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">“Pre-charging is giving yourself permission to fill your battery <em>before</em> it’s empty.” — Amy Bond</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">“Stop shoulding on yourself. Guilt, you are not welcome here.” — Cheryl Priest</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">“I don’t think we’re praised for rest, especially as women. We’re praised for being busy, helpful, and doing things without complaint.” — Amy Bond</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">“Doing nothing isn’t a failure. It’s a full-body yes.” — Cheryl Priest</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">“What can I say yes to <em>joyfully</em>? Because no one deserves my negativity when I say yes.” — Amy Bond</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/u8dzf2p4bw8hq2w9/TWSTBE-S1E19-Free_Time_Guilt.mp3" length="61048499" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[In this caring and introspective episode, Amy and Cheryl dive into a conversation about guilt, specifically how it manifests in the lives of women. They explore the internal and external pressures that make women feel like they need to constantly “do more,” and they challenge the cultural norms that glorify busyness while devaluing rest.
The conversation unfolds around themes like:

Feeling guilty for taking time for oneself
The connection between time, productivity, and self-worth
The myth of “earning rest”
How guilt is often embedded in the praise we give (especially to girls)
The concept of pre-charging vs. recharging 
Reclaiming time and embracing rest as resistance
Letting go of the “shoulds” and embracing the joyful yes

With personal anecdotes, cultural insight, and genuine reflections, Amy and Cheryl encourage listeners to reframe how they view rest, guilt, and self-care not as luxuries or rewards, but as essential parts of a balanced, joyful life.
Key Takeaways:

Guilt is deeply rooted in how women are conditioned to be helpful and productive.
Rest is often seen as indulgent or shameful unless it’s earned.
Rest can be a radical act of resistance.
Pre-charging is a new framework for viewing rest: fueling yourself before depletion.
The language

Listener Challenge: This week, reclaim one moment of rest—without guilt. Choose a small but intentional act of “pre-charging” that brings you joy: sit with your coffee for ten uninterrupted minutes, take a walk without multitasking, read a chapter of a book just for fun, or do absolutely nothing—and do it on purpose.
Then ask yourself:

How did that feel?
Did guilt show up?
What might it look like to make this part of your regular rhythm?

Share your moment with us on social using #JoyfulYes or #PreChargePractice—we’d love to hear how you're building rest into your life without waiting to earn it.
 
Key Quotes from the Episode:
“Guilt is stealing from us—it’s taking away our ability to enjoy those moments when they do arrive.” — Cheryl Priest
“Pre-charging is giving yourself permission to fill your battery before it’s empty.” — Amy Bond
“Stop shoulding on yourself. Guilt, you are not welcome here.” — Cheryl Priest
“I don’t think we’re praised for rest, especially as women. We’re praised for being busy, helpful, and doing things without complaint.” — Amy Bond
“Doing nothing isn’t a failure. It’s a full-body yes.” — Cheryl Priest
“What can I say yes to joyfully? Because no one deserves my negativity when I say yes.” — Amy Bond]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>supposedtobeeasy</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2543</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>19</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>S1 Episode 18: We Thought Becoming Confident Was Supposed to Be Easy</title>
        <itunes:title>S1 Episode 18: We Thought Becoming Confident Was Supposed to Be Easy</itunes:title>
        <link>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s1-episode-18-we-thought-becoming-confident-was-supposed-to-be-easy/</link>
                    <comments>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s1-episode-18-we-thought-becoming-confident-was-supposed-to-be-easy/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 09 Jul 2025 05:57:00 -0400</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/32ad1e78-6d73-3c0e-a0d1-8460d84687c9</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">In this heart-to-heart episode of This Was Supposed to Be Easy, Amy and Cheryl open up about the winding, sometimes bumpy journey of confidence at different stages of life. From the myth that confidence simply comes with age to the surprising moments that can shake it, they explore where confidence shows up, where it wobbles, and how curiosity, courage, and micro-wins help us grow along the way. Whether you’re stepping into something new or cheering on someone else, this conversation offers gentle reminders (and some real-life stories) that encouraging someone else’s confidence isn’t pie — there’s plenty to go around.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This Conversation Touches On</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>The non-linear path of building confidence at every age</li>
<li>How trying new things (and not waiting for perfect) strengthens confidence</li>
<li>The power of micro-wins and small acts of bravery</li>
<li>Self-talk and why it matters</li>
<li>The contagious nature of confidence in community</li>
<li>Why asking questions shows strength, not weakness</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Themes</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> Curiosity as a pathway to growth
 Confidence as service, not selfishness
 Micro-wins and micro-steps that build resilience
 Letting go of perfection to embrace progress</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Episode Highlights</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Amy reflects on how stepping into new roles (like going back to school or launching this podcast!) has both boosted and challenged her confidence.</li>
<li>Cheryl shares a personal story about advocating for herself — and how her daughter’s determination to intern in Manhattan reminds us not to close doors before we try.</li>
<li>The duo unpacks the idea that truly confident people don’t ask others to shrink — they create space where everyone can shine.</li>
<li>Practical strategies like affirmations, asking for feedback, and choosing “confidence boosters” (hello, power blazer or hot pink dress!)</li>
<li>The magic of reframing from “Why me?” to “Why not me?”</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Listener’s Challenge</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Where in your life are you feeling extra confident these days? We also love to know where you might be stepping into something new that feels a little shaky? Share with us — we’d love to cheer you on!  Drop a comment on Spotify, message us on socials, or visit our website. Let’s build that contagious confidence together.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Key Quotes</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">📝 "Confidence doesn’t have to be loud. In fact, often the loudest ones in the room are some of the least confident people there." — Amy</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">📝 "It’s not about one of us being the most confident. It’s about creating a space where we can all feel confident." — Cheryl</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">📝 "Don’t shut the door before you ever actually turn the handle." — Cheryl</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">📝 "Why not me? Why wouldn’t I go after the thing I want?" — Amy</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Listen Now</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">🎧 Find This Was Supposed to Be Easy on Spotify, Apple Podcasts, or wherever you love to listen!</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">In this heart-to-heart episode of <em>This Was Supposed to Be Easy</em>, Amy and Cheryl open up about the winding, sometimes bumpy journey of confidence at different stages of life. From the myth that confidence simply comes with age to the surprising moments that can shake it, they explore where confidence shows up, where it wobbles, and how curiosity, courage, and micro-wins help us grow along the way. Whether you’re stepping into something new or cheering on someone else, this conversation offers gentle reminders (and some real-life stories) that encouraging someone else’s confidence isn’t pie — there’s plenty to go around.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This Conversation Touches On</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>The non-linear path of building confidence at every age</li>
<li>How trying new things (and not waiting for perfect) strengthens confidence</li>
<li>The power of micro-wins and small acts of bravery</li>
<li>Self-talk and why it matters</li>
<li>The contagious nature of confidence in community</li>
<li>Why asking questions shows strength, not weakness</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Themes</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> Curiosity as a pathway to growth<br>
 Confidence as service, not selfishness<br>
 Micro-wins and micro-steps that build resilience<br>
 Letting go of perfection to embrace progress</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Episode Highlights</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Amy reflects on how stepping into new roles (like going back to school or launching this podcast!) has both boosted and challenged her confidence.</li>
<li>Cheryl shares a personal story about advocating for herself — and how her daughter’s determination to intern in Manhattan reminds us not to close doors before we try.</li>
<li>The duo unpacks the idea that truly confident people don’t ask others to shrink — they create space where everyone can shine.</li>
<li>Practical strategies like affirmations, asking for feedback, and choosing “confidence boosters” (hello, power blazer or hot pink dress!)</li>
<li>The magic of reframing from “Why me?” to “Why not me?”</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Listener’s Challenge</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Where in your life are you feeling extra confident these days? We also love to know where you might be stepping into something new that feels a little shaky? Share with us — we’d love to cheer you on!  Drop a comment on Spotify, message us on socials, or visit our website. Let’s build that contagious confidence together.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Key Quotes</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">📝 <em>"Confidence doesn’t have to be loud. In fact, often the loudest ones in the room are some of the least confident people there."</em> — Amy</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">📝 <em>"It’s not about one of us being the most confident. It’s about creating a space where we can all feel confident."</em> — Cheryl</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">📝 <em>"Don’t shut the door before you ever actually turn the handle."</em> — Cheryl</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">📝 <em>"Why not me? Why wouldn’t I go after the thing I want?"</em> — Amy</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Listen Now</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">🎧 Find <em>This Was Supposed to Be Easy</em> on Spotify, Apple Podcasts, or wherever you love to listen!</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/king8c5vhf5tp5xf/TWSTBE_S1E18-Confidence.mp3" length="60478611" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[In this heart-to-heart episode of This Was Supposed to Be Easy, Amy and Cheryl open up about the winding, sometimes bumpy journey of confidence at different stages of life. From the myth that confidence simply comes with age to the surprising moments that can shake it, they explore where confidence shows up, where it wobbles, and how curiosity, courage, and micro-wins help us grow along the way. Whether you’re stepping into something new or cheering on someone else, this conversation offers gentle reminders (and some real-life stories) that encouraging someone else’s confidence isn’t pie — there’s plenty to go around.
This Conversation Touches On

The non-linear path of building confidence at every age
How trying new things (and not waiting for perfect) strengthens confidence
The power of micro-wins and small acts of bravery
Self-talk and why it matters
The contagious nature of confidence in community
Why asking questions shows strength, not weakness

Themes
 Curiosity as a pathway to growth Confidence as service, not selfishness Micro-wins and micro-steps that build resilience Letting go of perfection to embrace progress
Episode Highlights

Amy reflects on how stepping into new roles (like going back to school or launching this podcast!) has both boosted and challenged her confidence.
Cheryl shares a personal story about advocating for herself — and how her daughter’s determination to intern in Manhattan reminds us not to close doors before we try.
The duo unpacks the idea that truly confident people don’t ask others to shrink — they create space where everyone can shine.
Practical strategies like affirmations, asking for feedback, and choosing “confidence boosters” (hello, power blazer or hot pink dress!)
The magic of reframing from “Why me?” to “Why not me?”

Listener’s Challenge
Where in your life are you feeling extra confident these days? We also love to know where you might be stepping into something new that feels a little shaky? Share with us — we’d love to cheer you on!  Drop a comment on Spotify, message us on socials, or visit our website. Let’s build that contagious confidence together.
Key Quotes
📝 "Confidence doesn’t have to be loud. In fact, often the loudest ones in the room are some of the least confident people there." — Amy
📝 "It’s not about one of us being the most confident. It’s about creating a space where we can all feel confident." — Cheryl
📝 "Don’t shut the door before you ever actually turn the handle." — Cheryl
📝 "Why not me? Why wouldn’t I go after the thing I want?" — Amy
Listen Now
🎧 Find This Was Supposed to Be Easy on Spotify, Apple Podcasts, or wherever you love to listen!]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>supposedtobeeasy</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2519</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>18</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>S1 Episode 17: We Thought Leading with Joy Was Supposed to Be Easy</title>
        <itunes:title>S1 Episode 17: We Thought Leading with Joy Was Supposed to Be Easy</itunes:title>
        <link>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s1-episode-17-we-thought-leading-with-joy-was-supposed-to-be-easy/</link>
                    <comments>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s1-episode-17-we-thought-leading-with-joy-was-supposed-to-be-easy/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 02 Jul 2025 05:57:00 -0400</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/98fa8f91-c887-3e9e-b8f0-e4903d6a2247</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">In this uplifting and thoughtful episode, Amy and Cheryl welcome back Dr. Holly Hoffman (Central Michigan University) and introduce Dr. Katie Sloan (Oakland University), both professors of Early Childhood Education and Development in Michigan. Together, they share the story of how a virtual book club brought educators together across the state to explore what it truly means to lead with joy — and why it’s both more challenging and more essential than ever. From practical strategies to personal reflections, this episode invites you to think about joy not as a fleeting feeling, but as a way of being.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This conversation touches on:</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>How a virtual book study became a space for connection and growth</li>
<li>The difference between joy and happiness</li>
<li>Simple ways to bring more joy into teaching, leadership, and life</li>
<li>Why joy matters, especially during stressful times</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Themes:</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Joy as an intentional practice</li>
<li>Leading with heart and authenticity</li>
<li>Building community in professional learning</li>
<li>Finding meaning in small moments</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Episode Highlights:</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>The origin story of their virtual book club and what made it special</li>
<li>How participants used grant funding to bring joy into their work</li>
<li>Reflections on what joy looks like in everyday leadership</li>
<li>Tips for cultivating joy that lasts beyond fleeting happiness</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Listener’s Challenge:
Take some time today to practice Joy Spotting – noticing small, delightful moments that surround you whether it’s something of awe or beauty, or an interaction you observed or had: What did you notice? Consider sharing that joy with us to keep the ripple going.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Key Quotes:
“Joy is just more a part of your being, and you’re infusing it into so many different things — a state of joy, an opportunity to be joyful in your heart and in your mind.” — Dr. Holly Hoffman</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
“People got to shop. It was a great time. We had these book club meetings. People bought materials that supported their teaching practice, connecting with students, cultivating joy.” — Dr. Katie Sloan</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
“There are so many areas of joy that might be overlooked during stressful times. We really wanted to make sure that joy was infused in their demeanor, in their content, in their classes, in their teaching supplies — all different kinds of things.” — Dr. Holly Hoffman</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Listen Now:
Listen on Spotify, Apple Podcasts, or wherever you get your podcasts.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">In this uplifting and thoughtful episode, Amy and Cheryl welcome back Dr. Holly Hoffman (Central Michigan University) and introduce Dr. Katie Sloan (Oakland University), both professors of Early Childhood Education and Development in Michigan. Together, they share the story of how a virtual book club brought educators together across the state to explore what it truly means to lead with joy — and why it’s both more challenging and more essential than ever. From practical strategies to personal reflections, this episode invites you to think about joy not as a fleeting feeling, but as a way of being.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This conversation touches on:</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>How a virtual book study became a space for connection and growth</li>
<li>The difference between joy and happiness</li>
<li>Simple ways to bring more joy into teaching, leadership, and life</li>
<li>Why joy matters, especially during stressful times</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Themes:</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Joy as an intentional practice</li>
<li>Leading with heart and authenticity</li>
<li>Building community in professional learning</li>
<li>Finding meaning in small moments</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Episode Highlights:</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>The origin story of their virtual book club and what made it special</li>
<li>How participants used grant funding to bring joy into their work</li>
<li>Reflections on what joy looks like in everyday leadership</li>
<li>Tips for cultivating joy that lasts beyond fleeting happiness</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Listener’s Challenge:<br>
Take some time today to practice Joy Spotting – noticing small, delightful moments that surround you whether it’s something of awe or beauty, or an interaction you observed or had: <em>What did you notice?</em> Consider sharing that joy with us to keep the ripple going.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Key Quotes:<br>
<em>“Joy is just more a part of your being, and you’re infusing it into so many different things — a state of joy, an opportunity to be joyful in your heart and in your mind.”</em> — Dr. Holly Hoffman</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><br>
<em>“People got to shop. It was a great time. We had these book club meetings. People bought materials that supported their teaching practice, connecting with students, cultivating joy.”</em> — Dr. Katie Sloan</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><br>
<em>“There are so many areas of joy that might be overlooked during stressful times. We really wanted to make sure that joy was infused in their demeanor, in their content, in their classes, in their teaching supplies — all different kinds of things.”</em> — Dr. Holly Hoffman</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Listen Now:<br>
Listen on Spotify, Apple Podcasts, or <em>wherever you get your podcasts.</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/pic9297q6uvnd7kb/TWSTBE_S1E17-Joy_Research.mp3" length="69927206" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[In this uplifting and thoughtful episode, Amy and Cheryl welcome back Dr. Holly Hoffman (Central Michigan University) and introduce Dr. Katie Sloan (Oakland University), both professors of Early Childhood Education and Development in Michigan. Together, they share the story of how a virtual book club brought educators together across the state to explore what it truly means to lead with joy — and why it’s both more challenging and more essential than ever. From practical strategies to personal reflections, this episode invites you to think about joy not as a fleeting feeling, but as a way of being.
 
This conversation touches on:

How a virtual book study became a space for connection and growth
The difference between joy and happiness
Simple ways to bring more joy into teaching, leadership, and life
Why joy matters, especially during stressful times

 
Themes:

Joy as an intentional practice
Leading with heart and authenticity
Building community in professional learning
Finding meaning in small moments

 
Episode Highlights:

The origin story of their virtual book club and what made it special
How participants used grant funding to bring joy into their work
Reflections on what joy looks like in everyday leadership
Tips for cultivating joy that lasts beyond fleeting happiness

 
Listener’s Challenge:Take some time today to practice Joy Spotting – noticing small, delightful moments that surround you whether it’s something of awe or beauty, or an interaction you observed or had: What did you notice? Consider sharing that joy with us to keep the ripple going.
 
Key Quotes:“Joy is just more a part of your being, and you’re infusing it into so many different things — a state of joy, an opportunity to be joyful in your heart and in your mind.” — Dr. Holly Hoffman
“People got to shop. It was a great time. We had these book club meetings. People bought materials that supported their teaching practice, connecting with students, cultivating joy.” — Dr. Katie Sloan
“There are so many areas of joy that might be overlooked during stressful times. We really wanted to make sure that joy was infused in their demeanor, in their content, in their classes, in their teaching supplies — all different kinds of things.” — Dr. Holly Hoffman
 
Listen Now:Listen on Spotify, Apple Podcasts, or wherever you get your podcasts.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>supposedtobeeasy</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2913</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>17</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>S1 Episode 16: We Thought Supporting a Person Through a New Idea Was Supposed To Be Easy</title>
        <itunes:title>S1 Episode 16: We Thought Supporting a Person Through a New Idea Was Supposed To Be Easy</itunes:title>
        <link>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s1-episode-16-we-thought-supporting-a-person-through-a-new-idea-was-supposed-to-be-easy/</link>
                    <comments>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s1-episode-16-we-thought-supporting-a-person-through-a-new-idea-was-supposed-to-be-easy/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 25 Jun 2025 05:57:00 -0400</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/58c2d0fd-d517-3bcb-9a74-b235350733e7</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">In this episode of This Was Supposed to Be Easy, Amy and Cheryl dive into what it really means to show up for someone chasing a dream—especially when your inner alarm bells are ringing. Through an all-too-relatable scenario involving a handmade candle business, they explore how fear, love, and protection often get tangled up in our responses.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This conversation touches on:</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>The difference between support and subtle sabotage</li>
<li>Why our “rational” advice can feel like rejection</li>
<li>The power of emotional attunement in relationships</li>
<li>What it means to lead with curiosity instead of control</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Amy and Cheryl get personal about the times they’ve been on both sides of this moment—and what they’ve learned about showing up with trust instead of fear. Whether you're a dreamer or a well-meaning realist, there’s something in this episode for you.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Themes:</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Emotional intelligence in relationships</li>
<li>Parenting adult children</li>
<li>The tension between safety and authenticity</li>
<li>Learning to listen without problem-solving</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Episode Highlights:</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li> Cheryl’s “candle-making” scenario and the trap of overprotective advice</li>
<li> Why we shift into consultant mode—and how it can shut others down</li>
<li> Amy shares a personal moment when she realized her support felt like judgment</li>
<li> The difference between helping someone feel seen vs. feel safe to be small</li>
<li> What it looks like to trust someone’s risk, even when it scares you</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Listener Challenge:</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This week, notice how you respond when someone shares a big idea or goal with you.
Instead of jumping to advice, try saying:
“Tell me more about what excites you about this.”
See how that one question shifts the tone—and maybe the relationship.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Key Quotes:</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">“You weren’t trying to control—maybe just trying to prevent heartbreak. But it came across like fear.”
“It’s not about agreeing with the dream. It’s about holding space for someone else’s courage.”</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Listen Now:</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Available on Spotify, Apple Podcasts, and wherever you get your podcasts.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">In this episode of <em>This Was Supposed to Be Easy</em>, Amy and Cheryl dive into what it really means to show up for someone chasing a dream—especially when your inner alarm bells are ringing. Through an all-too-relatable scenario involving a handmade candle business, they explore how fear, love, and protection often get tangled up in our responses.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This conversation touches on:</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>The difference between support and subtle sabotage</li>
<li>Why our “rational” advice can feel like rejection</li>
<li>The power of emotional attunement in relationships</li>
<li>What it means to lead with curiosity instead of control</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Amy and Cheryl get personal about the times they’ve been on both sides of this moment—and what they’ve learned about showing up with trust instead of fear. Whether you're a dreamer or a well-meaning realist, there’s something in this episode for you.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Themes:</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Emotional intelligence in relationships</li>
<li>Parenting adult children</li>
<li>The tension between safety and authenticity</li>
<li>Learning to listen without problem-solving</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Episode Highlights:</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li> Cheryl’s “candle-making” scenario and the trap of overprotective advice</li>
<li> Why we shift into consultant mode—and how it can shut others down</li>
<li> Amy shares a personal moment when she realized her support felt like judgment</li>
<li> The difference between helping someone <em>feel seen</em> vs. <em>feel safe to be small</em></li>
<li> What it looks like to trust someone’s risk, even when it scares you</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Listener Challenge:</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This week, notice how you respond when someone shares a big idea or goal with you.<br>
Instead of jumping to advice, try saying:<br>
“Tell me more about what excites you about this.”<br>
See how that one question shifts the tone—and maybe the relationship.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Key Quotes:</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">“You weren’t trying to control—maybe just trying to prevent heartbreak. But it came across like fear.”<br>
“It’s not about agreeing with the dream. It’s about holding space for someone else’s courage.”</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Listen Now:</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Available on Spotify, Apple Podcasts, and wherever you get your podcasts.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/5akceca6xzpzpdrf/TWSTBE-S1E16.mp3" length="36146490" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[In this episode of This Was Supposed to Be Easy, Amy and Cheryl dive into what it really means to show up for someone chasing a dream—especially when your inner alarm bells are ringing. Through an all-too-relatable scenario involving a handmade candle business, they explore how fear, love, and protection often get tangled up in our responses.
This conversation touches on:

The difference between support and subtle sabotage
Why our “rational” advice can feel like rejection
The power of emotional attunement in relationships
What it means to lead with curiosity instead of control

Amy and Cheryl get personal about the times they’ve been on both sides of this moment—and what they’ve learned about showing up with trust instead of fear. Whether you're a dreamer or a well-meaning realist, there’s something in this episode for you.
Themes:

Emotional intelligence in relationships
Parenting adult children
The tension between safety and authenticity
Learning to listen without problem-solving

Episode Highlights:

 Cheryl’s “candle-making” scenario and the trap of overprotective advice
 Why we shift into consultant mode—and how it can shut others down
 Amy shares a personal moment when she realized her support felt like judgment
 The difference between helping someone feel seen vs. feel safe to be small
 What it looks like to trust someone’s risk, even when it scares you

Listener Challenge:
This week, notice how you respond when someone shares a big idea or goal with you.Instead of jumping to advice, try saying:“Tell me more about what excites you about this.”See how that one question shifts the tone—and maybe the relationship.
Key Quotes:
“You weren’t trying to control—maybe just trying to prevent heartbreak. But it came across like fear.”“It’s not about agreeing with the dream. It’s about holding space for someone else’s courage.”
Listen Now:
Available on Spotify, Apple Podcasts, and wherever you get your podcasts.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>supposedtobeeasy</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1505</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>16</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>S1 Episode 15: We Thought Going Off The Rails Was Supposed to Be Easy (Said No one Ever)</title>
        <itunes:title>S1 Episode 15: We Thought Going Off The Rails Was Supposed to Be Easy (Said No one Ever)</itunes:title>
        <link>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s1-episode-15-we-thought-going-off-the-rails-was-supposed-to-be-easy-said-no-one-ever/</link>
                    <comments>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s1-episode-15-we-thought-going-off-the-rails-was-supposed-to-be-easy-said-no-one-ever/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 18 Jun 2025 05:57:00 -0400</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/85fabae3-9f2b-38e4-9484-d908e4615e80</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>What happens when life doesn’t go the way you thought it would? In this episode, Amy and Cheryl open up about the twists and turns no one sees coming—when careers shift, roles change, and the road you're walking wasn’t exactly the one you picked.</p>
<p>It all starts with a text about theater tickets… and unfolds into a conversation about detours, disappointments, and the weird in-between spaces where the “what has beens” are no longer on the path forward. There are laughs (of course), but also some real talk about grief, identity, and learning to find yourself again after plans fall apart.</p>
<p>Guest:
Just Amy &amp; Cheryl—no special guest needed for this one.</p>
<p>Themes &amp; Ideas:</p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;">When life hands you a path you didn’t originally see coming</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Letting go of the version of your life you thought you'd have</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Navigating identity when work or roles shift</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">The grief that comes with change (even good change)</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">How friendship helps us process the messy middle</li>
</ul>
<p>Episode Highlights:</p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Amy: “It wasn’t our choice to go down one road or another… it was picked for us.”</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Cheryl reflects on how motherhood, career changes, and time have shifted her sense of self</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">The two share stories of things they thought would be easy, and weren’t—at all</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Tender moments, honest pauses, and some excellent mid-thought laughter</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">The real gift of sitting with someone who’s been there too</li>
</ul>
<p>Listener Challenge:
What part of your life looks nothing like you thought it would? This week, sit with that for a second. Grieve it, laugh about it, write it down. And then ask yourself: What might be possible now that wasn’t before?</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>What happens when life doesn’t go the way you thought it would? In this episode, Amy and Cheryl open up about the twists and turns no one sees coming—when careers shift, roles change, and the road you're walking wasn’t exactly the one you picked.</p>
<p>It all starts with a text about theater tickets… and unfolds into a conversation about detours, disappointments, and the weird in-between spaces where the “what has beens” are no longer on the path forward. There are laughs (of course), but also some real talk about grief, identity, and learning to find yourself again after plans fall apart.</p>
<p>Guest:<br>
Just Amy &amp; Cheryl—no special guest needed for this one.</p>
<p>Themes &amp; Ideas:</p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;">When life hands you a path you didn’t originally see coming</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Letting go of the version of your life you thought you'd have</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Navigating identity when work or roles shift</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">The grief that comes with change (even good change)</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">How friendship helps us process the messy middle</li>
</ul>
<p>Episode Highlights:</p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Amy: “It wasn’t our choice to go down one road or another… it was picked for us.”</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Cheryl reflects on how motherhood, career changes, and time have shifted her sense of self</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">The two share stories of things they thought would be <em>easy</em>, and weren’t—at all</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Tender moments, honest pauses, and some excellent mid-thought laughter</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">The real gift of sitting with someone who’s been there too</li>
</ul>
<p>Listener Challenge:<br>
What part of your life looks <em>nothing</em> like you thought it would? This week, sit with that for a second. Grieve it, laugh about it, write it down. And then ask yourself: <em>What might be possible now that wasn’t before?</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/jbqs95utwczafbfe/TWSTBE-S1E15.mp3" length="28350507" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[What happens when life doesn’t go the way you thought it would? In this episode, Amy and Cheryl open up about the twists and turns no one sees coming—when careers shift, roles change, and the road you're walking wasn’t exactly the one you picked.
It all starts with a text about theater tickets… and unfolds into a conversation about detours, disappointments, and the weird in-between spaces where the “what has beens” are no longer on the path forward. There are laughs (of course), but also some real talk about grief, identity, and learning to find yourself again after plans fall apart.
Guest:Just Amy &amp; Cheryl—no special guest needed for this one.
Themes &amp; Ideas:

When life hands you a path you didn’t originally see coming
Letting go of the version of your life you thought you'd have
Navigating identity when work or roles shift
The grief that comes with change (even good change)
How friendship helps us process the messy middle

Episode Highlights:

Amy: “It wasn’t our choice to go down one road or another… it was picked for us.”
Cheryl reflects on how motherhood, career changes, and time have shifted her sense of self
The two share stories of things they thought would be easy, and weren’t—at all
Tender moments, honest pauses, and some excellent mid-thought laughter
The real gift of sitting with someone who’s been there too

Listener Challenge:What part of your life looks nothing like you thought it would? This week, sit with that for a second. Grieve it, laugh about it, write it down. And then ask yourself: What might be possible now that wasn’t before?]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>supposedtobeeasy</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1181</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>15</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>S1 Episode 14: We Thought Choosing a Ranch Dressing Was Supposed to Be Easy</title>
        <itunes:title>S1 Episode 14: We Thought Choosing a Ranch Dressing Was Supposed to Be Easy</itunes:title>
        <link>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s1-episode-14-we-thought-choosing-a-ranch-dressing-was-supposed-to-be-easy/</link>
                    <comments>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s1-episode-14-we-thought-choosing-a-ranch-dressing-was-supposed-to-be-easy/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 11 Jun 2025 05:57:00 -0400</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/34d39a16-3e0c-3f5b-8521-2aa601af6d4e</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">This week, Amy and Cheryl welcome Ashley Arnett, founder of The Dressing Room at  <a href='https://dressingapproved.com/'>DressingApproved.com</a>—the only place on the internet bold enough to rate ranch dressings with a five-tier scale and a whole lot of heart. What started as a little joke between friends became a surprisingly thoughtful passion project, and now a deliciously specific corner of the internet.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">But this episode isn’t just about ranch. It’s about what happens when a lingering idea finally gets acted on. Ashley opens up about watching past businesses fail, learning to follow through, and what it feels like when something silly becomes something special—especially when other people start to care too.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Guest:
Ashley Arnett, ranch-rating expert and creator of The Dressing Room at  <a href='https://dressingapproved.com/'>DressingApproved.com</a></p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Themes &amp; Ideas:</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Turning a persistent thought into a passion project</li>
<li>What we learn when businesses don’t take off</li>
<li>How humor can build unexpected community</li>
<li>Loving something specific—and letting it be enough</li>
<li>Ashley’s iconic 5-tier ranch rating scale:
Top Notch, Runner Up, It'll Do, Store-Bought Sadness, and Nope</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Episode Highlights:</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Ashley shares what it’s like to “fail forward” through different business attempts</li>
<li>The unexpected power of naming your obsession and letting it grow</li>
<li>Amy and Cheryl crack up over ranch texture, drive-thru loyalty, and the real emotional stakes of a bad dip</li>
<li>Ashley reminds us that not all passion projects need to be monetized to matter</li>
<li>A breakdown of why It’ll Do is sometimes more insulting than Store-Bought Sadness</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Listener Challenge:
What thought keeps circling in your head lately? You know the one. This week, take a few quiet minutes to sit with it. Ask yourself: What would it take to actually try this? Write it down. Say it out loud. Share it with a friend. Because sometimes the weird idea? That’s the one that sticks.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">This week, Amy and Cheryl welcome Ashley Arnett, founder of The Dressing Room at  <a href='https://dressingapproved.com/'>DressingApproved.com</a>—the only place on the internet bold enough to rate ranch dressings with a five-tier scale and a whole lot of heart. What started as a little joke between friends became a surprisingly thoughtful passion project, and now a deliciously specific corner of the internet.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">But this episode isn’t just about ranch. It’s about what happens when a lingering idea finally gets acted on. Ashley opens up about watching past businesses fail, learning to follow through, and what it feels like when something silly becomes something special—especially when other people start to care too.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Guest:<br>
Ashley Arnett, ranch-rating expert and creator of The Dressing Room at  <a href='https://dressingapproved.com/'>DressingApproved.com</a></p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Themes &amp; Ideas:</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Turning a persistent thought into a passion project</li>
<li>What we learn when businesses don’t take off</li>
<li>How humor can build unexpected community</li>
<li>Loving something specific—and letting it be enough</li>
<li>Ashley’s iconic 5-tier ranch rating scale:<br>
Top Notch, Runner Up, It'll Do, Store-Bought Sadness, and Nope</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Episode Highlights:</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Ashley shares what it’s like to “fail forward” through different business attempts</li>
<li>The unexpected power of naming your obsession and letting it grow</li>
<li>Amy and Cheryl crack up over ranch texture, drive-thru loyalty, and the real emotional stakes of a bad dip</li>
<li>Ashley reminds us that not all passion projects need to be monetized to matter</li>
<li>A breakdown of why <em>It’ll Do</em> is sometimes more insulting than <em>Store-Bought Sadness</em></li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Listener Challenge:<br>
What thought keeps circling in your head lately? You know the one. This week, take a few quiet minutes to sit with it. Ask yourself: <em>What would it take to actually try this?</em> Write it down. Say it out loud. Share it with a friend. Because sometimes the weird idea? That’s the one that sticks.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/gb53zw6ujv29aa2q/TWSTBE-S1E14-Ranch.mp3" length="47636397" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[This week, Amy and Cheryl welcome Ashley Arnett, founder of The Dressing Room at  DressingApproved.com—the only place on the internet bold enough to rate ranch dressings with a five-tier scale and a whole lot of heart. What started as a little joke between friends became a surprisingly thoughtful passion project, and now a deliciously specific corner of the internet.
But this episode isn’t just about ranch. It’s about what happens when a lingering idea finally gets acted on. Ashley opens up about watching past businesses fail, learning to follow through, and what it feels like when something silly becomes something special—especially when other people start to care too.
Guest:Ashley Arnett, ranch-rating expert and creator of The Dressing Room at  DressingApproved.com
Themes &amp; Ideas:

Turning a persistent thought into a passion project
What we learn when businesses don’t take off
How humor can build unexpected community
Loving something specific—and letting it be enough
Ashley’s iconic 5-tier ranch rating scale:Top Notch, Runner Up, It'll Do, Store-Bought Sadness, and Nope

Episode Highlights:

Ashley shares what it’s like to “fail forward” through different business attempts
The unexpected power of naming your obsession and letting it grow
Amy and Cheryl crack up over ranch texture, drive-thru loyalty, and the real emotional stakes of a bad dip
Ashley reminds us that not all passion projects need to be monetized to matter
A breakdown of why It’ll Do is sometimes more insulting than Store-Bought Sadness

Listener Challenge:What thought keeps circling in your head lately? You know the one. This week, take a few quiet minutes to sit with it. Ask yourself: What would it take to actually try this? Write it down. Say it out loud. Share it with a friend. Because sometimes the weird idea? That’s the one that sticks.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>supposedtobeeasy</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1984</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>14</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>S1 Episode 13: We Thought Letting Go of a Person who no Longer Fit Was Supposed to be Easy</title>
        <itunes:title>S1 Episode 13: We Thought Letting Go of a Person who no Longer Fit Was Supposed to be Easy</itunes:title>
        <link>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s1-episode-13-we-thought-letting-go-of-a-person-who-no-longer-fit-was-supposed-to-be-easy/</link>
                    <comments>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s1-episode-13-we-thought-letting-go-of-a-person-who-no-longer-fit-was-supposed-to-be-easy/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 04 Jun 2025 05:57:00 -0400</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/20476cab-da3c-35d2-b3ce-ef92f55b9fa1</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p> We always talk about growth like it’s the goal (and it is!)—but what happens when your personal growth pulls you away from people you used to feel close to? In this heart-to-heart episode, Amy and Cheryl tackle one of the quiet heartbreaks of adulthood: outgrowing relationships that once felt like forever.</p>
<p>With warmth, honesty, and the kind of wisdom you’d expect from your favorite friend who’s been around the block a few times, we talk about what it means to honor friendships that have run their course, how to recognize the signs of distance, and how to let go without turning it into a big dramatic thing. Because sometimes… it’s not about blame—it’s just about becoming someone new.</p>
<p>Themes &amp; Ideas:</p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Outgrowing friendships</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Changing relationship dynamics</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Adult friendship grief</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Letting go with love</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Navigating awkward distance</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Real-talk on growing apart</li>
</ul>
<p>Episode Highlights</p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;">The unexpected grief of outgrowing someone</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Why guilt shows up even when no one did anything wrong</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Redefining relationships without ghosting or guilt</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">How to hold compassion for yourself and the other person</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">The difference between closing a chapter and burning a bridge</li>
</ul>
<p>Listener Challenge</p>
<p>Think of one relationship that feels misaligned right now. Ask yourself:
What season of life brought us together—and are we still in that season?
Then, take 10 minutes to journal or voice note how that answer makes you feel.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p> We always talk about growth like it’s the goal (and it is!)—but what happens when your personal growth pulls you away from people you used to feel close to? In this heart-to-heart episode, Amy and Cheryl tackle one of the quiet heartbreaks of adulthood: outgrowing relationships that once felt like forever.</p>
<p>With warmth, honesty, and the kind of wisdom you’d expect from your favorite friend who’s been around the block a few times, we talk about what it means to honor friendships that have run their course, how to recognize the signs of distance, and how to let go without turning it into a big dramatic thing. Because sometimes… it’s not about blame—it’s just about becoming someone new.</p>
<p>Themes &amp; Ideas:</p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Outgrowing friendships</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Changing relationship dynamics</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Adult friendship grief</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Letting go with love</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Navigating awkward distance</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Real-talk on growing apart</li>
</ul>
<p>Episode Highlights</p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;">The unexpected grief of outgrowing someone</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Why guilt shows up even when no one did anything wrong</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Redefining relationships without ghosting or guilt</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">How to hold compassion for yourself <em>and</em> the other person</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">The difference between closing a chapter and burning a bridge</li>
</ul>
<p>Listener Challenge</p>
<p>Think of one relationship that feels misaligned right now. Ask yourself:<br>
<em>What season of life brought us together—and are we still in that season?</em><br>
Then, take 10 minutes to journal or voice note how that answer makes you feel.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/7qpjxc8zdvp3hnvv/TWSTBE-S1E13.mp3" length="43001439" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[ We always talk about growth like it’s the goal (and it is!)—but what happens when your personal growth pulls you away from people you used to feel close to? In this heart-to-heart episode, Amy and Cheryl tackle one of the quiet heartbreaks of adulthood: outgrowing relationships that once felt like forever.
With warmth, honesty, and the kind of wisdom you’d expect from your favorite friend who’s been around the block a few times, we talk about what it means to honor friendships that have run their course, how to recognize the signs of distance, and how to let go without turning it into a big dramatic thing. Because sometimes… it’s not about blame—it’s just about becoming someone new.
Themes &amp; Ideas:

Outgrowing friendships
Changing relationship dynamics
Adult friendship grief
Letting go with love
Navigating awkward distance
Real-talk on growing apart

Episode Highlights

The unexpected grief of outgrowing someone
Why guilt shows up even when no one did anything wrong
Redefining relationships without ghosting or guilt
How to hold compassion for yourself and the other person
The difference between closing a chapter and burning a bridge

Listener Challenge
Think of one relationship that feels misaligned right now. Ask yourself:What season of life brought us together—and are we still in that season?Then, take 10 minutes to journal or voice note how that answer makes you feel.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>supposedtobeeasy</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1791</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>13</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>S1 Episode 12: We Thought Letting Go of an Idea that no Longer Fit Was Supposed to be Easy</title>
        <itunes:title>S1 Episode 12: We Thought Letting Go of an Idea that no Longer Fit Was Supposed to be Easy</itunes:title>
        <link>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s1-episode-12-we-thought-letting-go-of-an-idea-that-no-longer-fit-was-supposed-to-be-easy/</link>
                    <comments>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s1-episode-12-we-thought-letting-go-of-an-idea-that-no-longer-fit-was-supposed-to-be-easy/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 28 May 2025 05:57:00 -0400</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/08bd038c-9b1b-3480-afa1-e0beb4cf2eb9</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">In this listener-inspired episode, Amy and Cheryl explore what it feels like to arrive at a crossroads—the kind where something you once loved, worked for, or felt aligned with… no longer quite fits. Whether it’s a career path, a long-held goal, or a version of yourself you’ve outgrown, these moments of transition can feel confusing, bittersweet, and deeply clarifying. Through personal stories and practical reflection, they share how to recognize these shifts, what to do when boredom sets in, and how to move forward without guilt.</p>
Theme + Ideas
<ul>
<li>Letting go with grace</li>
<li>Identity shifts</li>
<li>Dream reevaluation</li>
<li>Permission to change your mind</li>
<li>Reclaiming purpose</li>
</ul>
Episode Highlights
<ul>
<li>Cheryl shares how she’s currently living through a major crossroads and the emotional layers that come with it.</li>
<li>Amy talks about how boredom can be a signal—not a failure—and how small tweaks can help reignite purpose without abandoning your path.</li>
<li>Together they reflect on how everything you’ve learned up to the point of change still matters—and is never wasted.</li>
</ul>
Listener Challenge
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Ask yourself: What in my life no longer fits the way it used to?
Write down one small way you could honor that shift—with curiosity instead of criticism.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">In this listener-inspired episode, Amy and Cheryl explore what it feels like to arrive at a crossroads—the kind where something you once loved, worked for, or felt aligned with… no longer quite fits. Whether it’s a career path, a long-held goal, or a version of yourself you’ve outgrown, these moments of transition can feel confusing, bittersweet, and deeply clarifying. Through personal stories and practical reflection, they share how to recognize these shifts, what to do when boredom sets in, and how to move forward without guilt.</p>
Theme + Ideas
<ul>
<li>Letting go with grace</li>
<li>Identity shifts</li>
<li>Dream reevaluation</li>
<li>Permission to change your mind</li>
<li>Reclaiming purpose</li>
</ul>
Episode Highlights
<ul>
<li>Cheryl shares how she’s currently living through a major crossroads and the emotional layers that come with it.</li>
<li>Amy talks about how boredom can be a signal—not a failure—and how small tweaks can help reignite purpose without abandoning your path.</li>
<li>Together they reflect on how everything you’ve learned up to the point of change still matters—and is never wasted.</li>
</ul>
Listener Challenge
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Ask yourself: What in my life no longer fits the way it used to?<br>
Write down one small way you could honor that shift—with curiosity instead of criticism.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/r3z6jcngnp8u8vsy/TWSTBE-S1E12-Crossroads-Final.mp3" length="67787464" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[In this listener-inspired episode, Amy and Cheryl explore what it feels like to arrive at a crossroads—the kind where something you once loved, worked for, or felt aligned with… no longer quite fits. Whether it’s a career path, a long-held goal, or a version of yourself you’ve outgrown, these moments of transition can feel confusing, bittersweet, and deeply clarifying. Through personal stories and practical reflection, they share how to recognize these shifts, what to do when boredom sets in, and how to move forward without guilt.
Theme + Ideas

Letting go with grace
Identity shifts
Dream reevaluation
Permission to change your mind
Reclaiming purpose

Episode Highlights

Cheryl shares how she’s currently living through a major crossroads and the emotional layers that come with it.
Amy talks about how boredom can be a signal—not a failure—and how small tweaks can help reignite purpose without abandoning your path.
Together they reflect on how everything you’ve learned up to the point of change still matters—and is never wasted.

Listener Challenge
Ask yourself: What in my life no longer fits the way it used to?Write down one small way you could honor that shift—with curiosity instead of criticism.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>supposedtobeeasy</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2824</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>12</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode 11: We Thought Overcoming Imposter Syndrome Was Supposed to Be Easy</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode 11: We Thought Overcoming Imposter Syndrome Was Supposed to Be Easy</itunes:title>
        <link>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/episode-11-we-thought-overcoming-imposter-syndrome-was-supposed-to-be-easy/</link>
                    <comments>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/episode-11-we-thought-overcoming-imposter-syndrome-was-supposed-to-be-easy/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 21 May 2025 05:57:00 -0400</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/cecea012-57b9-35ce-9f78-faf58ef8e967</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>In this honest and heartfelt episode, Amy and Cheryl unpack the sneaky grip of imposter syndrome. They reflect on moments when confidence was mistaken for certainty, when self-doubt crept in after success, and how much of what we perceive is shaped by comparison. Through laughter, storytelling, and some deeply relatable truths, they explore how to move through imposter syndrome—not by waiting for it to disappear, but by building confidence and self-worth along the way.</p>
Themes/Ideas:
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Comparison culture</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Invisible doubt vs. visible confidence</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Building confidence through action</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Owning your presence even when you feel unsure</li>
</ul>
Episode Highlights:
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Amy shares a personal moment when someone complimented her confidence, even though she felt far from it—and how that changed her view of comparison.</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Cheryl talks about the stories we create based on others’ appearances, and why the gap between what we feel and what we show can feed imposter syndrome.</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Together, they unpack how self-worth and intentional reflection can become tools to push back against the inner critic.</li>
</ul>
Listener Challenge:
<p>Think of a moment when you showed up despite feeling unsure.
How did you carry yourself? What did others see that maybe you didn’t?
Take a few minutes to write it down. Confidence grows when we name it—even retroactively.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this honest and heartfelt episode, Amy and Cheryl unpack the sneaky grip of imposter syndrome. They reflect on moments when confidence was mistaken for certainty, when self-doubt crept in after success, and how much of what we perceive is shaped by comparison. Through laughter, storytelling, and some deeply relatable truths, they explore how to move through imposter syndrome—not by waiting for it to disappear, but by building confidence and self-worth along the way.</p>
Themes/Ideas:
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Comparison culture</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Invisible doubt vs. visible confidence</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Building confidence through action</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Owning your presence even when you feel unsure</li>
</ul>
Episode Highlights:
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Amy shares a personal moment when someone complimented her confidence, even though she felt far from it—and how that changed her view of comparison.</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Cheryl talks about the stories we create based on others’ appearances, and why the gap between what we feel and what we show can feed imposter syndrome.</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Together, they unpack how self-worth and intentional reflection can become tools to push back against the inner critic.</li>
</ul>
Listener Challenge:
<p>Think of a moment when you showed up despite feeling unsure.<br>
How did you carry yourself? What did others see that maybe you didn’t?<br>
Take a few minutes to write it down. Confidence grows when we name it—even retroactively.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/2f553iicgimt5j4s/TWSTBE-S1E11-Imposter_Syndrome.mp3" length="72887611" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[In this honest and heartfelt episode, Amy and Cheryl unpack the sneaky grip of imposter syndrome. They reflect on moments when confidence was mistaken for certainty, when self-doubt crept in after success, and how much of what we perceive is shaped by comparison. Through laughter, storytelling, and some deeply relatable truths, they explore how to move through imposter syndrome—not by waiting for it to disappear, but by building confidence and self-worth along the way.
Themes/Ideas:

Comparison culture
Invisible doubt vs. visible confidence
Building confidence through action
Owning your presence even when you feel unsure

Episode Highlights:

Amy shares a personal moment when someone complimented her confidence, even though she felt far from it—and how that changed her view of comparison.
Cheryl talks about the stories we create based on others’ appearances, and why the gap between what we feel and what we show can feed imposter syndrome.
Together, they unpack how self-worth and intentional reflection can become tools to push back against the inner critic.

Listener Challenge:
Think of a moment when you showed up despite feeling unsure.How did you carry yourself? What did others see that maybe you didn’t?Take a few minutes to write it down. Confidence grows when we name it—even retroactively.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>supposedtobeeasy</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>3036</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>11</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>S1 Episode 10: We thought Supporting Friends Through Trauma Was Going to Be Easy – Actually, No We Didn’t.</title>
        <itunes:title>S1 Episode 10: We thought Supporting Friends Through Trauma Was Going to Be Easy – Actually, No We Didn’t.</itunes:title>
        <link>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s1-episode-10-we-thought%c2%a0supporting-friends-through-trauma%c2%a0was-going-to-be-easy-%e2%80%93-actually-no-we-didn-t/</link>
                    <comments>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s1-episode-10-we-thought%c2%a0supporting-friends-through-trauma%c2%a0was-going-to-be-easy-%e2%80%93-actually-no-we-didn-t/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 14 May 2025 05:57:00 -0400</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/cc7d6003-920d-3082-bb8e-a4a9a6f62f25</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">This episode takes you inside an honest, eye-opening conversation with Dr. Cheryl Geisthardt, professor of child development and expert in stress, coping, and resilience. Cheryl bravely shares her family’s journey after her daughter’s rare cancer diagnosis, offering a window into what it’s really like to navigate trauma and lean on a community of support. We explore the realities of being there for someone in crisis, the small but mighty ways friends can show up, and how grace and connection keep us afloat through life’s toughest challenges.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Theme/Ideas:
support during trauma, friendship, resilience, coping with crisis, showing up, decision fatigue, social support</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Guest Information:
Dr. Cheryl Geisthardt is a professor of child development with expertise in stress, coping, and resilience. In this episode, Cheryl shares her personal experience navigating her daughter’s cancer diagnosis, weaving together her professional knowledge and lived reality. Her openness, strength, and warmth offer listeners deep insight into what it’s like to walk through trauma—and how friendships make all the difference.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Episode Highlights:</p>
<ul>
<li>Cheryl shares her daughter’s unexpected cancer diagnosis while studying abroad and how it turned their world upside down.</li>
<li>We discuss what real support looks like—practical ways friends and communities showed up (from meals to porch surprises).</li>
<li>Cheryl talks about decision fatigue and how simple, specific offers of help can lift a huge burden.</li>
<li>Insights on grace: giving yourself permission to not be perfect, to accept help, and to extend understanding to others.</li>
<li>The long-term impact of social support on resilience and well-being, with takeaways from Cheryl’s research in childhood adversity and medical trauma.</li>
<li>Reflections on making connections with other families navigating childhood cancer, and the power of small acts of kindness.</li>
<li>How Cheryl is learning to prioritize her own self-care in the midst of long-term caregiving—whether it’s yoga, treading water with friends, or just getting outside.</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Dedication: This episode was recorded near the end of 2024. Since then, Cheryl’s daughter Olivia has passed away. We want to dedicate this episode to Olivia, who was a bright light in the world. She is already deeply missed by family and friends. Olivia was an outgoing, kind, compassionate, creative, and energetic person who loved meeting new people and making new friends. She always saw the good in people. Even in her darkest days, Olivia brought immense joy into the lives of those lucky enough to know her and her smile brightened the world around her. In her last week of life, as we all gathered to pray over her, she offered US hugs. She loved her family and friends, travel, music, dance, theater, crafting, and her pets. She was also passionate about social justice and making the world a better place for all. Thank you Olivia, for all that you gave. To read her obituary, please visit <a href='https://www.clarkfuneralchapel.com/obituaries/Olivia-Rose-Geisthardt?obId=41774079'>https://www.clarkfuneralchapel.com/obituaries/Olivia-Rose-Geisthardt?obId=41774079</a></p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Challenge for Listeners:
This week, we invite you to just show up for someone in your life. Whether it’s a simple “thinking of you” text, a meal left on the porch, or a listening ear—small actions mean more than you know. And if you’re in the middle of your own storm, we hope you’ll offer yourself grace and let others support you, too.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">This episode takes you inside an honest, eye-opening conversation with Dr. Cheryl Geisthardt, professor of child development and expert in stress, coping, and resilience. Cheryl bravely shares her family’s journey after her daughter’s rare cancer diagnosis, offering a window into what it’s really like to navigate trauma and lean on a community of support. We explore the realities of being there for someone in crisis, the small but mighty ways friends can show up, and how grace and connection keep us afloat through life’s toughest challenges.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Theme/Ideas:<br>
support during trauma, friendship, resilience, coping with crisis, showing up, decision fatigue, social support</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Guest Information:<br>
Dr. Cheryl Geisthardt is a professor of child development with expertise in stress, coping, and resilience. In this episode, Cheryl shares her personal experience navigating her daughter’s cancer diagnosis, weaving together her professional knowledge and lived reality. Her openness, strength, and warmth offer listeners deep insight into what it’s like to walk through trauma—and how friendships make all the difference.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Episode Highlights:</p>
<ul>
<li>Cheryl shares her daughter’s unexpected cancer diagnosis while studying abroad and how it turned their world upside down.</li>
<li>We discuss what real support looks like—practical ways friends and communities showed up (from meals to porch surprises).</li>
<li>Cheryl talks about decision fatigue and how simple, specific offers of help can lift a huge burden.</li>
<li>Insights on grace: giving yourself permission to not be perfect, to accept help, and to extend understanding to others.</li>
<li>The long-term impact of social support on resilience and well-being, with takeaways from Cheryl’s research in childhood adversity and medical trauma.</li>
<li>Reflections on making connections with other families navigating childhood cancer, and the power of small acts of kindness.</li>
<li>How Cheryl is learning to prioritize her own self-care in the midst of long-term caregiving—whether it’s yoga, treading water with friends, or just getting outside.</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Dedication: This episode was recorded near the end of 2024. Since then, Cheryl’s daughter Olivia has passed away. We want to dedicate this episode to Olivia, who was a bright light in the world. She is already deeply missed by family and friends. Olivia was an outgoing, kind, compassionate, creative, and energetic person who loved meeting new people and making new friends. She always saw the good in people. Even in her darkest days, Olivia brought immense joy into the lives of those lucky enough to know her and her smile brightened the world around her. In her last week of life, as we all gathered to pray over her, she offered US hugs. She loved her family and friends, travel, music, dance, theater, crafting, and her pets. She was also passionate about social justice and making the world a better place for all. Thank you Olivia, for all that you gave. To read her obituary, please visit <a href='https://www.clarkfuneralchapel.com/obituaries/Olivia-Rose-Geisthardt?obId=41774079'>https://www.clarkfuneralchapel.com/obituaries/Olivia-Rose-Geisthardt?obId=41774079</a></p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Challenge for Listeners:<br>
This week, we invite you to <em>just show up</em> for someone in your life. Whether it’s a simple “thinking of you” text, a meal left on the porch, or a listening ear—small actions mean more than you know. And if you’re in the middle of your own storm, we hope you’ll offer yourself grace and let others support you, too.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/permzmry9z9wtfn3/TWSTBE-S1E10-Dr_Cheryl_Geisthardt.mp3" length="44727401" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[This episode takes you inside an honest, eye-opening conversation with Dr. Cheryl Geisthardt, professor of child development and expert in stress, coping, and resilience. Cheryl bravely shares her family’s journey after her daughter’s rare cancer diagnosis, offering a window into what it’s really like to navigate trauma and lean on a community of support. We explore the realities of being there for someone in crisis, the small but mighty ways friends can show up, and how grace and connection keep us afloat through life’s toughest challenges.
 
Theme/Ideas:support during trauma, friendship, resilience, coping with crisis, showing up, decision fatigue, social support
 
Guest Information:Dr. Cheryl Geisthardt is a professor of child development with expertise in stress, coping, and resilience. In this episode, Cheryl shares her personal experience navigating her daughter’s cancer diagnosis, weaving together her professional knowledge and lived reality. Her openness, strength, and warmth offer listeners deep insight into what it’s like to walk through trauma—and how friendships make all the difference.
 
Episode Highlights:

Cheryl shares her daughter’s unexpected cancer diagnosis while studying abroad and how it turned their world upside down.
We discuss what real support looks like—practical ways friends and communities showed up (from meals to porch surprises).
Cheryl talks about decision fatigue and how simple, specific offers of help can lift a huge burden.
Insights on grace: giving yourself permission to not be perfect, to accept help, and to extend understanding to others.
The long-term impact of social support on resilience and well-being, with takeaways from Cheryl’s research in childhood adversity and medical trauma.
Reflections on making connections with other families navigating childhood cancer, and the power of small acts of kindness.
How Cheryl is learning to prioritize her own self-care in the midst of long-term caregiving—whether it’s yoga, treading water with friends, or just getting outside.

 
Dedication: This episode was recorded near the end of 2024. Since then, Cheryl’s daughter Olivia has passed away. We want to dedicate this episode to Olivia, who was a bright light in the world. She is already deeply missed by family and friends. Olivia was an outgoing, kind, compassionate, creative, and energetic person who loved meeting new people and making new friends. She always saw the good in people. Even in her darkest days, Olivia brought immense joy into the lives of those lucky enough to know her and her smile brightened the world around her. In her last week of life, as we all gathered to pray over her, she offered US hugs. She loved her family and friends, travel, music, dance, theater, crafting, and her pets. She was also passionate about social justice and making the world a better place for all. Thank you Olivia, for all that you gave. To read her obituary, please visit https://www.clarkfuneralchapel.com/obituaries/Olivia-Rose-Geisthardt?obId=41774079
 
Challenge for Listeners:This week, we invite you to just show up for someone in your life. Whether it’s a simple “thinking of you” text, a meal left on the porch, or a listening ear—small actions mean more than you know. And if you’re in the middle of your own storm, we hope you’ll offer yourself grace and let others support you, too.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>supposedtobeeasy</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1863</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>10</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>S1 Episode 9 We Thought Inviting People Over to Make Friends Was Supposed to Be Easy</title>
        <itunes:title>S1 Episode 9 We Thought Inviting People Over to Make Friends Was Supposed to Be Easy</itunes:title>
        <link>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s1-episode-9-we-thought-inviting-people-over-to-make-friends-was-supposed-to-be-easy/</link>
                    <comments>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s1-episode-9-we-thought-inviting-people-over-to-make-friends-was-supposed-to-be-easy/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 07 May 2025 05:57:00 -0400</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/49b7d14e-c0d5-3e6b-a8f3-a70a8788d974</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Instead of focusing on going out to meet people, we explore what it looks like to invite others in—whether that’s into your home, your world, or just a shared moment. Friendship can begin in the simplest ways, and sometimes the best connections happen right in your own backyard (literally).</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Themes covered:
hospitality, vulnerability, hosting, friendship-building, connection, spontaneous gatherings, creative spaces</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Episode Summary:</p>
<p>In this cozy, feel-good episode, Amy and Cheryl dive into the beautiful (and sometimes vulnerable) art of bringing people together. Inspired by personal stories—like Cheryl’s beloved neighbors Ralph and Hazel who turned simple dinners into lifelong friendships—we talk about how connection doesn’t always require grand gestures or fancy spaces.</p>
<p>You’ll hear us explore:</p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;">How everyday activities (like cooking, crafting, or watching TV) can spark friendship opportunities</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Why vulnerability—even embracing your messy house—is a secret ingredient to meaningful gatherings</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Creative ways to invite others in, even if you don’t have your own space (think libraries, coffee shops, or local community spots)</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">The magic of low-pressure, spontaneous invites—and why sometimes the best moments are unplanned</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Tips for building inclusive, flexible gatherings without feeling overwhelmed by “perfect host” pressure</li>
</ul>
<p>Whether you're someone who loves having people over or you're more of a “pajamas by 9 PM” type, we’ve got ideas to help you create welcoming spaces that feel authentic and fun.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Challenge for the audience:</p>
<p>What’s one simple way you could invite connection this month? Whether it’s hosting a casual game night, starting a mini book club, or just having coffee with someone new—brainstorm one idea and tell us about it. Drop your thoughts in the comments or share your experience on social and tag us. We can’t wait to hear what you come up with.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Instead of focusing on going out to meet people, we explore what it looks like to invite others in—whether that’s into your home, your world, or just a shared moment. Friendship can begin in the simplest ways, and sometimes the best connections happen right in your own backyard (literally).</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Themes covered:<br>
hospitality, vulnerability, hosting, friendship-building, connection, spontaneous gatherings, creative spaces</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Episode Summary:</p>
<p>In this cozy, feel-good episode, Amy and Cheryl dive into the beautiful (and sometimes vulnerable) art of bringing people together. Inspired by personal stories—like Cheryl’s beloved neighbors Ralph and Hazel who turned simple dinners into lifelong friendships—we talk about how connection doesn’t always require grand gestures or fancy spaces.</p>
<p>You’ll hear us explore:</p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;">How everyday activities (like cooking, crafting, or watching TV) can spark friendship opportunities</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Why vulnerability—even embracing your messy house—is a secret ingredient to meaningful gatherings</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Creative ways to invite others in, even if you don’t have your own space (think libraries, coffee shops, or local community spots)</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">The magic of low-pressure, spontaneous invites—and why sometimes the best moments are unplanned</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Tips for building inclusive, flexible gatherings without feeling overwhelmed by “perfect host” pressure</li>
</ul>
<p>Whether you're someone who loves having people over or you're more of a “pajamas by 9 PM” type, we’ve got ideas to help you create welcoming spaces that feel authentic and fun.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Challenge for the audience:</p>
<p>What’s one simple way you could invite connection this month? Whether it’s hosting a casual game night, starting a mini book club, or just having coffee with someone new—brainstorm one idea and tell us about it. Drop your thoughts in the comments or share your experience on social and tag us. We can’t wait to hear what you come up with.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/x4tcpkebvekxcmrr/TWSTBE-S1E9-Inviting_Others_to_Be_Our_Friend.mp3" length="44961250" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Instead of focusing on going out to meet people, we explore what it looks like to invite others in—whether that’s into your home, your world, or just a shared moment. Friendship can begin in the simplest ways, and sometimes the best connections happen right in your own backyard (literally).
 
Themes covered:hospitality, vulnerability, hosting, friendship-building, connection, spontaneous gatherings, creative spaces
 
Episode Summary:
In this cozy, feel-good episode, Amy and Cheryl dive into the beautiful (and sometimes vulnerable) art of bringing people together. Inspired by personal stories—like Cheryl’s beloved neighbors Ralph and Hazel who turned simple dinners into lifelong friendships—we talk about how connection doesn’t always require grand gestures or fancy spaces.
You’ll hear us explore:

How everyday activities (like cooking, crafting, or watching TV) can spark friendship opportunities
Why vulnerability—even embracing your messy house—is a secret ingredient to meaningful gatherings
Creative ways to invite others in, even if you don’t have your own space (think libraries, coffee shops, or local community spots)
The magic of low-pressure, spontaneous invites—and why sometimes the best moments are unplanned
Tips for building inclusive, flexible gatherings without feeling overwhelmed by “perfect host” pressure

Whether you're someone who loves having people over or you're more of a “pajamas by 9 PM” type, we’ve got ideas to help you create welcoming spaces that feel authentic and fun.
 
Challenge for the audience:
What’s one simple way you could invite connection this month? Whether it’s hosting a casual game night, starting a mini book club, or just having coffee with someone new—brainstorm one idea and tell us about it. Drop your thoughts in the comments or share your experience on social and tag us. We can’t wait to hear what you come up with.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>supposedtobeeasy</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1873</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>9</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>S1 Episode 8: We Thought Going Out to Find Friends Was Supposed to Be Easy</title>
        <itunes:title>S1 Episode 8: We Thought Going Out to Find Friends Was Supposed to Be Easy</itunes:title>
        <link>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s1-episode-8-we-thought-going-out-to-find-friends-was-supposed-to-be-easy/</link>
                    <comments>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s1-episode-8-we-thought-going-out-to-find-friends-was-supposed-to-be-easy/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 30 Apr 2025 05:57:00 -0400</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/b81f4bac-043f-3038-9e35-c77de65fdee2</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">In this heartwarming and relatable episode, Amy and Cheryl dive into a conversation sparked by a simple but powerful question: “Where do you go to make friends?” What unfolds is a thoughtful, honest, and often funny exploration of the routines that keep us stuck, the vulnerability that comes with trying something new, and the small (and big!) ways we can open ourselves up to connection again.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Drawing on quotes from Tony Robbins and Steve Jobs, stories from cooking classes and trivia nights, and their own experiences as introverts and extroverts navigating adulthood, Amy and Cheryl walk us through ideas—and encouragement—for how to find friendship in unexpected places.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">From book clubs to board game nights, professional organizations to pasta-making classes, this episode is full of practical takeaways and feel-good moments that will leave you both inspired and ready to try something new.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">In This Episode:</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Why “change nothing and nothing changes” might be the nudge you need</li>
<li>The hidden comfort of routines—and why they can keep us isolated</li>
<li>The power (and fear!) of showing up solo to new things</li>
<li>How to turn a wish into an actionable plan</li>
<li>Tips for finding connection in places like libraries, community colleges, and even vinegar shops</li>
<li>What it means to wear “different hats” in life—and how to explore the ones that light you up</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Your Turn: What are the hats you wear? Which ones have been gathering dust? Whether it's a hobby you’ve been longing to explore, an organization you’ve thought about joining, or a class you've had bookmarked for ages—this is your sign to go for it.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> We’d love to hear your ideas! Drop a comment where you listen or connect with us on social. Share the places you’ve found connection—or the ones you want to try. You just might inspire someone else to take that next step, too.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> Mentioned in This Episode:</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Cozy &amp; Flourish travel retreats for creatives and professionals</li>
<li>Glassblowing, cheese making, trivia nights, and other delightful detours</li>
<li>Local libraries, bookstores, and community colleges as underused gems</li>
<li>How board games can break the ice for introverts and social butterflies alike</li>
</ul>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">In this heartwarming and relatable episode, Amy and Cheryl dive into a conversation sparked by a simple but powerful question: <em>“Where do you go to make friends?”</em> What unfolds is a thoughtful, honest, and often funny exploration of the routines that keep us stuck, the vulnerability that comes with trying something new, and the small (and big!) ways we can open ourselves up to connection again.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Drawing on quotes from Tony Robbins and Steve Jobs, stories from cooking classes and trivia nights, and their own experiences as introverts and extroverts navigating adulthood, Amy and Cheryl walk us through ideas—and encouragement—for how to find friendship in unexpected places.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">From book clubs to board game nights, professional organizations to pasta-making classes, this episode is full of practical takeaways and feel-good moments that will leave you both inspired and ready to try something new.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">In This Episode:</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Why “change nothing and nothing changes” might be the nudge you need</li>
<li>The hidden comfort of routines—and why they can keep us isolated</li>
<li>The power (and fear!) of showing up solo to new things</li>
<li>How to turn a wish into an actionable plan</li>
<li>Tips for finding connection in places like libraries, community colleges, and even vinegar shops</li>
<li>What it means to wear “different hats” in life—and how to explore the ones that light you up</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Your Turn: What are the hats you wear? Which ones have been gathering dust? Whether it's a hobby you’ve been longing to explore, an organization you’ve thought about joining, or a class you've had bookmarked for ages—this is your sign to go for it.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> We’d love to hear your ideas! Drop a comment where you listen or connect with us on social. Share the places you’ve found connection—or the ones you want to try. You just might inspire someone else to take that next step, too.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> </p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"> Mentioned in This Episode:</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Cozy &amp; Flourish travel retreats for creatives and professionals</li>
<li>Glassblowing, cheese making, trivia nights, and other delightful detours</li>
<li>Local libraries, bookstores, and community colleges as underused gems</li>
<li>How board games can break the ice for introverts and social butterflies alike</li>
</ul>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/vu8k7qpfpc4t8up8/TWSTBE-S1E8-Going_Places_to_Make_Friends.mp3" length="50525331" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[In this heartwarming and relatable episode, Amy and Cheryl dive into a conversation sparked by a simple but powerful question: “Where do you go to make friends?” What unfolds is a thoughtful, honest, and often funny exploration of the routines that keep us stuck, the vulnerability that comes with trying something new, and the small (and big!) ways we can open ourselves up to connection again.
Drawing on quotes from Tony Robbins and Steve Jobs, stories from cooking classes and trivia nights, and their own experiences as introverts and extroverts navigating adulthood, Amy and Cheryl walk us through ideas—and encouragement—for how to find friendship in unexpected places.
From book clubs to board game nights, professional organizations to pasta-making classes, this episode is full of practical takeaways and feel-good moments that will leave you both inspired and ready to try something new.
 
In This Episode:

Why “change nothing and nothing changes” might be the nudge you need
The hidden comfort of routines—and why they can keep us isolated
The power (and fear!) of showing up solo to new things
How to turn a wish into an actionable plan
Tips for finding connection in places like libraries, community colleges, and even vinegar shops
What it means to wear “different hats” in life—and how to explore the ones that light you up

 
Your Turn: What are the hats you wear? Which ones have been gathering dust? Whether it's a hobby you’ve been longing to explore, an organization you’ve thought about joining, or a class you've had bookmarked for ages—this is your sign to go for it.
 We’d love to hear your ideas! Drop a comment where you listen or connect with us on social. Share the places you’ve found connection—or the ones you want to try. You just might inspire someone else to take that next step, too.
 
 Mentioned in This Episode:

Cozy &amp; Flourish travel retreats for creatives and professionals
Glassblowing, cheese making, trivia nights, and other delightful detours
Local libraries, bookstores, and community colleges as underused gems
How board games can break the ice for introverts and social butterflies alike
]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>supposedtobeeasy</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2105</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>8</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>S1 Episode 7: We Thought Talking About Disability Was Supposed to Be Easy</title>
        <itunes:title>S1 Episode 7: We Thought Talking About Disability Was Supposed to Be Easy</itunes:title>
        <link>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s1-episode-7-we-thought-talking-about-disability-was-supposed-to-be-easy/</link>
                    <comments>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s1-episode-7-we-thought-talking-about-disability-was-supposed-to-be-easy/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 23 Apr 2025 05:57:00 -0400</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/bb33acf6-10b8-38af-8907-015760038bb5</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>In this heartfelt episode, Amy and Cheryl sit down with Dr. JoDell Heroux—educator, advocate, and professor of Disability Studies—for a powerful conversation about what it really means to understand and live with disability.</p>
<p>Together, they explore:</p>
<p>- Why disability is the only minority group anyone can join at any time</p>
<p>- How internalized ableism shows up in our everyday lives—often without us realizing it</p>
<p>- The profound difference between the medical model and the social model of disability</p>
<p>- Why masking, minimizing, or denying a disability is so common—and what we can do to shift that</p>
<p>- How to support our friends, families, and even ourselves as we age or encounter disability</p>
<p>- The myth of “not being disabled enough” and breaking down the harmful hierarchy of disability</p>
<p>Dr. Heroux reminds us that disability isn't something to fix or hide—it's a natural part of the human experience. She shares practical next steps for learning more, connecting with disability communities, and challenging the way we think about inclusion, access, and value.</p>
<p>Whether you’re someone who identifies as disabled, someone who loves a disabled person, or someone who’s just beginning to think differently—this episode invites you to stay curious and keep growing.</p>
Mentioned in this episode:
<p>- The Anti-Ableist Manifesto by Tiffany Yu</p>
<p>- Disability rights advocates like Imani Barbarin, Keith Jones, and more</p>
<p>- Local disability coalitions and online learning programs in Disability Studies</p>
Takeaway Quote:
<p>“Disability is not a burden. You are not a burden. And the way you move through the world is valid, valuable, and worthy.” — Dr. JoDell Heroux</p>
<p></p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this heartfelt episode, Amy and Cheryl sit down with Dr. JoDell Heroux—educator, advocate, and professor of Disability Studies—for a powerful conversation about what it really means to understand and live with disability.</p>
<p>Together, they explore:</p>
<p>- Why disability is the only minority group anyone can join at any time</p>
<p>- How internalized ableism shows up in our everyday lives—often without us realizing it</p>
<p>- The profound difference between the medical model and the social model of disability</p>
<p>- Why masking, minimizing, or denying a disability is so common—and what we can do to shift that</p>
<p>- How to support our friends, families, and even ourselves as we age or encounter disability</p>
<p>- The myth of “not being disabled enough” and breaking down the harmful hierarchy of disability</p>
<p>Dr. Heroux reminds us that disability isn't something to fix or hide—it's a natural part of the human experience. She shares practical next steps for learning more, connecting with disability communities, and challenging the way we think about inclusion, access, and value.</p>
<p>Whether you’re someone who identifies as disabled, someone who loves a disabled person, or someone who’s just beginning to think differently—this episode invites you to stay curious and keep growing.</p>
Mentioned in this episode:
<p>- The Anti-Ableist Manifesto by Tiffany Yu</p>
<p>- Disability rights advocates like Imani Barbarin, Keith Jones, and more</p>
<p>- Local disability coalitions and online learning programs in Disability Studies</p>
Takeaway Quote:
<p>“Disability is not a burden. You are not a burden. And the way you move through the world is valid, valuable, and worthy.” — Dr. JoDell Heroux</p>
<p><br style="font-weight:400;" /><br style="font-weight:400;" /></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/csttnhg7jduuv8cx/TWSTBE-S1E7-JoDell.mp3" length="57087499" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[In this heartfelt episode, Amy and Cheryl sit down with Dr. JoDell Heroux—educator, advocate, and professor of Disability Studies—for a powerful conversation about what it really means to understand and live with disability.
Together, they explore:
- Why disability is the only minority group anyone can join at any time
- How internalized ableism shows up in our everyday lives—often without us realizing it
- The profound difference between the medical model and the social model of disability
- Why masking, minimizing, or denying a disability is so common—and what we can do to shift that
- How to support our friends, families, and even ourselves as we age or encounter disability
- The myth of “not being disabled enough” and breaking down the harmful hierarchy of disability
Dr. Heroux reminds us that disability isn't something to fix or hide—it's a natural part of the human experience. She shares practical next steps for learning more, connecting with disability communities, and challenging the way we think about inclusion, access, and value.
Whether you’re someone who identifies as disabled, someone who loves a disabled person, or someone who’s just beginning to think differently—this episode invites you to stay curious and keep growing.
Mentioned in this episode:
- The Anti-Ableist Manifesto by Tiffany Yu
- Disability rights advocates like Imani Barbarin, Keith Jones, and more
- Local disability coalitions and online learning programs in Disability Studies
Takeaway Quote:
“Disability is not a burden. You are not a burden. And the way you move through the world is valid, valuable, and worthy.” — Dr. JoDell Heroux
]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>supposedtobeeasy</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2378</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>7</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>S1Episode 6: We Thought Workplace Well-Being Was Supposed to Be Easy</title>
        <itunes:title>S1Episode 6: We Thought Workplace Well-Being Was Supposed to Be Easy</itunes:title>
        <link>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s1episode-6-we-thought-workplace-well-being-was-supposed-to-be-easy/</link>
                    <comments>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s1episode-6-we-thought-workplace-well-being-was-supposed-to-be-easy/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 16 Apr 2025 05:57:00 -0400</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/45be940d-60e7-30e0-b44c-d84575133b55</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>“Women’s wellness impacts generations.” That powerful quote from Karen Guggenheim of the World Happiness Summit (WOHASU) became a guiding light for this week’s episode. Fresh off a trip to Washington, D.C., Cheryl and Amy sit down to reflect on the WOHASU Women event focused on Gallup insights into women's workplace well-being and success.</p>
<p>In true This Was Supposed to Be Easy fashion, they unpack big ideas with honesty, vulnerability, and a few "we were bursting at the seams until we hit record" moments. From stress statistics that stop you in your tracks to questions that made us rethink our personal and professional circles, this episode is all about support, leadership, and redefining how women can show up fully—at work, at home, and in every space they inhabit.</p>
<p> Topics we couldn’t stop talking about:</p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Why 51% of women report being stressed and 42% worry most of the day—and what that means for generational wellness</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">The critical role of managers and leaders in shaping workplace well-being culture</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">The real difference between mentorship and sponsorship (and why many women are over-mentored but under-sponsored)</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">The idea of building your own personal board of directors—who are the people who challenge, support, and amplify you?</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Showing up as your authentic self in every role you play, without compartmentalizing or shrinking</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Simple, powerful shifts like replacing “but” with “and,” and holding sacred space for friendship as part of your well-being plan</li>
</ul>
<p> One thing to listen for:
The question we borrowed from the panel and asked each other—“What’s one action you believe could elevate the value or image of well-being?” Our answers surprised even us, and we’d love to hear yours.</p>
<p> Your Two Challenges This Week:</p>
<ol>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Build your Board of Directors. Who are the people you’d invite to play an intentional role in your growth, decisions, and dreams?</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Name your well-being action. What’s one thing (or a few!) you do to support your own well-being? Share it with us or someone else—it might just inspire them too.</li>
</ol>
<p> Bonus Affirmation: “Do something today that your future self will thank you for.” (Amy keeps this as a stick on the back of her phone, and we think you might want to as well.)</p>
<p> Mentioned in this episode:</p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Karen Guggenheim (Founder/CEO, WOHASU)</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Kristen Berry (Director of Hiring &amp; Analytics, Gallup)</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Ileana Ron Levy (Managing Director, Gallup)</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Swati Sharma (Editor in Chief, Vox)</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Dr. Ella Washington (Founder/CEO, Elevate Solutions)
 Link to the WOHASU Women Panel: <a href='https://youtu.be/PbtlgnIY_wo?si=DInxWm6GKkc60Q_a'>https://youtu.be/PbtlgnIY_wo?si=DInxWm6GKkc60Q_a</a></li>
</ul>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>“Women’s wellness impacts generations.” That powerful quote from Karen Guggenheim of the World Happiness Summit (WOHASU) became a guiding light for this week’s episode. Fresh off a trip to Washington, D.C., Cheryl and Amy sit down to reflect on the WOHASU Women event focused on Gallup insights into women's workplace well-being and success.</p>
<p>In true <em>This Was Supposed to Be Easy</em> fashion, they unpack big ideas with honesty, vulnerability, and a few "we were bursting at the seams until we hit record" moments. From stress statistics that stop you in your tracks to questions that made us rethink our personal and professional circles, this episode is all about support, leadership, and redefining how women can show up fully—at work, at home, and in every space they inhabit.</p>
<p> Topics we couldn’t stop talking about:</p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Why 51% of women report being stressed and 42% worry most of the day—and what that means for generational wellness</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">The critical role of managers and leaders in shaping workplace well-being culture</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">The real difference between mentorship and sponsorship (and why many women are over-mentored but under-sponsored)</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">The idea of building your own personal board of directors—who are the people who challenge, support, and amplify you?</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Showing up as your authentic self in every role you play, without compartmentalizing or shrinking</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Simple, powerful shifts like replacing “but” with “and,” and holding sacred space for friendship as part of your well-being plan</li>
</ul>
<p> One thing to listen for:<br>
The question we borrowed from the panel and asked each other—<em>“What’s one action you believe could elevate the value or image of well-being?”</em> Our answers surprised even us, and we’d love to hear yours.</p>
<p> Your Two Challenges This Week:</p>
<ol>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Build your Board of Directors. Who are the people you’d invite to play an intentional role in your growth, decisions, and dreams?</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Name your well-being action. What’s one thing (or a few!) you do to support your own well-being? Share it with us or someone else—it might just inspire them too.</li>
</ol>
<p> Bonus Affirmation: “Do something today that your future self will thank you for.” (Amy keeps this as a stick on the back of her phone, and we think you might want to as well.)</p>
<p> <em>Mentioned in this episode:</em></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Karen Guggenheim (Founder/CEO, WOHASU)</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Kristen Berry (Director of Hiring &amp; Analytics, Gallup)</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Ileana Ron Levy (Managing Director, Gallup)</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Swati Sharma (Editor in Chief, Vox)</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Dr. Ella Washington (Founder/CEO, Elevate Solutions)<br>
 Link to the WOHASU Women Panel: <a href='https://youtu.be/PbtlgnIY_wo?si=DInxWm6GKkc60Q_a'>https://youtu.be/PbtlgnIY_wo?si=DInxWm6GKkc60Q_a</a></li>
</ul>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/tzgmi62bkbcas7ex/TWSTBE-S1E6-WOHASU_Women_Gallup-Final.mp3" length="42215258" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[“Women’s wellness impacts generations.” That powerful quote from Karen Guggenheim of the World Happiness Summit (WOHASU) became a guiding light for this week’s episode. Fresh off a trip to Washington, D.C., Cheryl and Amy sit down to reflect on the WOHASU Women event focused on Gallup insights into women's workplace well-being and success.
In true This Was Supposed to Be Easy fashion, they unpack big ideas with honesty, vulnerability, and a few "we were bursting at the seams until we hit record" moments. From stress statistics that stop you in your tracks to questions that made us rethink our personal and professional circles, this episode is all about support, leadership, and redefining how women can show up fully—at work, at home, and in every space they inhabit.
 Topics we couldn’t stop talking about:

Why 51% of women report being stressed and 42% worry most of the day—and what that means for generational wellness
The critical role of managers and leaders in shaping workplace well-being culture
The real difference between mentorship and sponsorship (and why many women are over-mentored but under-sponsored)
The idea of building your own personal board of directors—who are the people who challenge, support, and amplify you?
Showing up as your authentic self in every role you play, without compartmentalizing or shrinking
Simple, powerful shifts like replacing “but” with “and,” and holding sacred space for friendship as part of your well-being plan

 One thing to listen for:The question we borrowed from the panel and asked each other—“What’s one action you believe could elevate the value or image of well-being?” Our answers surprised even us, and we’d love to hear yours.
 Your Two Challenges This Week:

Build your Board of Directors. Who are the people you’d invite to play an intentional role in your growth, decisions, and dreams?
Name your well-being action. What’s one thing (or a few!) you do to support your own well-being? Share it with us or someone else—it might just inspire them too.

 Bonus Affirmation: “Do something today that your future self will thank you for.” (Amy keeps this as a stick on the back of her phone, and we think you might want to as well.)
 Mentioned in this episode:

Karen Guggenheim (Founder/CEO, WOHASU)
Kristen Berry (Director of Hiring &amp; Analytics, Gallup)
Ileana Ron Levy (Managing Director, Gallup)
Swati Sharma (Editor in Chief, Vox)
Dr. Ella Washington (Founder/CEO, Elevate Solutions) Link to the WOHASU Women Panel: https://youtu.be/PbtlgnIY_wo?si=DInxWm6GKkc60Q_a
]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>supposedtobeeasy</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1758</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>6</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>S1 Episode 5: We Thought Being Curious Was Supposed to Be Easy</title>
        <itunes:title>S1 Episode 5: We Thought Being Curious Was Supposed to Be Easy</itunes:title>
        <link>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s1-episode-5-we-thought-being-curious-was-supposed-to-be-easy/</link>
                    <comments>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s1-episode-5-we-thought-being-curious-was-supposed-to-be-easy/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 09 Apr 2025 05:57:00 -0400</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/0ee1f8a1-c245-3826-8707-bc5ae1fbe7b4</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">Hosts: Amy &amp; Cheryl
Theme: Coaching, curiosity, self-growth, and the art of asking the right questions</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>In this episode, Cheryl flips the script and interviews Amy about her passion for coaching, learning, and leadership.</li>
<li>Amy shares her powerful mantra: "Instead of getting furious, get curious." This mindset has transformed how she navigates conflict, decision-making, and growth.</li>
<li>Her coaching style is all about asking thoughtful, open-ended questions that help others uncover their own answers, rather than giving advice or solutions.</li>
<li>Amy introduces her personal coaching framework—developed over the past decade—built around self-reflection, curiosity, and helping people reach their goals without stepping on the field (so to speak).</li>
<li>Key metaphor: A coach helps get the ball in the goal without ever stepping foot on the field.</li>
<li>Coaching is deeply tied to Amy’s life purpose: helping others think differently and live better, more intentional lives.</li>
<li>Amy believes you don’t have to hire a coach—you can coach yourself if you're willing to:<ul>
<li>Ask the right questions</li>
<li>Be brutally honest with your answers</li>
<li>Stay open to feedback, change, and curiosity</li>
</ul>
</li>

<li>She challenges the phrase “I’m bad at that,” and instead reframes it as “I’m new at that” to foster a growth mindset.</li>
<li>The episode explores the danger of the comparison trap, the importance of self-compassion, and how setbacks are part of the process.</li>
<li>Amy and Cheryl talk about recognizing and honoring the “whispers of your soul”—those passions and callings that keep resurfacing.</li>
<li>The episode closes with Amy’s invitation to be your own coach: Reflect, stay curious, and keep taking baby steps forward—because you’re capable of more than you think.</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Website - <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.com/</a>
Instagram - @supposedtobeeasy
Facebook - Supposed to be Easy</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">Hosts: Amy &amp; Cheryl<br>
Theme: Coaching, curiosity, self-growth, and the art of asking the right questions</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>In this episode, Cheryl flips the script and interviews Amy about her passion for coaching, learning, and leadership.</li>
<li>Amy shares her powerful mantra: "Instead of getting furious, get curious." This mindset has transformed how she navigates conflict, decision-making, and growth.</li>
<li>Her coaching style is all about asking thoughtful, open-ended questions that help others uncover their own answers, rather than giving advice or solutions.</li>
<li>Amy introduces her personal coaching framework—developed over the past decade—built around self-reflection, curiosity, and helping people reach their goals without stepping on the field (so to speak).</li>
<li>Key metaphor: A coach helps get the ball in the goal without ever stepping foot on the field.</li>
<li>Coaching is deeply tied to Amy’s life purpose: helping others think differently and live better, more intentional lives.</li>
<li>Amy believes you don’t <em>have</em> to hire a coach—you can coach yourself if you're willing to:<ul>
<li>Ask the right questions</li>
<li>Be brutally honest with your answers</li>
<li>Stay open to feedback, change, and curiosity</li>
</ul>
</li>

<li>She challenges the phrase “I’m bad at that,” and instead reframes it as “I’m new at that” to foster a growth mindset.</li>
<li>The episode explores the danger of the comparison trap, the importance of self-compassion, and how setbacks are part of the process.</li>
<li>Amy and Cheryl talk about recognizing and honoring the “whispers of your soul”—those passions and callings that keep resurfacing.</li>
<li>The episode closes with Amy’s invitation to be your own coach: Reflect, stay curious, and keep taking baby steps forward—because you’re capable of more than you think.</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Website - <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.com/</a><br>
Instagram - @supposedtobeeasy<br>
Facebook - Supposed to be Easy</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/p52ih672nsm8awf3/TWSTBE-S1E5-Amy_Coaching-Final.mp3" length="43499228" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Hosts: Amy &amp; CherylTheme: Coaching, curiosity, self-growth, and the art of asking the right questions

In this episode, Cheryl flips the script and interviews Amy about her passion for coaching, learning, and leadership.
Amy shares her powerful mantra: "Instead of getting furious, get curious." This mindset has transformed how she navigates conflict, decision-making, and growth.
Her coaching style is all about asking thoughtful, open-ended questions that help others uncover their own answers, rather than giving advice or solutions.
Amy introduces her personal coaching framework—developed over the past decade—built around self-reflection, curiosity, and helping people reach their goals without stepping on the field (so to speak).
Key metaphor: A coach helps get the ball in the goal without ever stepping foot on the field.
Coaching is deeply tied to Amy’s life purpose: helping others think differently and live better, more intentional lives.
Amy believes you don’t have to hire a coach—you can coach yourself if you're willing to:
Ask the right questions
Be brutally honest with your answers
Stay open to feedback, change, and curiosity


She challenges the phrase “I’m bad at that,” and instead reframes it as “I’m new at that” to foster a growth mindset.
The episode explores the danger of the comparison trap, the importance of self-compassion, and how setbacks are part of the process.
Amy and Cheryl talk about recognizing and honoring the “whispers of your soul”—those passions and callings that keep resurfacing.
The episode closes with Amy’s invitation to be your own coach: Reflect, stay curious, and keep taking baby steps forward—because you’re capable of more than you think.

Website - https://supposedtobeeasy.com/Instagram - @supposedtobeeasyFacebook - Supposed to be Easy]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>supposedtobeeasy</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1812</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>5</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>S1 Episode 4: We Thought Tapping Into Our Own Strengths Was Supposed To Be Easy</title>
        <itunes:title>S1 Episode 4: We Thought Tapping Into Our Own Strengths Was Supposed To Be Easy</itunes:title>
        <link>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s1-episode-4-we-thought-tapping-into-our-own-strengths-was-supposed-to-be-easy/</link>
                    <comments>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s1-episode-4-we-thought-tapping-into-our-own-strengths-was-supposed-to-be-easy/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 28 Mar 2025 17:21:52 -0400</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/3f18569a-bb3a-3733-a5e9-bc0652e95d5a</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">Hosts: Amy &amp; Cheryl
Theme: Strength-based mindsets, joy, and the science of living well</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>In this episode, Amy interviews her co-host, Dr. Cheryl Priest, for a deep-dive into one of her biggest passions: cultivating a strength-focused mindset.</li>
<li>Cheryl shares how her interest in strengths and positive psychology has been woven through her personal and professional life for over 25 years—dating all the way back to her doctoral work on character strengths in early childhood.</li>
<li>The conversation centers around the VIA Character Strengths Survey, which outlines 24 universal character strengths. Everyone has all 24—just in different orders.</li>
<li>Cheryl’s signature strengths? Gratitude, love of learning, hope, appreciation of beauty and excellence, honesty, humor, and creativity. (With a strong “five-ish” mindset!)</li>
<li>She explains how understanding and using your strengths can lead to:<ul>
<li>More energy at work</li>
<li>Deeper joy (which she distinguishes from happiness)</li>
<li>More authentic relationships</li>
<li>Better teamwork—by allowing people to lean into their strengths when divvying up tasks</li>
</ul>
</li>

<li>Cheryl offers reflections on how a shift in mindset—away from fixing weaknesses and toward building on natural strengths—can help people thrive, whether they’re 4, 52, or 85.</li>
<li>There’s also a compelling case for bringing strength-based practices into early childhood, to help kids name and own what they’re good at before self-doubt creeps in.</li>
<li>A free link to the VIA Character Survey is offered for listeners who want to explore their own strengths.</li>
<li>The episode ends with an invitation: Use the link below to take the free 20-minute strength survey and then visit <a href='https://cherylpriest.com/'>https://cherylpriest.com/</a> to see a few quick and “easy to try” strength-based strategies.  Use the comments to share what you tried and what you noticed—because your path to joy and success might start with simply recognizing what’s already strong within you.</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Website - <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.com/</a>
Instagram - @supposedtobeeasy
Facebook - Supposed to be Easy
VIA Strengths Survey - <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.pro.viasurvey.org/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.pro.viasurvey.org/</a></p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">Hosts: Amy &amp; Cheryl<br>
Theme: Strength-based mindsets, joy, and the science of living well</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>In this episode, Amy interviews her co-host, Dr. Cheryl Priest, for a deep-dive into one of her biggest passions: cultivating a strength-focused mindset.</li>
<li>Cheryl shares how her interest in strengths and positive psychology has been woven through her personal and professional life for over 25 years—dating all the way back to her doctoral work on character strengths in early childhood.</li>
<li>The conversation centers around the VIA Character Strengths Survey, which outlines 24 universal character strengths. Everyone has all 24—just in different orders.</li>
<li>Cheryl’s signature strengths? Gratitude, love of learning, hope, appreciation of beauty and excellence, honesty, humor, and creativity. (With a strong “five-ish” mindset!)</li>
<li>She explains how understanding and using your strengths can lead to:<ul>
<li>More energy at work</li>
<li>Deeper joy (which she distinguishes from happiness)</li>
<li>More authentic relationships</li>
<li>Better teamwork—by allowing people to lean into their strengths when divvying up tasks</li>
</ul>
</li>

<li>Cheryl offers reflections on how a shift in mindset—away from fixing weaknesses and toward building on natural strengths—can help people thrive, whether they’re 4, 52, or 85.</li>
<li>There’s also a compelling case for bringing strength-based practices into early childhood, to help kids name and own what they’re good at before self-doubt creeps in.</li>
<li>A free link to the VIA Character Survey is offered for listeners who want to explore their own strengths.</li>
<li>The episode ends with an invitation: Use the link below to take the free 20-minute strength survey and then visit <a href='https://cherylpriest.com/'>https://cherylpriest.com/</a> to see a few quick and “easy to try” strength-based strategies.  Use the comments to share what you tried and what you noticed—because your path to joy and success might start with simply recognizing what’s already strong within you.</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Website - <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.com/</a><br>
Instagram - @supposedtobeeasy<br>
Facebook - Supposed to be Easy<br>
VIA Strengths Survey - <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.pro.viasurvey.org/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.pro.viasurvey.org/</a></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/xdh9uqbsa5w737kh/TWSTBE-S1E4-Cheryl_Strengths-Final.mp3" length="43427757" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Hosts: Amy &amp; CherylTheme: Strength-based mindsets, joy, and the science of living well

In this episode, Amy interviews her co-host, Dr. Cheryl Priest, for a deep-dive into one of her biggest passions: cultivating a strength-focused mindset.
Cheryl shares how her interest in strengths and positive psychology has been woven through her personal and professional life for over 25 years—dating all the way back to her doctoral work on character strengths in early childhood.
The conversation centers around the VIA Character Strengths Survey, which outlines 24 universal character strengths. Everyone has all 24—just in different orders.
Cheryl’s signature strengths? Gratitude, love of learning, hope, appreciation of beauty and excellence, honesty, humor, and creativity. (With a strong “five-ish” mindset!)
She explains how understanding and using your strengths can lead to:
More energy at work
Deeper joy (which she distinguishes from happiness)
More authentic relationships
Better teamwork—by allowing people to lean into their strengths when divvying up tasks


Cheryl offers reflections on how a shift in mindset—away from fixing weaknesses and toward building on natural strengths—can help people thrive, whether they’re 4, 52, or 85.
There’s also a compelling case for bringing strength-based practices into early childhood, to help kids name and own what they’re good at before self-doubt creeps in.
A free link to the VIA Character Survey is offered for listeners who want to explore their own strengths.
The episode ends with an invitation: Use the link below to take the free 20-minute strength survey and then visit https://cherylpriest.com/ to see a few quick and “easy to try” strength-based strategies.  Use the comments to share what you tried and what you noticed—because your path to joy and success might start with simply recognizing what’s already strong within you.

Website - https://supposedtobeeasy.com/Instagram - @supposedtobeeasyFacebook - Supposed to be EasyVIA Strengths Survey - https://supposedtobeeasy.pro.viasurvey.org/]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>supposedtobeeasy</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1809</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>4</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>S1 Episode 3: We Thought Finding Joy Was Supposed To Be Easy</title>
        <itunes:title>S1 Episode 3: We Thought Finding Joy Was Supposed To Be Easy</itunes:title>
        <link>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s1-episode-3-we-thought-finding-joy-was-supposed-to-be-easy/</link>
                    <comments>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s1-episode-3-we-thought-finding-joy-was-supposed-to-be-easy/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 28 Mar 2025 17:20:05 -0400</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/01d060ce-116a-3359-b34b-33185d39165f</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">Hosts: Amy &amp; Cheryl
Special Guest: Dr. Holly Hoffman
Theme: Friendship, humor, and the intentional pursuit of joy</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Cheryl and Amy welcome their first guest, Dr. Holly Hoffman—expert in laughter, joy, and creating human connection.</li>
<li>Holly shares how friendships have shaped her life, especially during big life transitions like moving, parenting, and becoming an empty nester.</li>
<li>The conversation explores how different friendships serve different purposes—from laughter and support to goal-setting and everyday connection.</li>
<li>There’s a hilarious look back on office-sharing and the infamous “clean desk” photo prank, revealing how humor deepens bonds—even through messes (and moldy coffee cups).</li>
<li>Holly shares her signature strengths: kindness, love, and humor—and how they show up in everything from teaching to daily life.</li>
<li>You’ll hear how boldness and friendliness lead to the most unexpected friendships (like an 85-year-old plane-flying gym buddy).</li>
<li>Cheryl and Amy reflect on Holly’s ability to spark connection anywhere, including elevators, seafood counters, and taxis. (“WWHD: What Would Holly Do?” becomes the motto.)</li>
<li>Holly’s research on humor in education reveals that joy and meaningful teacher-student relationships lead to better engagement, learning, and connection.</li>
<li>She emphasizes that joy is a mindset, and that the first step is being willing to laugh at yourself, especially when things go wrong (like forgetting to wear a shirt to class).</li>
<li>A “T-shirt movement” is born: Holly shares how wearing joy-filled shirts helped her out of a pandemic funk and now inspires others to spread kindness and positivity every week.</li>
<li>The episode closes with an invitation for listeners to share pictures of their own joyful shirts along with stories of joy and laughter —because finding joy might not always be easy, but it's definitely contagious.</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Website - <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.com/</a>
Instagram - @supposedtobeeasy
Facebook - Supposed to be Easy</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">Hosts:<em> </em>Amy &amp; Cheryl<br>
Special Guest: Dr. Holly Hoffman<br>
Theme: Friendship, humor, and the intentional pursuit of joy</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Cheryl and Amy welcome their first guest, Dr. Holly Hoffman—expert in laughter, joy, and creating human connection.</li>
<li>Holly shares how friendships have shaped her life, especially during big life transitions like moving, parenting, and becoming an empty nester.</li>
<li>The conversation explores how different friendships serve different purposes—from laughter and support to goal-setting and everyday connection.</li>
<li>There’s a hilarious look back on office-sharing and the infamous “clean desk” photo prank, revealing how humor deepens bonds—even through messes (and moldy coffee cups).</li>
<li>Holly shares her signature strengths: kindness, love, and humor—and how they show up in everything from teaching to daily life.</li>
<li>You’ll hear how boldness and friendliness lead to the most unexpected friendships (like an 85-year-old plane-flying gym buddy).</li>
<li>Cheryl and Amy reflect on Holly’s ability to spark connection anywhere, including elevators, seafood counters, and taxis. (“WWHD: What Would Holly Do?” becomes the motto.)</li>
<li>Holly’s research on humor in education reveals that joy and meaningful teacher-student relationships lead to better engagement, learning, and connection.</li>
<li>She emphasizes that joy is a mindset, and that the first step is being willing to laugh at yourself, especially when things go wrong (like forgetting to wear a shirt to class).</li>
<li>A “T-shirt movement” is born: Holly shares how wearing joy-filled shirts helped her out of a pandemic funk and now inspires others to spread kindness and positivity every week.</li>
<li>The episode closes with an invitation for listeners to share pictures of their own joyful shirts along with stories of joy and laughter —because finding joy might not always be easy, but it's definitely contagious.</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Website - <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.com/</a><br>
Instagram - @supposedtobeeasy<br>
Facebook - Supposed to be Easy</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/vi3x9zwkj3rgq98i/TWSTBE-S1E3-Final.mp3" length="44996985" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Hosts: Amy &amp; CherylSpecial Guest: Dr. Holly HoffmanTheme: Friendship, humor, and the intentional pursuit of joy

Cheryl and Amy welcome their first guest, Dr. Holly Hoffman—expert in laughter, joy, and creating human connection.
Holly shares how friendships have shaped her life, especially during big life transitions like moving, parenting, and becoming an empty nester.
The conversation explores how different friendships serve different purposes—from laughter and support to goal-setting and everyday connection.
There’s a hilarious look back on office-sharing and the infamous “clean desk” photo prank, revealing how humor deepens bonds—even through messes (and moldy coffee cups).
Holly shares her signature strengths: kindness, love, and humor—and how they show up in everything from teaching to daily life.
You’ll hear how boldness and friendliness lead to the most unexpected friendships (like an 85-year-old plane-flying gym buddy).
Cheryl and Amy reflect on Holly’s ability to spark connection anywhere, including elevators, seafood counters, and taxis. (“WWHD: What Would Holly Do?” becomes the motto.)
Holly’s research on humor in education reveals that joy and meaningful teacher-student relationships lead to better engagement, learning, and connection.
She emphasizes that joy is a mindset, and that the first step is being willing to laugh at yourself, especially when things go wrong (like forgetting to wear a shirt to class).
A “T-shirt movement” is born: Holly shares how wearing joy-filled shirts helped her out of a pandemic funk and now inspires others to spread kindness and positivity every week.
The episode closes with an invitation for listeners to share pictures of their own joyful shirts along with stories of joy and laughter —because finding joy might not always be easy, but it's definitely contagious.

Website - https://supposedtobeeasy.com/Instagram - @supposedtobeeasyFacebook - Supposed to be Easy]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>supposedtobeeasy</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1874</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>3</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>S1 Episode 2: We Thought Keeping Friends Was Supposed To Be Easy</title>
        <itunes:title>S1 Episode 2: We Thought Keeping Friends Was Supposed To Be Easy</itunes:title>
        <link>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s1-episode-2-we-thought-keeping-friends-was-supposed-to-be-easy/</link>
                    <comments>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s1-episode-2-we-thought-keeping-friends-was-supposed-to-be-easy/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 28 Mar 2025 17:18:28 -0400</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/5f3b5502-d0bf-366d-9384-8629e0cf7cd8</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">Hosts: Amy &amp; Cheryl
Theme: The how-tos of friendship, connection, and the intentional work behind relationships</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Cheryl and Amy expand on their “why” for creating the podcast, diving into personal stories and behind-the-scenes planning sessions—complete with backpacks full of glittery inspiration and Ted Talk nuggets.</li>
<li>They reflect on how friendship sometimes seems effortless in early childhood, but becomes layered with overthinking, self-doubt, and hesitations in adulthood.</li>
<li>Amy discusses her passion for coaching around connection—drawing parallels between guiding young children into friendships and the often-lacking support for adults in making new connections.</li>
<li>They share thoughts on friendship as a skill, not just a feeling—something that takes effort, intention, and practice.</li>
<li>The episode highlights the importance of friendship in overall well-being, and how adult life tends to prioritize productivity over connection—even though friendships often make us better at everything else.</li>
<li>Cheryl references a powerful Simon Sinek and Trevor Noah clip that emphasizes how we tend to sacrifice friendships for work, even though it’s our friends who carry us through life’s toughest moments.</li>
<li>There’s a deep discussion on the diversity of friendship circles, and how different people bring out different versions of ourselves—some who push us, some who comfort us, some who make us laugh.</li>
<li>Vulnerability, showing up, and taking turns in putting in the effort are named as core parts of maintaining lasting friendships.</li>
<li>The duo invites listeners to reflect: Are you ready to put in the work that friendship takes? Share the books, podcasts, magazines, Ted Talks and other resources that you like to recommend!</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Website - <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.com/</a>
Instagram - @supposedtobeeasy
Facebook - Supposed to be Easy</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">Hosts: Amy &amp; Cheryl<br>
Theme: The <em>how-tos</em> of friendship, connection, and the intentional work behind relationships</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Cheryl and Amy expand on their “why” for creating the podcast, diving into personal stories and behind-the-scenes planning sessions—complete with backpacks full of glittery inspiration and Ted Talk nuggets.</li>
<li>They reflect on how friendship sometimes seems effortless in early childhood, but becomes layered with overthinking, self-doubt, and hesitations in adulthood.</li>
<li>Amy discusses her passion for coaching around connection—drawing parallels between guiding young children into friendships and the often-lacking support for adults in making new connections.</li>
<li>They share thoughts on friendship as a skill, not just a feeling—something that takes effort, intention, and practice.</li>
<li>The episode highlights the importance of friendship in overall well-being, and how adult life tends to prioritize productivity over connection—even though friendships often make us <em>better</em> at everything else.</li>
<li>Cheryl references a powerful Simon Sinek and Trevor Noah clip that emphasizes how we tend to sacrifice friendships for work, even though it’s our friends who carry us through life’s toughest moments.</li>
<li>There’s a deep discussion on the diversity of friendship circles, and how different people bring out different versions of ourselves—some who push us, some who comfort us, some who make us laugh.</li>
<li>Vulnerability, showing up, and taking turns in putting in the effort are named as core parts of maintaining lasting friendships.</li>
<li>The duo invites listeners to reflect: <em>Are you ready to put in the work that friendship takes? Share the books, podcasts, magazines, Ted Talks and other resources that you like to recommend!</em></li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Website - <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.com/</a><br>
Instagram - @supposedtobeeasy<br>
Facebook - Supposed to be Easy</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/nc9zafwx5v8uutqh/TWSTBE-S1E2-Final.mp3" length="39397168" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Hosts: Amy &amp; CherylTheme: The how-tos of friendship, connection, and the intentional work behind relationships

Cheryl and Amy expand on their “why” for creating the podcast, diving into personal stories and behind-the-scenes planning sessions—complete with backpacks full of glittery inspiration and Ted Talk nuggets.
They reflect on how friendship sometimes seems effortless in early childhood, but becomes layered with overthinking, self-doubt, and hesitations in adulthood.
Amy discusses her passion for coaching around connection—drawing parallels between guiding young children into friendships and the often-lacking support for adults in making new connections.
They share thoughts on friendship as a skill, not just a feeling—something that takes effort, intention, and practice.
The episode highlights the importance of friendship in overall well-being, and how adult life tends to prioritize productivity over connection—even though friendships often make us better at everything else.
Cheryl references a powerful Simon Sinek and Trevor Noah clip that emphasizes how we tend to sacrifice friendships for work, even though it’s our friends who carry us through life’s toughest moments.
There’s a deep discussion on the diversity of friendship circles, and how different people bring out different versions of ourselves—some who push us, some who comfort us, some who make us laugh.
Vulnerability, showing up, and taking turns in putting in the effort are named as core parts of maintaining lasting friendships.
The duo invites listeners to reflect: Are you ready to put in the work that friendship takes? Share the books, podcasts, magazines, Ted Talks and other resources that you like to recommend!

Website - https://supposedtobeeasy.com/Instagram - @supposedtobeeasyFacebook - Supposed to be Easy]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>supposedtobeeasy</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1641</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>2</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>S1 Episode 1: We Thought Making Friends Was Supposed To Be Easy</title>
        <itunes:title>S1 Episode 1: We Thought Making Friends Was Supposed To Be Easy</itunes:title>
        <link>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s1-episode-1-we-thought-making-friends-was-supposed-to-be-easy/</link>
                    <comments>https://supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/e/s1-episode-1-we-thought-making-friends-was-supposed-to-be-easy/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 28 Mar 2025 12:38:54 -0400</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">supposedtobeeasy.podbean.com/4cc92344-2765-3c51-90c0-887be4723bd6</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">Hosts: Amy &amp; Cheryl
Theme: Building Connection, Friendship, and Glitter ✨</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Cheryl and Amy reflect on their journey from being work colleagues to becoming real-life friends.</li>
<li>Discussion highlights the importance of craving connection—and how that desire often leads us to deeper, more meaningful relationships.</li>
<li>They explore a common experience: why women often make things look easier than they really are—and what it means to let your guard down.</li>
<li>The conversation touches on the science of connection: how validation + caring creates a powerful, proven recipe for stronger ties.</li>
<li>Cheryl shares her unapologetic love for edible glitter, while Amy introduces us to her own term: “outsidey” (yes, it’s a vibe).</li>
<li>This intro episode sets the tone for honest, curious, and occasionally sparkly conversations to come.</li>
<li>The duo invites listeners to reflect: If you could have any superpower, what would it be?</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Website - <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.com/</a>
Instagram - @supposedtobeeasy
Facebook - Supposed to be Easy</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">Hosts: Amy &amp; Cheryl<br>
Theme: Building Connection, Friendship, and Glitter ✨</p>
<ul style="font-weight:400;">
<li>Cheryl and Amy reflect on their journey from being work colleagues to becoming real-life friends.</li>
<li>Discussion highlights the importance of craving connection—and how that desire often leads us to deeper, more meaningful relationships.</li>
<li>They explore a common experience: why women often make things look easier than they really are—and what it means to let your guard down.</li>
<li>The conversation touches on the science of connection: how validation + caring creates a powerful, proven recipe for stronger ties.</li>
<li>Cheryl shares her unapologetic love for edible glitter, while Amy introduces us to her own term: “outsidey” (yes, it’s a vibe).</li>
<li>This intro episode sets the tone for honest, curious, and occasionally sparkly conversations to come.</li>
<li>The duo invites listeners to reflect: <em>If you could have any superpower, what would it be?</em></li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Website - <a href='https://supposedtobeeasy.com/'>https://supposedtobeeasy.com/</a><br>
Instagram - @supposedtobeeasy<br>
Facebook - Supposed to be Easy</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/hjpgpd4wuaakg8bj/TWSTBE-S1E1-Final.mp3" length="37007904" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Hosts: Amy &amp; CherylTheme: Building Connection, Friendship, and Glitter ✨

Cheryl and Amy reflect on their journey from being work colleagues to becoming real-life friends.
Discussion highlights the importance of craving connection—and how that desire often leads us to deeper, more meaningful relationships.
They explore a common experience: why women often make things look easier than they really are—and what it means to let your guard down.
The conversation touches on the science of connection: how validation + caring creates a powerful, proven recipe for stronger ties.
Cheryl shares her unapologetic love for edible glitter, while Amy introduces us to her own term: “outsidey” (yes, it’s a vibe).
This intro episode sets the tone for honest, curious, and occasionally sparkly conversations to come.
The duo invites listeners to reflect: If you could have any superpower, what would it be?

Website - https://supposedtobeeasy.com/Instagram - @supposedtobeeasyFacebook - Supposed to be Easy]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>supposedtobeeasy</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1541</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
</channel>
</rss>
